I am writing this page in English with Google translator. Click the Danish version and see the original Danish website.

The pictures show recipes that I have made through the ages. Go to "Choose your favorite recipe", select it and press "Go". You then come to the recipe - Bon 'aperitif.

I have one comment for all the fish dishes that are baked in my oven. They are set 1/3 up from the bottom and on a rack. It gives a little longer frying time than if the dish was put directly on the bottom or on a plate. The dish makes direct contact with metal and therefore heats up faster, but can become too brown at the bottom.

I have put the recipes on a new page that is suitable for viewing on a mobile phone: Mobile Recipes. It has taken its time, but now the page is finished.
The pictures of the dishes are displayed for 4 seconds


This free script provided by JavaScript Kit

The recipes are in alphabetical order on this page
It is mainly a page with fish recipes, but occasionally there are other recipes related to my smokig oven and other recipes that I usually make every year at the same time, be it Danish holidays or personal holidays. You are welcome to use the recipes for personal use. If you want to publish the recipes, please first get permission. This is usually available if the source is also shown in the recipe.

Recipes with an asterisk * after the number, I proofread, but maybe you can even find minor errors.

I have included some links as a service, but that does not mean that I have approved or seen all these links. Are some links useless, the page can be dismantled or relocated. Links will be deleted / corrected as they are discovered.

If you want to contact me regarding the recipes, please use my Guestbook.

Are you hungry? So choose your favorite recipe and enter 'GO'. I have made all the recipes and therefore can guarantee they are good fish meals and tastes great. I have also started with meat and game recipes. Naturally, these are also tested with good results. Bon appetite!                

 

Seven "cool" fried herring in vinegar with new potatoes

Next down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Even children will love this dish if you peel the herrings free of bones

Fish
14 herring fillets
1 tbsp. rye flour
3 tbsp. wheat flour
2 tsp. salt
Coarse pepper from the mill
250 g butter for frying

Vinegar Brine
3 cups vinegar
1 cup water
300 g sugar
2 onions (1 onion during boiling and 1 red onion for garnish)
2 cloves garlic
1 hot red chili pepper
2 slices of lemon
6 bay leaves
10 whole peppercorns

Accessories
500 g new potatoes
Parsley Sauce
Recipe No. 1*
Seven 'cool' fried herring in vinegar with new potatoes
Seven "cool" fried herring in vinegar with new potatoes
The gloves are in the bottom picture

You must catch 7 herring and fillets them so children can also eat them
The recipe is included in Søren Dahl's book on regional meals

 

Procedure without liability: Cook first a marinade of vinegar, water, sugar, bay leaves and peppercorns. Once the sugar has melted, add onion rings, garlic, chili pepper and lemon slices. Bring to a boil and then take of the heat and place the marinade to cool.

Come rye flour, wheat flour, salt and pepper in a plastic bag and shake well. Then add the herring fillets and shake even more. Fry the herring fillets golden brown in butter in medium heat for a few minutes (5 to 7 minutes). The best way to fry the herring fillets is to fry the skin side until the meat is white. If the herring fillets are very thick reversed the fillets and they finally get approx. 30 seconds on the meat side. Let the fillets cool on a paper towel so excess fat drips off.

The cooled vinegar syrup poured over the cooled fillets and let them soak until the next day in the refrigerator. Garnish with raw onion rings before serving. This will be a typical lunch meal. As a seafood dinner see Hint.

Hint: However, eat the fried herring on the first day, they taste wonderful. Therefore, vinegar marinade and fried herring shall not cooled down completely. Vinegar marinade may well be lukewarm. Server new potatoes with parsley sauce to the meal.

Serving: Use accessories for the fried herring as desired and season. When the new potatoes come, it's a wonderful meal only to those new potatoes and cold butter, sprinkled with dill. You can benefit from scratching the new potatoes with these gloves with knobs on. Buy them in a construction market, costing approx. DKK 60.00 for 10 pairs.

Drink: A cold beer and a dram is a must to the meal. "dram" = Danish snaps.

Info: A good herring in medium size weighs 165 grams, so your 7 herring weighs 1.15 kg and in cleaned condition and made into fillets, the weight is 510 grams. A loss of 640 g or 56 %.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Fish Soup Hot chili

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

This meal is very "HOT". Adjust the number of chili pepper. You can make the meal of many different kinds of fish.

100 g fillets of cod, ling, tusk, or catfish
100 g fillets of lean fish from fresh water perch or pike
100 g fillets of lean fish from the sea "flat-fish"
100 g mussels, deep-frozen
100 g giant prawns in shell, deep-frozen
1 large onion into cubes
4 cloves garlic
2 red hot chili peppers into small slices
1 red pepper not hot in slices
4 ripe tomatoes in boats and a canned tomato purée
1 diced fennel root
4 large potatoes cut into coarse cubes
½ orange peel
10 threads saffron or 1 tsp. turmeric
4 twigs parsley or dry
4 twigs dill instead of parsley
4 tbsp. virgin olive oil
2 l fish broth or chicken broth
12 toast slices of good quality, or Garlic bread
Season with salt, white pepper and cayenne pepper
Recipe No. 2*
Fish Soup Hot chili a meal for real men
Hot chili
Fish Soup Hot chili a meal for real men

 

Procedure without liability: Sauté onion, garlic, red pepper and fennel in olive oil in a very large soup pot until onions are clear. Approx. 8 minutes. Add broth, potatoes, red hot chili peppers, the half of the orange rind, saffron (or turmeric) and twigs of the parsley. Bring the soup to boil and boil for 5 minutes. Add tomatoes and tomato purée and boil another 10 minutes. Parsley twigs are taken out of the pot and mussels poured into the pot. Bring the soup to boil again. Then pour the bite-sized pieces of fish in the pot. Let soup simmer on low heat for 5 minutes. Get the thawed giant prawns in shell in the pot, and as soon as the soup begins to boil, turned off the heat otherwise the prawns will be tough.

Hint: If you want a creamy soup, you can adjust with whipping cream, but be careful not to stir too much in the soup, thus fish pieces become to "pluck fish".

Serving: Serve the soup with chopped parsley or dill and toast.

Fish Bouillon: If you catch fish, use fish bones and head - but not fish gills, fish blood and guts - to make a broth of fish. Pour approx. 2 ½ l water in a big pot and add all the fish bones and head and 1 tablespoon salt, 10 cloves garlic, 2 large onions, 2 carrots, 5 cm fresh ginger, 3 green leek tops, 2 red chili pepper, 1 parsley root, 1 parsnip, 5 Pirie-Pirie, 1 tbsp. oregano, lemon grass or 1 whole lemon or dried lime leaves, 10 bay leaves and the top of a fennel tuber. In short, what you have on hand of good vegetables and spices. Vegetables cut into smaller pieces before being put into the pot.

It all boil for exactly 20 minutes, then sieve through a cloth. Let fish broths settle for half an hour. Measure the amount as indicated above, but avoid the sediment. Adjust the volume with a dry white wine. Is there enough fish broth, you can just drink the wine.

Drink: Cold glass of white wine: Gewürztraminer is suitable

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Fish meatballs with remoulade sauce and French fries

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Children will love these Fish meatballs with remoulade sauce and French fries

1000 g of fish fillets of your catch:
cod, saithe, ling, pikeperch or pike - it's lean meat
100 g smoked lard (use only 10% of fish weight), or bacon
1 onion
2 cloves garlic
2 tsp. salt
1/4 tsp. white pepper from the "mill"
40 g wheat flour (use only 5% of fish weight)
2 whole eggs
3/4 dl cream
3/4 dl water maybe. See procedure
Virgin olive oil for frying (possibly mix with butter or margarine)
Extras:
1 kg new potatoes or
1 packet pasta or
1 packet French fries or
1 packet cream stewed spinach
1 bowl tartar sauce and 1 lemon
Recipe No. 3*
Meal with cream stewed spinach and new potatoes
Meal with cream stewed spinach and new potatoes

 

Procedure without liability: Chop the smoked lard or bacon through meat mincer first. Take the chopped smoked lard up from the bowl and chop now fish, onion, garlic and smoked lard again. We now have an appropriate coarseness for adults of fish meat and smoked lard. Children can usually like it chopped again. Stir stuffing with salt and pepper, add the wheat flour and eggs and stir well before the cream and water are added. Use first the cream and then the water if it is necessary. Maybe you should not use water. The amount of water depends on the fish you use. Not all fish have the same amount of water in the meat. Now, the stuffing rest in the refrigerator, preferably 1 hour. Fry meatballs golden in virgin olive oil. Mix maybe a little butter into the oil. Do not heat too hard, as there will be a hard shell, and inside they are not really cooked. Approx. 5 minutes on each side for small meatballs and 10 minutes for large meatballs.

Hint: Instead of smoked lard can also use smoked salmon when you have the freezer full of salmon.

Serving: Use accessories to fish meatballs as desired and season. When the new potatoes come, it's a wonderful meal only to those new potatoes with "Remo" added with little lemon and sprinkled with dill. A good pasta, all children eat.

Drink: Cold glass of white wine or a cold beer.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Oven baked cod with mustard sauce

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Again, you must out with MS Havlit and catch cod

1 large fresh caught cod between 2 and 3 kg
or more small cod so there will be approx. 1 kg fish fillets
1 onion
1 clove garlic
4 bay leaves
1 tsp. salt to sprinkle
1 small tsp. white pepper to sprinkle
1 lemon, juice of the half, the rest for garnish
6 dl milk or semi-skimmed milk for the sauce
20 g butter, 15 g to the sauce, 5 grams to the meal
3 tbsp. wheat flour
2 tbsp. fish mustard
1 tbsp. white wine vinegar
1 tsp. salt
1 tsp. sugar
1 dl grated horseradish
2 eggs
1 small glass pickled beetroot
1 kg small potatoes
4 twigs parsley for garnish
Recipe No. 4*
Oven baked cod before and after preparation
The cod were caught on the Yellow Reef by John
It weighed 7 kg and was 4 kg fish fillets

 

Procedure without liability: Fillets the cod, or as many you've caught, so you get at least 1 kg plain fish meat without bones and skin. Cut the fillets into large pieces approx. 6 cm, and place fillets with slices of onion and garlic in an oven proof dish that is greased with a little butter. Sprinkle with salt and white pepper. Dripping a few drops of lemon juice on each fillet. Sprinkle 2 tbsp. white wine over the fish. Put the fillets in a 200 °C hot oven in approx. 30 minutes. If fillets are very thick, the cooking time is maybe a little more. Try to stab the fish with a fork. If fish flesh looks "glassy", it is not enough done.

Mustard sauce: Prepare the sauce while the fish is baking and potatoes is boiling. Pour the milk, butter and flour in a saucepan and whip it together during heating. Boil the sauce through and season with salt, white pepper, fish, mustard, vinegar and a little sugar. Pour some liquid from the fish in the saucepan, and the sauce gets a nice consistency.

Extras: Boil the eggs for 7 minutes. (hard boiled). The cold chopped eggs are served with chopped beetroot and grated horseradish. The accessory is served in bowls next to the fish when the meal is served. Boil the potatoes with the skins for 20 minutes in slightly salted water and peeled.

Tip: Instead of cod you can use fillets of pollack, saithe, haddock, hake, ling and catfish. Use the liquid from the fish to come into the sauce. When you use fillets, it is a child-friendly meal: There is no bones, as they say. If you catch your own fish, you can cut them in fine pieces and boil (simmer) those from 10 to 20 minutes in water containing different spices: onion, garlic, bay leaves, carrots, leeks, salt, peppercorns, sugar, vinegar (white wine) and parsley twigs. Then the sauce is made from fish water instead of milk.

Ornament or green: Lemon Slices placed on the fish. Garnish with parsley.

Drink: A cold beer and snaps.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Fresh, fried mackerel

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Mackerel are caught in August and September.

4 small, whole fresh mackerel a 350 g or
2 large, whole fresh mackerel a 700 g

Dressing for fish and salad:
4 tbsp. olive oil
4 tbsp. balsamic vinegar
4 tbsp. white wine

Salad:
4 snack red peppers in strips
8 small red tomatoes, boatly cut
1 red hot chili peppers, finely cut
4 cloves garlic, finely cut
2 spring onions, finely cut
1 tsp. salt, maybe 2 tsp.
1 tsp. sugar
1 tsp. coarse, black pepper from the mill
2 twigs rosemary
150 g creamy cheese slices such as:
Goat cheese or sheep cheese which is Fetaost or
Danish cheese made from cow milk which is Apetina

Extras:
Full-grain rye bread with pepper-tomato salad for lunch
or potato salad for main course
Recipe No. 5*
Fresh mackerel and smoked mackerel

Upper image fresh mackerel for 2 people to put in the oven.
Lower image smoked mackerel to several persons.
4 mackerel right weighing 650 g each in smoked condition.

 

Procedure without liability: Mackerel were gutted and fillets, so they have no bones, but leave the skin on. Above mentioned dressing is spread on the bottom of a dish and on fillets and salad. Fillets placed in the dish with skin side down, and sprinkled with a little salt, sugar and coarse black pepper. Cover the mackerel with a creamy cheese in slices, such as Greek Feta cheese or Danish Apetina cheese. Sprinkle with rosemary twigs and cover the dish with film before you place it in the refrigerator while preparing the salad. Fry the mackerel fillets in a pre-heated oven at 200 ° C for 30 to 35 minutes.

If you do not have an oven with you on the fishing trip, use a grill pan. The best way to cook fish fillets is to cook the skin side until the meat is white. Is the fillets very thick reversed and they finally get approx. 30 seconds on the meat side.

No rule without exception. If you do not catch mackerel, you can use smoked mackerel. In this case you do not use the above dressing for smoked mackerel. Clean the mackerel for fish bones. Cut the head and tail with a sharp knife. Part fish in two pieces lengthwise and remove the backbones and side bones gently out. Use a fork or two to do it. Let the fish stay on the skin. Warm mackerel fillets on the skin side in butter on a medium hot frying pan for approx. 4 minutes. They are smoked.

Extras: Full-grain rye bread with butter and a good pepper-tomato salad with a creamy cheese, Feta cheese Greek or Apetina cheese Danish, is well suited to the meal. For main course served with potato salad after this recipe: Whipping A38 and a little mayonnaise together with lemon juice, nutmeg, Dijon mustard, finely cut onion and or finely cut chives. Cut the boiled, cold potatoes in slices and mix them into the dressing. Season with salt and white pepper.

Drink: A cold beer and a snaps for lunch. White wine for main course.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Salad with marinated cod

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Using fine small summer cod to this meal

800 g cod fillet approx. 2 to 3 medium size summer cod
1 dl virgin olive oil
2 tsp. cane sugar
2 oranges just juice
1 lime juice and lime peel
4 shallots in strips
2 cloves garlic chopped
1 fennel in thin slices
6 twigs thyme
1 tsp. cumin crushed in a mortar
Salt and white pepper. Butter to grease the baking dish.

400 g mixed salads with the seasons - it is summer:
radicchio, hearts of lettuce and endive, if you can get it.

1 cup mixed chopped herbs such as coriander,
parsley, dill and chives. Or use your own recipe.
Recipe No. 6*
Salad with marinated cod
Salad with marinated cod

 

Procedure without liability: Clean and filitér the cod, but leave the skin on. Preheat oven to 140 degrees. Sprinkle cod with salt and white pepper and put them in a greased baking dish with the skin side up. Bake the cod to the feasibility of pilling the skin in a snap. Depending on thickness it takes between 6 to 10 minutes.

Limes scalded and peel grated, the juice squeezed out. Mix the lime peel, lime juice, orange juice, virgin olive oil, thyme, garlic, shallots, fennel and cumin in a saucepan and bring it boil. Season with salt, white pepper and sugar cane.

Pour the hot syrup over the cod and let it soak in a couple of hours at the kitchen table if you want to eat it now. Otherwise you can put the dish in the refrigerator, and then let the cod soak in to the next day.

Serve salad with herbs on 4 plates and top with fish and vegetables from the marinade over the salad. Use the marinade as a dressing.

Extras: Fresh, coarse bread eaten with the meal. Bread dripping in dressing.

Drink: Cold glass of white wine or a cold beer.


Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Oriental plaice fillets

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

You can use all kinds of flatfish for that meal

800 g plaice fillets
1 red onion
1 clove garlic
1 sour apple
2 cm fresh ginger
1 courgette or zucchini or squash
1 leek
1 small tin tomato purée
1 tbsp. rose paprika
1/4 tbsp. white pepper
1 tsp. salt
1 cup chopped parsley to sprinkle
40 ml water and 160 ml coconut milk
1 small fish stock cube
Extras:
1 kg potatoes to mash potatoes or
8 baking potatoes
½ cup chives
100 g butter
Recipe No. 7*
Oriental plaice fillets
Oriental plaice fillets
You can use all kinds of flatfish for that meal

 

First, some facts: Squash, zucchini and Courgette is the same herb, but only three different names. The first name Squash used in the United States and the second name Zucchini in Italy and the last Courgette in France.

Procedure without liability: Clean your fresh plaice (flatfish) and filleting them, or thaw fillets, if you buy frozen fish. Sprinkle with salt, white pepper and parsley. Fold fillets.

Peel and chop onion and garlic. Wash and cut leek, apple, ginger and gourgette into cubes. Peel if necessary the apple if the skin is "nasty". Mix the "green" and pour it in a butter greased casserole.

Put the fillets as shown in the picture slightly overlapping each other on top of mixture.

Mix the tomato purée, rose paprika, coconut milk and water with fish broth and pour over the fillets.

The meal is prepared in a pre-heated hot air oven at 180 to 200 ° C for 35 to 40 minutes.

Extras: Serve the meal with mashed potatoes or baked potatoes. Garnish with chopped chives.

Tip: Instead of gourgette you can use leeks if gourgette unavailable. Got some fresh salmon, try adding some strips inside plaice.

Drink: Cold glass of white wine or a cold beer.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Roasted rainbow trout with green herbs

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

1 rainbow trout approx. 1.5 to 2 kg
1 tbsp. rose paprika
1/4 tbsp. white pepper
1 tsp. salt
1 onion, finely sliced
1 clove garlic, finely sliced
1 cup parsley, finely crushed
1 cup dill, finely crushed
1 cup chives, finely crushed
100 g butter
Extras:
1 kg new potatoes
1 good salad of your choice
Recipe No. 8*
Roasted rainbow with green herbs
Roasted rainbow with green herbs

 

Procedure without liability: Clean the fresh caught rainbow trout from Karlstrup P & T lake. Scratch slimy fish from head to tail and scrape fish scales of from tail to head. Cut if necessary head off if the fish is too big for the oven. Rinse fish in cold water and let dribble of water before you dry the fish in kitchen paper.

The fish is rubbed inside and outside with salt, white pepper and rose (sweet) paprika.

The soft butter mixed with herbs, are now placed in the abdominal cavity of the fish.

The rainbow trout is placed in a frying pan or other refractory dish and is now fried at 150 °C in a hot air oven for approx. 40 minutes. Alternative: Wrap the fish in tin foil and place it on the grill or in an oven at 180 °C for approx. 50 minutes. The oven must be heated. The fish weighed 1.2 kg in live weight. Can be recommended to wrap the fish in tinfoil.

Extras: Serve the meal with new, boiled potato and a good salad.

Tip: Pour a glass of white wine into baking dish and use the gravy to the meal. Get any other vegetables in the baking dish and bake them too. They are great as accessories. The fish can also be wrapped in aluminum foil so that smaller fish are not getting dry.

Drink: Cold glass of white wine.

Note: Trout caught in Put & Take lakes - aquaculture trout - have a lot of brown fish fat on the body compared to wild salmon or wild sea trout. It's because of the way they live. Aquaculture trout are served the food and do not have much space to swim in. Once you have cooked the fish and peeled it at the table, remember to scrape off most of the brown fat that sits between the skin and the red fish meat - it just does not taste good.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Fish soup with tiger prawns and lobster tails

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

This meal is suitable for those who do not catch fish

24 lobster tails, frozen
24 tiger shrimps in shell, frozen
4 lemon sole fillets without skin
2 spring onions with the green
1 fennel
1 clove garlic, finely cut
1 carrot into coarse pieces
1 Zittauer onion into coarse pieces
3 cm fresh ginger finely cut
1 cup dill finely crushed for garnish
2 tbsp. lemon juice
1 l fish broth
½ tsp. salt
3 whole peppercorns
1/4 l whipping cream
Extras:
8 good bread roll
Cognac whipped cream
Recipe No. 9*
Fish soup with tiger prawns and lobster tails

Fish soup with tiger prawns and lobster tails

 

Procedure without liability: You start to skin the thawed tiger shrimps and lobster tails. Save the shells in a pot, as they must be used for fish broth. Clean the fish and cut it into bite-sized pieces. The spring onion and fennel, cut them into thin strips and save the green top to fish broth.

You are doing a fish broth: Shells of lobster tails and tiger prawns tails, top of spring onion and fennel, garlic, carrot, zittauer onion and fresh ginger. Get 1½ l water in a pot and boil broth under lids, take the lids off when it is boiling. Let it simmer at low heat for 20 minutes. Remove the shells and vegetables with a skimmer. Sieve the broth in a coffee filter. Replace if necessary the filter a few times since it clog. Boil the soup until there is approx. 1 liter. Season with salt and white pepper from the mill.

Take 1 dl of fish broth, ½ tsp. salt, 3 whole peppercorns and 1 tbsp. lemon juice into a saucepan and bring it boil. Steam lobster tails, tiger prawns and fish at low heat under a lid for approx. 3 minutes. It should in no way "hammer" boiling, as the shellfish will be tough and the fish will be "pluck fish". Remember the rest of the soup can also be used. But be careful with salt in the broth.

Extras: For a feast dinner the soup is served with Cognac whipped cream after this recipe. Get 1/4 liter whipping cream, 2 tbsp. Cognac and 1 tbsp. lemon juice in a bowl. Whip it to foam and finely turn the crushed dill in. Put it in the refrigerator for 30 minutes. Good bread roll eaten with soup. For daily use I just pour whipping cream into the soup.

Serving: Place now thin strips of spring onion and fennel in hot portion cups with lobster tails, tiger prawns and fish. Pour the hot soup over and on the top give a spoonful of the cold Cognac whipped cream. Or, serve separately in a small bowl.

Drink: A dry sherry or a dry, cold white wine suitable for the soup.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Cooked salmon with Hollandaise sauce

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

The recipe can be made both on salmon or trout

1 salmon or trout of 3 kg
1 onion
2 cloves garlic
1 leek
2 carrots
1 cup mixed green parsley, dill, sage and thyme
1 red hot chili pepper
3 cm fresh ginger
1 fennel
2 slices of lemon
1 tsp. salt
1 tsp. sugar
3 tsp. vinegar
100 g butter to the sauce
3 til 4 tbsp. flour to the sauce
1 to 2 eggs, only egg yolks
2 l water
Extras:
1 kg new potatoes
1 Dijon mustard
200 g melted butter
Freshly grated horseradish


Recipe No. 10*
Too many cooks spoil the meal
Cooked salmon with Hollandaise sauce
Too many cooks spoil the meal

 

Procedure without liability: Clean the fish for fish mucus and scales. Cut from anal fin to the head and remove the intestines. Clean the abdominal cavity for fish blood. Cut the gills out but let the head sit on. It looks so great when the fish looking at you at the table. This requires of course that, you have a big fish pot. In this pot you'll put the cleaned, sliced vegetables, a bundle of green, lemon slices, salt, sugar, vinegar and water. Is the fish fresh - not frozen - put the fish in when the water boils. Bring to a boil and boil the fish under the lid on very low heat for 20 minutes. Do you use a fish that is frozen; you should take the fish straight from the freezer and put it in cold water. Bring to a boil, it takes normally 30 minutes, and from boiling to finish the fish, it takes 30 minutes more. But remember the fish shall only simmer in the boiling water the last 30 minutes.

Hollandaise sauce: This recipe is not the "real" Hollandaise sauce, but in my opinion, better and less "fattened". I think? In a thick bottomed saucepan melt the butter and flour mixed in while stirring until you get a "flour roll". Pour the fish soup in the pot, but a bit of time, under strong stirring. Continue until you get the consistency that you want the sauce. The sauce boil for 3 minutes, then turned off for this. One or two egg yolks stir into a cup and add some of the sauce while stirring. When the cup is half full, add this mixture while stirring the sauce and season with salt, sugar and vinegar. It is important that the sauce does not boil more when the egg yolks have come in.

Extras: New potatoes or small, solid potatoes. Melt 200g butter and grated horseradish comes in.

Serving: Serve fish on a large dish at the table. You as the host distribute fish pieces on plates. Pour the sauce over the potatoes and melted horseradish butter over the fish. Serve a lump of Dijon Mustard. Good appetite.

Drink: A dry, cold white wine suitable for the meal.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Steamed pollack fillet with vegetables and white asparagus

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

The recipe can be made both on pollack or saithe. However, pollack is best

800 g pollock fillet or saithe fillet
Pollack has better meat, but also twice as expensive per. kg
4 spring onions or 1 pore
2 stalks celery leaves
2 cloves garlic
2 tbsp. lemon juice or
3 lemon slices on each fillet
1 tsp. sweet paprika
2 tbsp. extra virgin olive oil
1 dl white wine
½ red chili pepper
Garnish with lemon balm or coriander leaves
Butter patches
Salt and white pepper

1 kg white asparagus
2 tbsp. lemon juice
1 tsp. fine salt
Butter patches
1 glass of Hollandaise Sauce
Recipe No. 11*
Steamed pollock fillet with vegetables and white asparagus
Steamed pollock fillet with vegetables and white asparagus made for 2 people

 

Procedure without liability: Clean and fillet the fish in 2 large fillets and sprinkle with salt and white pepper. Let the fillets rest while you clean and cut the vegetables into strips or slices. You can also buy 2 large fillets of 400 g/each at your fishmonger. Make sure all bones are taken out of the fish.

The fillets are dabbed dry with a paper towel and placed on an oil-smeared heavy piece of tinfoil. Lemon juice and olive oil are dripped over the fish before spices and vegetables are spread over the fillets. I used lemon slices, which I put butter on. White wine is poured down to the fish and this is wrapped well in the tin foil. Is now ready to be put in a 180 °C preheated oven for 20 minutes until it is white and firm in the meat.

Asparagus: In May and June, the tasty white asparagus are available and you must definitely try these in this way: Buy approx. 4 to 5 asparagus per person of the large thick. Peel them from head to bottom - avoid peeling the top of the head - cut approx. 3 cm from the bottom away. Put them on a heavy piece of tinfoil, drizzle with lemon juice, fine salt and add butter pats. The asparagus is wrapped tightly in the tin foil and they are also ready to be put in a 180 °C preheated oven for 20 minutes with the fish.

New Danish potatoes: The season coincides with asparagus. Clean with gloves with rubber pads under running cold water. Put in lightly salted boiling water and cook for 16 minutes. Put the pot under the cold tap for 10 seconds so that the potatoes get a cold shock and the cells burst. (It is the same procedure as cooking beets). See the gloves under recipe No. 1.

Serving: Serve the fish on a platter as shown in the picture. Garnish with lemon balm or coriander. Serve the dish with asparagus and new Danish potatoes and a good Hollandaise Sauce in a glass. Pour Hollandaise Sauce into a bowl and heat it in the oven along with the fish and asparagus for the last 15 minutes of the frying time.

Drink: Cold glass of white wine, like the one used for the fish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Fried turbot or brill with root vegetables

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Do you know the difference between a turbot and a brill?

1 kg turbot or brill with skin
4 tbsp. virgin olive oil
100 g butter
1 onion
10 spring onions
4 cloves garlic
1 parsley root or parsley
1 small celery root or celery
2 carrots
1 lemon or lime
4 cm fresh ginger
1 twig thyme
1 twig fresh coriander
salt, white pepper and hot paprika
Extras:
Coarse bread or white bread as desired
Recipe No. 12*
Main course with potatoes on the bottom
Main course with potatoes on the bottom

 

Procedure without liability: Clean and fillet the fish. You may like to let the skin sit on. Or get the fisherman to do it; you catch no turbot or brill! Or do you? Start with the root vegetables, cleaning them and cut them into slices. Onions and garlic peeled and cut into slices. Add onion, garlic and all root fruits in a baking dish lightly greased with butter. Add lemon slices and sprinkle with thyme leaves, salt, white pepper and hot paprika. Use rest of butter to put over the vegetables.

Place the baking dish in a pre-heated oven at 180 ° C to 200 ° C for approx. 30 to 40 minutes. Just before the root fruits are ready, fry the fish, which you have seasoned with salt and white pepper, in virgin olive oil. Remember just a cut above his back, so the fish do not "bend". The best way to fry fish fillets is on the skin side until meat is white and firm. Is very thick fillets reversed and they finally get approx. 30 seconds on the meat side. Place the fish over the root vegetables and bake them together the last 10 minutes in the oven.

Serving: Place the vegetables and fish fillets on 4 plates. Use the beautiful gravy from the fish to sauce and drippings of the bread.

Tip: Would you like to use the meal as a main course, you can get sliced potatoes in the baking dish and adjust with butter, salt and pepper. Oven times perhaps additional 5 to 10 minutes. I have this time fried the whole fish, but if children should eat the meal it is recommended to use fish fillets.

Drink: Cold glass of strong white wine. Or the good Wiibroes vintage beer 2001. Perhaps an Elephant beer from Carlsberg.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Spicy blue mussels soup with garlic bread for starter

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Go out and collect your own blue mussels

2 to 3 kg of fresh blue mussels in shell
1 onion
4 cloves garlic
1 red hot chili pepper
1 leek
2 carrots
1/4 celery and 1 fennel
2 cm fresh ginger
½ lemon or lime
1 cup fresh parsley or dill
10 stems saffron or
1 tsp. turmeric
100 g butter
1/4 l whipping cream
1/2 bottle dry white wine and slightly water
salt and white pepper
Extras:
Garlic bread on request
Recipe No. 13*
Spicy blue mussels soup with garlic bread for starter

Spicy blue mussels soup with garlic bread for starter

 

Procedure without liability: You can even pick your mussels for personal consumption, but remember it must be in a place where the water is clean and non toxic algae in the summer and no sewer nearby. At the Food Authority's website you can follow the toxic algae in Danish waters. Otherwise buy fresh mussels at your fish shop.

Mussels brushed and rinsed under water, "beard" removed with a knife. If some of the mussels are open tap on the shell to see if they close themselves. If they don't does it discard them.

Take a nice, big pot, which you can put on the table and pour white wine, juice of half lemon or lime, 1 tsp. salt and mussels in. Boil immediately until the mussels have opened, and immediately remove the pot of the heat. The mussels, which are still closed, discarded.

Chop onion, garlic, red chili, leek, carrots, celery and ginger and saute in butter. Add saffron or turmeric. Liquid from the mussels sieved over the vegetables and everything is given a rehash. Add whipping cream and let it simmer approx. 10 minutes. Add mussels, season with salt and white pepper, sprinkle with chopped parsley or dill.

Serving: Put the pot on the table. Use warm soup plates, spoon and fork, and rinse bowls with warm water and lemon slices. Serve garlic bread with the meal.

Tip: If you do not use fennel then pour a small glass of Pernod in the pot with the vegetables, it offers a French taste.

Drink: A glass of cold, rich, French white wine. Maybe a cool Riesling.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Rimmad (curing) salmon with scrambled eggs and flavouring snaps

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Now you have to go out and catch a fresh salmon for this meal

600 to 800 grams of salmon
4 dl water
60 g salt
40 g sugar
2 tsp. mustard seeds
1 tsp. coriander seeds
1 tsp. dill seeds
1/2 tsp. whole white pepper
1 dl dill schnapps
1 bunch fresh dill

Make salt content:
13% or 12 °B before the schnapps is added
10.7% or 10 °B after the schnapps is added
Recipe No. 14*
Rimmad (curing) salmon with scrambled eggs
Rimmad (curing) salmon with scrambled eggs
Alternative method
Rimmad (curing) salmon for 4 days
Rimmad (curing) salmon for 4 days

 

Procedure without liability: Catch the salmon and use the large middle piece of approx. 600 to 800 g. Fillet the fish so you have two pieces. Cut away side bones with a sharp knife and take out the nerve legs with strong tweezers or pliers. Take a bowl or a dish in which the two sides of the salmon can lie. Pour a cold brine according to this recipe over the fish and put it all in the fridge for a day or two. Thin side 1 day - thick side 2 days. See also under alternative method.

Preparation for rim salting: Boil 4 dl water, 60 g salt, 40 g sugar, 2 tsp. mustard seeds, 1 tsp. coriander seeds, 1 tsp. dill seeds, ½ tsp. whole white pepper and the dill sticks. The dill leaves are used for decoration. When the layer is hand-warm, add 1 dl spice schnapps. Cool the layer completely in the fridge and then pour over the salmon. After 1 to 2 days in the refrigerator, the salmon is taken out and rinsed briefly under cold, running water. Pat dry with paper towel and cut into thin slices. Arrange on serving plates and garnish with chopped dill.

Serving: Scrambled eggs or egg yolk are served with the dish. Break 4 eggs into a bowl and add 4 tbsp. cold water and 2 tbsp. spice schnapps and beat well with a hand whisk until everything becomes "airy". A dab of butter on the pan and melt it over medium heat. Pour in the egg yolk and let it harden under the lid over medium heat. Season with salt and white pepper when the eggs are done. Distribute it on the plates next to the salmon.

Tip: Small new Danish potatoes boiled in lightly salted water are also good for the dish. Very small, new Danish potatoes only need to be boiled for 15 minutes, after which the water is poured off and they are briefly air-dried. Put the potatoes back in the pot, and 2 tbsp. spice schnapps is poured over. Put the lid on and shake the pot briefly until the schnapps has been absorbed into the potatoes.

Drinking: Drink your favourite beer with the dish and wash it down with the rest of the spice schnapps. You will hear the angels sing. This dish originates from Sweden and is called "Rimmad Lax".

Alternative method: Dry salting is also an option for rimmed fish - here salmon - but remember that all fish MUST first be frozen at -20 °C for at least 24 hours. It is to kill any Herring Worm and Cod worm. Thawing must take place in the refrigerator to avoid excessive liquid loss. Salmon, which rimmed, is prepared by first being frozen, then seasoned with salt and sugar - perhaps also a few spices. I hereby give the recipe for a salmon side of 1000 grams, so you can scale down/up according to your own weight. Just remember the weight is of the finished cleaned fish with skin.

Salting according to the equilibrium method 2.6%

1000 g cleaned salmon side with skin
26 g Læsø salt or Kosher salt
13 g Muscovador cane sugar light
3.3 g Dill dried
1.6 g Pepper, white from the mill
2 cl Dill schnapps or Whisky
NB: I never use nitrite salt for fish.

Hint: I have created an Excel spreadsheet for calculating salt, nitrite salt, sugar and spices for an arbitrary quantity of meat and meat of every kind. See sheet Fish.
Fresh salmon 600 g ready for salting with Whisky. The salmon has received the 2.6% mixture on the left
Fresh salmon 600 g ready for salting with Whisky
The salmon has received the 2.6% mixture on the left
The salmon is placed on a grid in the new Gastrobakke. The salmon can be seen here after 1 day in the fridge
The salmon is placed on a grid in the new Gastrobakke
The salmon can be seen here after 1 day in the fridge

Procedure without liability: Place the cleaned salmon side in a dish with the skin side down - or a Gastrobakke. Just remember that pat the fish dry first. Drizzle the fish with dill schnapps or Whisky, spread salt, sugar and pepper from the mill on the meat side and sprinkle dried dill over. The salmon is a fatty fish and must be marinated for 4 to 6 days in the fridge at a maximum of 5 °C. Measure the thickness of the salmon, if it is 20 mm thick and above then 6 days, under 20 mm thick then 4 days - a good rule of thumb. You can advantageously mix all the spices in a bowl and sprinkle it over the fish in an even layer.

A fish emits approx. 5% moisture, so it would be a good idea to put the fish on a rack at the bottom of the dish. Alternatively, the dish must be emptied of moisture 1 to 2 times a day. And remember that aluminum trays are a NO GO for food when salt and acid are used.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Chef of the wilderness best perch

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Take a wilderness vacation in Sweden with the kids and catch perch for this dinner

1 kg fresh fillets of perch
4 carrots
1 lemon
2 whole eggs
1 dl milk
100 g butter
1 dl breadcrumbs
12 potatoes for mashed potatoes
1 dl fresh lingonberries, sugar as desired

For frying: Salt, white pepper, fish pepper mix and breadcrumbs
thyme and French tarragon

For mashed potatoes: Butter, salt, white pepper and nutmeg
Recipe No. 15*
Chef of the wilderness best perch
Chef of the wilderness best perch
See how a perch fillets

 

Procedure without liability: There is nothing better than a freshly caught perch, breaded and fried with a splash of fresh lemon juice, served with mashed potatoes, grated carrots and sugar stirred lingonberries.

Whips eggs with a little milk and pour mixture into a plastic bag. Pour the breadcrumbs and spices in a plastic bag. Grate the carrots and pour lemon juice over, pour carrots with lemon juice in a plastic bag. Put now the potatoes over the fire, so they are cooked. It takes approx. 20 minutes.

Place perch fillets in egg and milk mixture, then in breadcrumbs and spice mixture and shake well the plastic bag. Remove the fillets from the plastic bag and put them on foil so they can dry slightly before they are fried.

Get 50 grams of butter and the rest of the milk and the cooked potatoes in a saucepan. Boil up and whips it to mashed potatoes. Add salt, white pepper and nutmeg.

Fry fillets in butter in frying pan, and max a few minutes on each side depending on size.

For frying: 2 whole eggs, a bit of milk, 1 dl breadcrumbs, 1 tsp. salt, 1/2 tsp. white pepper, 1/2 tsp. fish pepper mix, 1 tsp. French tarragon and 1/2 tsp. thyme.

Serving: Served with mashed potatoes, grated carrots and sugar stirred lingonberries, and you have the chef's best wilderness-coated perch.

Tip: Drip a little lemon juice over perch fillets. See here how to fillet a perch. Mix also grated carrot with grated apples.

Drink: In the wilderness you can probably find a good home distillery, where you with clear, fresh, cool spring water can make you a snaps to the dinner.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

 

Perch with orange sauce

Next down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Next up

Perch with orange sauce. This dish was sent to me by my good fishing friend Egil

2 large fresh perch with orange sauce
2 carrots
4 potatoes
2 onions
2 food apples
20 almonds
Lemon juice from 1 lemon
Orange juice from 2 oranges
Butter, wheat flour and milk for the sauce
Salt, pepper and a little sugar
Herbs to taste and liking White wine
Fish Fund
Recipe No. 15 B
Perch with orange sauce
The picture shows a mullet. Above there are 2 perch
See how to fillet a mullet

 

Procedure without liability: This dish must be made at home as it is a little more complicated but tastes amazingly good. Start by cleaning the fish.

The perch are scraped thoroughly and all scales are removed. The fins are cut off, but not the tail fin. The fish are thoroughly cleaned in the abdomen and the gills are removed. The belly is rubbed with coarse salt and can be filled with herbs to taste. The skin is scratched with 3 cuts on both sides.

Carrots, potatoes and onions are peeled and cut into slices.

The fish is placed in an ovenproof, greased dish together with the sliced vegetables and a little white wine is added to the bottom. The dish is covered with tinfoil and baked in ovens at approx. 150 degrees until the vegetables are tender and the fish is baked through. Make sure there is always some liquid in the bottom of the dish and add white wine as needed. Finally, remove the tin foil, brush the fish with butter and continue baking at approx. 200 degrees until the fish get a golden color.

A white baked sauce is made which can be added a little fish fund. Add the orange juice and season with salt, pepper and lemon juice. The sauce is balanced with a pinch of sugar.

The apples are peeled, the cores are removed and they are cut into coarse pieces. Heat the apple pieces in butter on the frying pan until tender, then crush them into a coarse apple puree with a fork. Add a little salt to the puree.

The almonds are slipped and chopped into coarse pieces. They are toasted on the frying pan in a little butter until golden brown.

Serving: The whole thing is served on a large, heated plate. Fish, vegetables and a blob of apple puree are served separately. Drizzle the fish with the orange sauce and sprinkle with the roasted almonds.

Tip: Perch is now in short supply, so try the recipe with a pike or mullet. Both fish are white in the flesh.

Drink: For the dish you can drink a glass of cool Riesling, or if you are into it, a glass of Gewürtsraminer.

Gå til en printervenlig udskrift af retten. Tast udskriv.

 

Jørgen Walters Fishing Cakes
Next down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next up

 

Do you desire for a good and delicious Fishing Cakes after a nice fishing trip? Do not be afraid, there are no fish in the cake. Try one of these four below

FISHING CAKE BOTTOM

250 g butter
250 g sugar
mix butter and sugar
3 eggs
stir in eggs, one at a time
mixed with
200 g finely crushed hazelnuts
200 g wheat flour
1 tsp. baking powder
Recipe No. 16A
Fish Cake bottom has been made
Fishing Cake bottom has been made

Get the dough in a baking dish or springform. Bake approx. 40 min at 175 degrees. Lightly grease a medium baking dish or springform with butter, then the cake release better. Cleave the cake when it has cooled.

Chocolate mousse made by Eva and Conny Kock
Chocolate mousse made by Eva and Conny Kock
CHOCOLATE MOUSE FOR INTERLAYER

4 eggs
4 tbsp. icing sugar
1/4 l whipping cream
150 g dark chocolate
100 g nougat

Chocolate and nougat melted in water bath. Egg whites whipped stiff. Whip the cream to whipped cream. Egg yolks and icing sugar whipped together. Chocolate whipped in. Whipped cream and chocolate mixture comes into the egg white with light hand. Does cold for 1 hour.

CHOCOLATE CREME TO THE TOP

100 g dark chocolate
100 g butter
100 g sugar
1 tsp. vanilla sugar
1 tsp. coffee powder
Fishing cake decorated and ready for eating
Fishing cake decorated and ready for eating

Melt chocolate to cream in a water bath. Stir butter and sugar well together. Add vanilla sugar and coffee powder. Spread the creme over the cake when it is cool. Garnish with toasted almond flakes and orange balls.

Drink: Find a good dry Port Wine and serve it with a good cup of coffee together with the Fishing cake.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Jørgen Walters Fishing Pretzel

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version


For the dough:
500 g of flour Amo
250 g butter
2 dl water
3 eggs
3 tbsp. sugar
1 pkg. yeast (50 g)

To Remoncen
250 g butter
200 g brown sugar or cane sugar
10 g of cinnamon or
10 grams of cardamom
1 large cup light raisins
1 small cup of Swedish Blossa Starkvinsglögg
or Port wine

For brushing and sprinkle
1 beaten egg
Pearl sugar
Some raisins
Finely chopped nuts or almonds
Choose sprinkle to your taste
Recipe No. 16B
Fishing Pretzel is now made
Fishing Pretzel is now made and to be baked

Fishing Pretzel is now baked
Fishing Pretzel has now been baked for 16 minutes

 

Procedure without liability: Begin the day before to put raisins soaked in Glögg or Port. The day after pouring lukewarm water, eggs, sugar, yeast and margarine in a large bowl. Yeast and margarine, divided into appropriate smaller fragments. Everything should be at room temperature, so remove it from the refrigerator at least 6 hours before use. Let the mixture stand in the kitchen of approx. 1 hour. Then add flour a little at a time, while kneaded with "Five of Clubs" on the right hand. Keep the left hand clean if you need it to take other things. It might be a little more flour, the flour amount depends very much on the size of the eggs.

Knead the dough thoroughly until it does not stick, but it should not be too dry. Cover the bowl with a clean, wet cloth and let rise until double about. 1 hour.

While dough rises the remonce are made. Pick margarine in a bowl sprinkle sugar and cinnamon (cardamom) above. Use a dough hook and knead the mixture until it is well mixed.

Sprinkle a little flour on the dry kitchen table, beat the dough slightly and fold it several times before the dough is rolled out with a rolling pin. Measure your baking tray (L = 40 cm x W = 35 cm). Roll out the dough in length 40 cm and width 44 cm. Cut 4 strips a 40 cm x 11 cm. Distribute remoncen and half of the raisins in the middle of all four strips and folding the dough from both sides against each other. The end pieces also folded over, so remoncen does not flow out. Try pressing the dough together a bit so it does not blow up during baking. Press with a flat hand on top of all the pieces to be flat. Brush with beaten egg, sprinkle pearl sugar, the rest of the raisins and chopped nuts (almonds) on top.

Set the unbaked Fishing Pretzel on the baking tray with baking paper and let them rise a bit more before being put into a preheated oven and bake for 15 to 19 minutes at 220 °C. The time may vary according to how many raisins with liquid, you get into the Fishing Pretzel, and of course your oven. Just be aware of the time, for suddenly can the Fishing Pretzel become too brown.

Drink: Find a good dry Port and serve it with a good cup of coffee together with the Fishing Pretzel. For Christmas, the Swedish Blossa Glögg is very suitable.

Tip: A Swedish 10 % Blossa Glögg contains all the necessary spices. Blossa Glögg is available in several variants - strengths - and the strong one must be bought at Systembolaget. I can recommend the two of 15% (orange label) and 10% (red label).

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Jørgen Walters Fishing Brunsviger

Shopping List for 6 adults - Danish version


For the dough:
250 g Amo flour
25 g of butter soft
1 ½ to 2 cups lukewarm milk
25 g sugar
½ tsp. cardamom
1 pinch salt
½ pkg. yeast (25 g)
NB. Cold raising in refrigerator
overnight only 1/4 pkg. yeast

For Remoncen:
"Lord Mayor filling"
125 g butter
150 g brown sugar
4 tbsp. dark syrup
100 g of hazelnuts
Brunsviger from Fyn

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version


For the dough:
400 g Amo flour
30 g butter soft
1 dl lukewarm milk
1 dl lukewarm water
50 g sugar
2 stk. hele æg
5 g salt (1 lille tsk.)
30 g yeast
NB. Cold raising in refrigerator
overnight only 15 g yeast

For Remoncen:
"Lord Mayor filling"
200 g butter
400 g brown sugar
2 tbsp. cake cream w. vanilla flavor
100 g of hazelnuts
Recipe No. 16C
The fish brownie og Fynsk Brunsviger

The fish brownie is baked at 180 ° C for 22 minutes

Fynsk Brunsviger is baked at 180 ° C for 25 minutes

 

Procedure without liability: Dissolve the yeast in the lukewarm milk (water). Mix flour, sugar, salt, melted butter, spices and eggs in a bowl and pour in milk and yeast while kneading with a machine. Knead the dough for at least 5 minutes. Put the dough for raising under a wet tea towel for 45 minutes.

While the dough is raising, the remone is made. Pour butter, brown sugar and syrup into a saucepan and put it over low heat so it all melts. Put the hazelnuts on a clean and dry pan, warm up so that they take color and the shells come loose. Put the hazelnuts in a dry tea towel and fold over so you can roll the nuts around and get the shells off. Chop the nuts coarsely and pick them up in the pan for the Lord Mayor filling. Mix it all well and let it cool while you go to the next step. If cake cream is used, it comes in when the remone is slightly cooled.

The dough is very sticky, so pour it into a baking tin 20x30 cm (I use an aluminum drip tray for barbecue only greased with butter), but remember to put baking paper in the bottom which is lubricated with butter. Replace the dough for raising under a wet tea towel for 45 minutes or until it is raised twice.

When the dough is raised to double, press with a index finger as many grooves as possible. (I got 12 grooves). In these grooves, the Lord Mayor filling come and the rest is evenly distributed over the dough.

Place the baking form into a pre-heated oven and bake for 20 to 25 minutes at 180 ° C. The time may vary slightly depending on your oven. Just pay attention to the time, because suddenly the brownie may become too brown.

Drinks: Find a good, dry Port Wine and serve it with a good home cooked coffee together with the brownies.

Note: Brownies are sometimes known as "Poor man's birthday cake".

Tip: I have tried cold raising for 24 hours in the refrigerator, giving a better structure to the brownies. Remove the bowl from the refrigerator and place it on the kitchen table for a few hours before pouring it into the greased aluminum drip tray. Spread the dough all the way to the sides and then make the grooves in the dough with butter-lubricated finger. Place the dough in a warm place under a wet towel for raising one more hour.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Jørgen Walters Fishing carrot cake

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version


For the cake:
300 g brown sugar
4 whole eggs
2 dl grape seed oil
2 tsp. vanilla powder
2 tsp. cinnamon
2 tsp. cardamom
2 tsp. cocoa powder
2 tsp. baking powder
275 g of wheat flour
50 grams of Walnuts
275 g carrots finely grated

For garnish:
1 cup Creme Fraiche
Plums in Madeira
See my recipe below
Recipe No. 16D
Fishing carrot cake is now baked in 55 minutes              Fishing carrot cake garnished with Creme Fraiche and plums in Madeira
Fishing carrot cake is now baked in 55 minutes. Fishing carrot cake garnished with Creme Fraiche and plums in Madeira
The slightly dark on the cake is not burned but the color of cocoa, which is penetrated

 

Procedure without liability: Begin by pouring brown sugar, eggs and oil in a large bowl. Beat it well within the remaining ingredients is put in. Vanilla, cinnamon, cardamom, cocoa and baking powder mix well with flour. All Stir in the brown sugar mixture - preferably through a sieve. Finally, add carrots and walnuts, the whole is mixed well into a homogeneous mass with a dough hook.

A 25 cm diameter springform lubricated with grape seed oil and cake dough distributed in the form. Cake dough is placed in a preheated 170 degree oven and baked for 50 to 60 minutes. The time depends somewhat on the stove and at what height you set the springform. I put my springform on a rack 1/3 up so 55 minutes was just right.

Drink: Find a good Madeira and serve with a good home cooked coffee together with the Fishing carrot cake.

Plums in Madeira: For 1 kg plums without stones, use 500 g pearl sugar, 2 vanilla rods, 1 cup water, 5 dl Madeira and 1 tbsp. Atamon. The plums rinsed in cold water and wiped off. Halve the plums and remove the stones, place the plums in a clean Atamon washed jars (about 2 liters). Boil water and sugar to a syrup with vanilla rods, which just been cut into quarters. Turn off heat and come Madeira and Atamon in the syrup. Pour the hot mixture over the plums. The liquid should cover the plums, if not, then top up with Jamaica Rum or a strong Stroh Rum. Do you use Rum in a good amount, then you can simply rinse the glass with Atamon and failing to get it in the plums.

The glass container sealed with the seal and put in a cold, dark and dry place. Now formed vacuum in the glass when the glass is cold, and it helps to extend shelf life. In the first week I usually take the glass out and shake it so that the plums coincide and all plums are below the liquid. Unopened glass I've had in two years, but when they first opened, I put the glass in the refrigerator and then they can keep for about 1 month.

Tip: Can not find Madeira, then use a Portvin. Both types of wine has a strength of between 19% and 20% - also called liqueur. Here you will find plums varieties and season. Here you can see pictures of 8 different Danish plums. See my Snapse calculation.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Nettle soup a la Conny "Kock" Båstad Sverige

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Do you have nettle in your garden, you should try this soup

2 liters of fresh nettle top leaves
2 l chicken broth or veal broth
4 shallots
4 cloves garlic
2 baking potato in cubes
50 g butter or olive oil
50 g blue cheese
1 small canned tomato puree (gives the soup a brown color)
1 cup Creme Fraiche 38%
1 cup parsley, finely crushed
1/4 l whipping cream
1 packet or freshly grated horseradish
Salt and pepper added at the end as desired

Nettle soup is usually green but turns brown,
when tomato paste is added. I will refrain from tomato paste next time
Recipe No. 17*
Nettle soup a la Conny
Nettle soup a la Conny "Kock" Båstad Sverige

 

Procedure without liability: Use only fresh top leaves without stalks. First rinse nettle free from sand under running water. Then they dried on a piece of kitchen paper or tea towel. Melt butter or olive oil in a large saucepan, finely chopped shallots and garlic blanched slightly in the pan. 2 l broth is poured on and cooked up easily with the precooked potatoes in cubes. The dried nettles, which are roughly chopped, add to the pan and boil lightly for 5 minutes. Add crushed blue cheese to the saucepan, and now the meal must not boil any more. You can benefit from using a handheld blender in the soup now.

Get 1 cup 38% Creme Fraiche to the pan while stirring - still, the meal must not boil. (A small can of tomato paste added while stirring. Nettle soup is usually green but turns brown, when tomato paste is added. I will refrain tomato paste next time). Season the soup with salt and pepper.

Serving: Served with horseradish whipped cream. Whip the cream as firm as the bowl can be turned upside down and add finely grated horseradish. Pour the soup into warm plates and add one or two large spoons, whipped cream horseradish. Garlic Bread fits to the meal. If you want to use the meal as a main meal, you can serve meatballs (köttbullar) as I have done here.

Garnish: Sprinkle with "round hand" finely crushed parsley around horseradish cream.

Drink: Serve a half dry Sherry with the soup and "rinse" after with a cold, top-fermented and unpasteurized beer.

Tip: Do you have sensitive hands, use gloves when you pick the nettle.

This meal was written by my good fishing friend from Stensån in Båstad Conny "Kock".

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

'Steward' cod

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Cod in a different way, and easy to go to

4 small or 2 large cod. A total of 4 kg fresh fish
4 Garlic flute
150 g butter
2 onions if you like use red onions
1 garlic, whole small fresh
4 tomatoes
1 leek or spring onion
1 cup parsley
1 tsp. salt
½ tsp. white pepper
1 tsp. rose paprika

Tip:
1 bag of shredded horseradish
125 g melted butter
or
1 kg large potatoes
1/4 l whipping cream
Recipe No. 18*
'Steward' cod

'Steward' cod dinner with potatoes in bottom of the dish

 

Procedure without liability: First you must catch cod but it can be difficult, because in these days, the cod is lacking. Sea biologists give fishermen blame for that not many cod are left in our water. Fishermen say that the water surrounding your country has been too warm for cod. Whom should we believe? But one is sure, the water is warmer, mullet has come to Køge bay in the majority.

Cod is filleted and boned, so there is not any kind of fish bones in it. Lightly grease a baking dish with butter, then added cod fillet in baking dish with skin side down, if you choose to keep the skin on the fish.

Cod fillet sprinkled with salt, pepper and paprika rose. Put on the cod fillet, alternating slices of tomato, onion, garlic and leek, then add 150 g butter daub on everything.

Bake at 200 °C in a pre-heated oven for approx. 30 to 35 minutes depending on cod fillet thickness and size. I had to give extra 5 minutes, because the baking dish came straight from the fridge.

Serving: "Steward" cod served with warm flute. Select flute that taste you best. Flute Garlic goes well with the meal.

Garnish: When the meal is finished and before it put on the table, sprinkled it with chopped parsley.

Drink: A cold white wine fits well with the meal, try a California Chardonnay. But do you prefer beer; try a cold top-fermented and unpasteurized beer.

Tip: Missing something? So you should try to melt 125 grams butter, which you add a bag of shredded horseradish. Or some large potatoes cooked in 10 minutes and cut them into slices. Place potatoes in bottom of baking dish. Sprinkle with salt and add a little whipping cream over. Otherwise proceed as described above. Here I shall propose to take the skin of the fish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Rum Smoked Salmon - Romrøget laks

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Salmon in a different way. Follow the 10 images. Each image takes 15 sec

1 stor hel laks på 3 kg
1 salmon fillet 2 to 4 pounds

1 kop mørk rom
1 cup dark rum

1 kop brun farin
1 cup brown sugar

½ kop groft salt
½ cup coarse salt

1 tbsp. sort peber
1 tbsp. black pepper

Tip: Regnbueørred fra Karlstrup er OK
Tip: Trout can do
Recipe No. 19*

Rum smoked salmon

This recipe I have chosen to write in English, but you can print it in Danish.

Preparing the Fish: Skin the salmon fillet and remove any bones as shown in Preparing the Fish, Fig. 1 to Fig. 3. Rinse the salmon under cold running water and blot dry with paper towels. Place the salmom in a baking dish just large enough to hold it and pour the rum over. Let marinate for 15 - 20 minutes, then drain the salmon and blot dry with paper towels. Clean the baking dish for later use.

Make the cure: Mix brown sugar, salt and pepper in a bowl, make sure to mix it thoroughly. Spread half of the mixture at the bottom of the dish. Add the pieces of fish on the side where the skin was down and spread the rest of the mixture over the fish pieces by folding it onto the fish. Cover the dish with film and put it in the refrigerator for 4 hours.
Set up a charcoal grill for indirect grilling - Click here - place a drip pan in the center, and preheat to medium heat. Rinse the cure off the salmon with cold running water and blot dry with paper towels. When ready to cook, toss 2 cups wood chips on the coals. Brush and oil the grill grate.
Rom marinated Salmond
A small trout from Karlstrup can do
Place the salmon in the center of the hot grate over the drip pan away from the heat. Toss the remaining wood chips on the coals, and cover the grill. Smoke the fish until cooked through, about 20 minutes. To test for doneness, press the top of the salmon with your finger. It should feel firm and break into clean flakes.
Transfer the salmon to a rack to cool. When cool, wrap it well in aluminum foil and refrigerate until cold. Serve cold or at room temperature. Smoked salmon stays in the refrigerator, covered, for 3 to 5 days.

Salmon Chips: Salmon skin is so tasty that "Sushi Masters" have made their own recipe. I think it's even better when grilled. Brush on both sides with Asian dark sesame oil. Season well with salt and pepper. Grill the skin directly over medium heat until crackling crips, 10 minutes per side. Serve at once.

Service: Rum-Smoked Salmon with bagels, cream cheese and sliced tomato and onion.

Garnish: Chives or dill can do well.

What to drink:. A glass of cold, dry white vine is perfect to the fish.

Tip: 4 cups wood chips - alder or beech - soaked for 1 hour in cold water to cover the charcoal, then drained.

Go to a Danish version printer friendly printout of the recipe. Go to a English version printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Lemon pepper smoked salmon or sea trout with mashed potatoes

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

A delicious spiced salmon or sea trout hot smoked

A salmon or sea trout approx. 3 kg fish fillets
8 baking potatoes for mashed potatoes
1 dl whipping cream for mashed potatoes
100 g butter for mashed potatoes
½ tsp. salt for mashed potatoes
½ tsp. white pepper for mashed potatoes

Brine 10 % eller 10 °Baume
2 l water, 220 g salt and 1 tsp. sugar
1 tbsp. lemon pepper for the fish, bought
but can be made yourself in the following way:
salt, brown and yellow mustard, onion
pepper, paprika and lemon oil

Tip: Serve a good acidic salad to the meal

The first picture shows half of a salmon side. Other picture
shows half trout of 1.5 kg made in almost the same way.
Both meals were enough for two people for a good dinner.
Recipe No. 20*
Lemon pepper smoked salmon or sea trout with mashed potatoes

Lemon pepper smoked salmon or sea trout with mashed potatoes

I have made an Excel spreadsheet for calculating salt, sugar and spices

 

Procedure without liability: For this dinner you can use salmon, sea trout or rainbow trout. The fish must be fresh caught and have a good size preferably between 2 kg and 3 kg. Smaller fish are a little dry in taste. Cut the fish through from head to tail, so backbones can be taken away. Put the two pieces of fish in a dish and pour cold 10% brine over. Put in the fridge for two hours. The temperature must not exceed 5 ° C.

After two hours take the fish out and rinse under cold water. Boned and trimmed the fish fillets so there is not any kind of bones in it. Rinse fillets under cold water again and put on kitchen towel with skin side down and pressed dry on meat side. Sprinkle the mixture of lemon and pepper over fillets. The mixture, which I used, purchased ready-mixed in a supermarket to DKK 20.00 per bag, and a table spoon with top of both fillets were suitable for my fish of 2.5 kg.

In the two hours the fish are in the refrigerator, you can use to fire up in Smoking Oven. The temperature should preferably be 70 °C when you put fillets on top of the grid in Smoking Oven. This temperature is kept at approx. 20 minutes with an open damper in the top and open valve at bottom. It is to get water vapor out of Smoking Oven. Then slowly lowered the temperature to 50 °C and the fish is smoked finish at this temperature for approx. 2 ½ to 3 hours. Meat temperature in the fish is approx. 40 °C. My little rainbow trout of 1.5 kg was "cold" smoked for 9 hours at 30 °C on a cold winter day. The fish is seen in picture No. 2.

Mashed potatoes: Peel potatoes and cut them into cubes. Pour them into a pot with a little water, so they barely covered by water. When water boils calculated 20 minutes to the water poured from the potatoes. Mash potatoes with a "Mash Iron". Pour whipping cream and butter on the potatoes and stir in the pot. Season with salt and white pepper. Cool slightly and the mashed potatoes come in a "dough syringe".

Serving: A fillet placed on a plate and delicious mashed potatoes sprayed around the fish from a "dough syringe". Four small daub of butter placed on the mashed potatoes and the plate is put into a 180 °C hot oven for 10 to 12 minutes. Garlic flute goes well with the meal.

Garnish: When the meal is finished and before it put on the table, decorates with a little green season.

Drink: A cold glass of dry French white wine well suited to the meal. But do you prefer beer, try a cold top-fermented and unpasteurized beer.

Tip: A "dough syringe" or a "dough spray" can be made of parchment paper. So there is no dish washing afterwards.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Escargot from farm to table

Next down

Collection List for 4 adult - Danish version

Next up

Breeding your own escargots or collect live escargots

Ingredients for the oven:
32 large escargots 4.5 cm
2 freshly baked baguette or flute
Butter of Escargot "a la Burgundy"
250 g butter
4 cloves garlic
1 cup parsley
2 shallots
salt and black pepper
Ingredients for the soup:
1 liter chicken broth or
2 cubes with 1 liter water
½ liter white wine
2 shallots
4 cloves garlic
½ cup thyme
1 tsp. salt
½ tsp. white pepper
½ tsp. rose paprika
1 red chili pepper
4 bay leaves
1 parsley root
1 carrot
Take away the mucus:
100 g salt per liter water
4 tbsp. of vinegar per liter of water
Recipe No. 21*
Escargot from farm to table

Escargot from farm to table

Escargot Slide Show





Wait for us!          Wait for me! Brother        Let me get away from here in a hurry       

 

Start with some facts: Escargot - also known as "Rampart Escargot" - is the biggest shell-borne escargot in Denmark. It lives in many places in Eastern and Northern Jutland and on East Sjælland. The escargots like to live in places where the soil is calcareous. It is assumed that they were introduced to Denmark in the middle Ages by monks who ate these escargots in Lent. Snails and carp fish was not considered "real" meat and might be consumed in Lent. Well! They were some strange "Fish" or "Snails" - those monks. The word Escargot is used on edible snails.

The escargot was protected in 1991 in Denmark, but not quite, it means that it must be collected for personal consumption. You can collect escargots in August and prepare them for your own consumption but not for re-sale. If you want this, do your own "Escargots Farm".

How do you get an Escargots Farm? Find two escargots in May when it rains, but remember to look after if the escargots are both right-twisted. Most escargots are right-twisted and only two identical twisted escargots can mate. Mark escargot shells 1 and 2 with a waterproof pen. Let these two escargots live in your garden until August and put them back where you found them. They have now laid between 20 and 60 eggs in your garden, next year you have your own escargots stock, shall we say 40 escargots. Lifetime of escargots is from 6 to 8 years, so you will have 102.400.000 (40*40*40*40*40) escargots in your garden after 5 years. Escargots are hermaphrodites, so it is only necessary to collect two. When they meet, they decide for themselves what sex, they each will be. It is quite convenient, since it all goes with the "escargot's pace". There is no time to lose. One of the pictures shows an escargot that has dug down and is about to lay eggs. It was a rainy day around midsummer (Sankt Hans).

Procedure without liability: As a starter for 4 people, you need 32 large escargots between 4 cm and 5 cm in diameter. They gathered best on a rainy August day, where they have laid eggs, and therefore have made their "duty of escargots". The offspring is guaranteed and the escargot has eaten itself large and thick. Escargots must now be prepared for human consumption, i.e. all toxic "things" - Mushroom - which the escargot can eat, must be discharged from the escargot's esophagus and intestinal tract. Esophagus sits in the "foot" and intestine sit up in the twisted escargot shell. You eat only the foot, the gut is cut away. Preparation is best done in a solid box of white wood placed in the shade. White wood without tannic acid. Escargots spraying regularly with temperate water for two days, you are sure that stomach contents are emptied out. Would you like to give the escargots a wholesome replacement and a spicy taste, you can feed them with parsley, parsley root and herbs the first two days, the last two to three days are fasting and purging days. Escargot discharges its stomach contents sitting in the "digestive rest" on the wood box sides; it takes usually a few days. My escargots were collected Saturday, went until Monday on herbs for sprinkling twice a day. Monday herbs were removed and escargots sat down in the digestive position until Thursday when they were prepared.

Escargots are killed quickly and easily (read human) in boiling, slightly salted water. Before you do this, check the escargots are alive. Get them in the sink and shower with temperate water. After 15 to 20 minutes is the escargot awaked and come out of his shell. Those who do not come out discarded. Use a large pot of at least 5 liters to kill the escargots in. Put the escargots up in the boiling, salted water and take them out with a skimmer 5 to 10 minutes after water is boiling. While escargots are still lukewarm, pull escargot's body - read feet, stomach and intestine - out of their shells with a small fork. Stomach with intestine is cut off.

Warning: Never kill the living escargots in salt. It is cruel and has no purpose. Please use my description above.

The escargots freed of mucus in several portions slightly salted, boiling water with a little vinegar before being cooked finished in the soup. It is a procedure that can take time. I used two portions boiling water for this process. The soup is a good broth made of a boiled chicken added onion, garlic, carrot, parsley root, bay leaves, red chili pepper, and thyme. In short, what you have in your herbal garden. The cleaned escargots are softly cooked at low heat approx. 2 hours in this broth. Escargots placed for quick cooling under running cold water in a colander. There are now two options, either frozen escargots in the soup for later use or the pre-cooked escargots prepared now. I spent a good chicken broth made from cubes and all the best from my herbal garden for the soup.

Preparation of pre-cooked escargots: The absolute cleaned and dried escargots shells are located in salt in a baking dish with the opening up. One to two escargots placed in each shell and melted "Butter of Escargot" poured over. Put in a 225 °C hot oven for 10 minutes. Serve immediately with freshly baked flutes to immerse in the butter in escargot shells. Images of the final meal at a later date because I have frozen the escargots.

Drink: It is really very difficult to choose the correct "drink" to this meal, so I think you must choose yourself. Is it summer, and you sit on the terrace, I recommend a dry, cool white wine. Perhaps Champagne would be good to it. Judge yourself.

Tip: You can buy canned pre-cooked escargots with cleaned escargots shells, so you're saving yourself a lot of work. But remember it must be the right canned escargots and not the finished deep frozen in parsley and garlic butter. This is marsh snails - read sewage snails from Far East. Instead of escargots shells, you can find in the trading houses a plate with 6 to 8 holes where the escargots are placed and you only poured the "Butter of Escargot" over, and then baked in the oven at 200 °C for 10 minutes.

Escargots shells cleaned: Remove the last remnants of the intestinal system and boil escargots shells in water containing a little soda. Escargots shells rinsed well in hot water and put to drain. Finally they are baked in the oven at 200 °C for 10 minutes. They can now be used as described above.

Note: You are obviously not having as many escargots in your garden, as described above. Many die during winter. They are eaten by animals and birds. The largest escargot eater, you have in your garden, is the hedgehog. Use hedgehog if you have Iberian snail's alias Killer snails in the garden. Remember definitive no poison in your garden when you have an escargot farm. Read the various comments:
New Garden    Escargot    Plantedoktoren

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Cooked, cold trout in jelly a la Bente

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Meal attributed the wife of a pro fisherman from Karlstrup

1 nice rainbow of 1.5 to 2 kg
2 new baked flute or other good bread
1 cup dill or chives or spring onions
125 g mayonnaise
125 g Cream frache 38%
1 tsp. carry, the mild one
1 packet frozen prawns
4 small tomatoes flavor
2 hard boiled eggs
1 lemon
1 bunch asparagus, white or green
12 isinglass

Broth:
4 dl dry white wine
6 dl water
2 tsp. salt
2 leeks or 4 spring onions only the green
1 onion
2 cloves garlic
1 red chili peppers
4 bay leaves
1 carrot
4 cm fresh ginger
1 twigs lovage, bouillonurt or maggiurt
1 twigs thyme
1 twigs sage
Recipe No. 22
A festive dinner - Cooked, cold trout in jelly a'la Bente
A festive dinner - Cooked, cold trout in jelly a'la Bente

Use the same procedure for eel in jelly. 1 kg skinned and cleaned eel

 

Procedure without liability: First you have to catch a big trout suitable for 4 persons. A trout of 2 kg is sufficient as main course. Is it used as a starter, there is for 8 persons. Cut the trout from bowel opening to head and cut off the head. Clean the trout free of guts, blood, skin and slime under cold water. Prepare a broth in a fish pot of 4 dl white wine and 6 dl water. Pour all the above ingredients in the fish pot and let it boil softly for 10 minutes before the fish comes up in the boiling broth. Trout placed in the fish pot on grid and return to a boil. Reduce the heat, cover and simmer for 15 to 20 minutes. Turn off the heat and the fish is resting 5 minutes in the broth. A small fish boil only for 10 to 15 minutes. Try for yourself - can the bone of the dorsal fin be pulled out easily - is the fish fully cooked. If you want to try with eels, the times are the same for large eels (600 g) and small eels (300 g) live weight.

Do you use a frozen trout, pour all ingredients in the cold broth and put the deep frozen trout on the grid in the cold broth. Warm up to a boil and let the fish simmer for 30 to 45 minutes depending on size of fish. Same rest time as above. A deep-frozen trout may be turned on the grid after half the time, so that the upper part is under water.

Grid with the trout is taken up and to cool. When it is lukewarm, the fish flesh peeled from their bones. Meanwhile, poured boiling broth through a strainer into a bowl and made sedimentation. 12 leaves of gelatins into softened in cold water for 10 minutes. The almost clear, boiling broth measured up to 1 liter, and if there is missing a little attenuate with water or white wine. Bring now the broth to a boil and 12 isinglass be poured in one at a time while stirring. Turn down the heat and stir vigorously in the layer - do not boil. The fish clean from skin and bones, remember also the brown fish fat on the sides, it is not tasty when consumed in large portions. Add the nice pieces of fish in a dish with high edges and pour over fish broth. To cool and then covered with film. Put in the fridge for the next day.

Now you have two options for serving the fish. As a starter serve on individual plates or as a main course serve in the whole dish. As a starter you share the fish with some jelly on the individual plates and decorate the dish with things you like best. As a main course you decorate the entire dish with everything and put it on the table. Then, guests can choose from the decoration.

Garnish: Make a dressing of mayonnaise and sour cream together with the carry and decorate plates or meal. Garnish with asparagus, prawns, eggs, tomatoes and lemon slices. Cut dill over the meal. Chives and the white of spring onions -if you prefer - can also be used.

Drink: A cold glass of dry French white wine well suited to the meal. But do you prefer beer, try a cold top-fermented and unpasteurized beer.

Tip: If you are making this dish for the wife and yourself, arrange it on two plates, which are then decorated. The rest of the fish in gel is immediately put back in the fridge, and it can keep there for 3 to 4 days at a temperature below 5 °C. If a soup is to be 100% clear, you must use 2 egg whites with shells per 1 liter of soup/stock. Search net, how to do it.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

An anglers "Dried and Salted Cod"

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Meal can be made by all anglers

1 kg Dried and Salted Cod or
3 kg cut fresh cod
1 packet prawns for garnish
4 tomatoes
2 onions
1 garlic, whole small fresh or
4 cloves garlic
1 lemon
½ dl white wine vinegar and
½ dl water mixed or
1 dl apple juice
1 red chili peppers
1 glass of green olives without stones
1 dl. whipping cream
1 twigs sage
1 twigs rose marin
1 twigs lovage - only leaves
1 tsp. carry, the mild one
1 tsp. coarse black pepper
1 dl olive oil
1 dollop of butter
1 kg new Danish potatoes
Recipe No. 23
An anglers Dried and Salted Cod

A celebration dinner - only made for 2 people, garnished with prawns

 

Procedure without liability: You can start in two ways. Either buys ready-made Dried and Salted Cod from fish dealer. Or you prepare your self caught cod to Dried and Salted Cod. This is the last description, which I've used in my meal. But you get both descriptions.

First description: For ready-made Dried and Salted Cod, you need approx. 1 kg to 4 adults. Dried and Salted Cod placed in a large pot or bowl with cold water in a day. The water changed at least a few times in this day. Is the weather hot the pot or bowl must be placed in the refrigerator. How salt, the meal must be depends on how many times you change water. Now you have the fish for further processing.

Second description: I used 15 cm of the thick part of a 10 kg cod for 2 persons. The weight was probably around 1 kg or just over. Cod piece was filleted into two pieces, all bones were removed, but the skin remained. 500 g fine salt was spread over the fish as follows: In a suitable dish sprinkled some salt on the bottom. A piece of fish placed with skin side on the salt, new salt sprinkled on meat side. The second piece of fish also sprinkled with salt on meat side added with this meat side on top of the first piece of fish. Over the two pieces of fish sprinkled the rest of the salt. Cover with film and put in the refrigerator for a day. It draws a lot of liquid out of the meat and the fish are now so firmly in the meat as it now looks like ready-made Dried and Salted Cod pulled in cold water for 12 hours. Take the two pieces of fish from the refrigerator and clean the rest of the salt off in cold water. Place fish pieces in a bowl with cold water in the fridge for three hours. How salt, the meal must be, depends on how many hours in cold water. Now you have the fish for further processing.

Place the fish pieces in a lightly greased baking dish with skin side down, and drip the fish with lemon juice. Sprinkle the spices over the fish, top with vegetables and butter evenly. Pour whipping cream and juices over. Juice is either ½ dl white wine vinegar and ½ dl water mixed or 1 dl apple juice. Put in a 200 °C pre-heated oven for 15 minutes. Then reduced to 180 °C and bake further 45 minutes. Turn off the oven and sprinkle with thawed prawns. Takes after-heat with oven doors open for 10 minutes before serving.

Serving: Put the dish on the table and serve with new Danish potatoes.

Garnish: Well! it was only prawns to be used.

Drink: To the meal fit a cold lager with a snaps.

Tip: Garlic flute goes well with the meal. Dip it in the "sauce".

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Grilled Rainbow with toasted pine nuts in garlic olive oil

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Meal can be made of a "Rainbow Trout" from Karlstrup Lime Grave

2 kg of fresh caught rainbow trout
200 g pine nuts
1 kg new Danish potatoes
1 dl olive oil
4 cloves garlic
1 lemon
1 twig sage
1 twig rose marin
1 twig lovage - only the leaves
1 tsp. coarse black pepper
2 tsp. salt
1 dollop of butter
1 garlic bread

Salad:
Mix your favorite salad
and serve it to the fish
Recipe No. 24
Grilled Rainbow with toasted pine nuts

A light and easy barbecue meal at a warm summer evening

 

Procedure without liability: Of course, the fish must be caught first. Or purchase the trout. The fish must be cleaned from fish scale. This is done by scratching the fish from tail to head with a "blunt" knife. Brush with a stiff brush under cold water. Cut the fish up from the gut to the head, cut the head off and pull all the guts out. Clean the renal blood out from the abdominal cavity with a knife and a brush under cold water. Fish fillets and cut away all side bones. Wipe the fish dry with kitchen towel.

Sprinkle a little salt on the skin side and place the fish on a plate. Sprinkle salt and pepper on the meat side and sprinkle the fish with olive oil. Let the fish soak in the fridge for 20 minutes before it grilles on both sides. 10 minutes on skin side and 5 minutes on meat side are appropriate. Meanwhile, you prepare the potatoes for frying in foil on barbecue. Clean the potatoes and dripping with oil, sprinkle with salt and pepper, various herbs came in and put a temperature sensor in the biggest potato. Close the foil and place it on the barbecue. When the temperature is 99 °C to 100 °C, the potatoes are done. My experience says it takes between 30 and 45 minutes.

Make a foil tray with a piece of double foil. Come pine nuts, garlic, butter and olive oil in foil tray and set it on the barbecue. When pine nuts are slightly brown maybe black, they are ready for serving. Use to garnish the fish.

Serving: Put the dish on the table and serve with new Danish potatoes. The fish trickle with lemon.

Garnish: Well! It was the pine nuts to be used.

Drink: To the meal fit a cool white wine.

Tip: Garlic flute goes well with the meal. Dip it in butter and olive oil. But remember also to eat the skin, it is crunchy and good.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Grilled and smoked mullet in a salt crust served with Salsa Verde

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Meal can be made of several kinds of fish

2 kg of fresh caught mullet or 2 at 1 kg
2 kg coarse salt or more for 2 fish
2 garlic bread

Salad Salsa Verde

1 cup parsley
1 cup mint
1 small glass of capers
1 clove garlic
½ tsp. grated lemon shell
½ lemon juice
½ dl virgin olive oil
2 tbsp. boiling water
½ tsp. Læsø salt
½ tsp. coarse black pepper

Salsa Verde must be consumed immediately after production
Can also be purchased ready-made in specialized stores
Try also the other forms of Salsa
Recipe No. 25
Mullet 1.75 kg and 52 cm in the salt for the smokig oven

A different dinner with mullet at a barbecue hot summer evening

 

Procedure without liability: Of course, the fish must be caught first. Or purchase the mullet. The fish must be cleaned from fish scale. This is done by scratching the fish from tail to head with a blunt knife. Brush with a stiff brush under cold water. Cut the fish up from the gut to the head, cut the head off and pull all the guts out. Clean the renal blood out from the abdominal cavity with a knife and a brush under cold water. Also remember to brush away the dark skin in the abdominal cavity of the mullet.

In a suitable aluminum tray or roasting pan if you use your oven instead of barbecue, sprinkled coarse salt 1 cm at the bottom. The area must be slightly larger than the fish, as this must be laid on the salt. Press the fish bit down into the salt and pour salt over the fish so it completely covered with 1 cm thick layers. Folding salt flat around the fish.

Your grill should be set up for indirect heat, the procedure can be found here. Charcoal or briquettes from two barbecue starts poured on barbecue. One on each side. When barbecue is appropriate warm approx. 175 °C, aluminum tray with the fish is placed in the middle of the barbecue. Two hands full "wetted" beech wood dust distributed on the coal. The lid put on the barbecue and the fish "Smoke fried" in 40 to 50 minutes at 175 °C. The time depends on fish size and temperature that you can keep in the barbecue. The thermometer shows the temperature inside the fish. Plug the sensor into the thick part of the fish and keep the shielded cable away from the hot coal. When the temperature is between 65 °C and 70 °C the fish is done. Salt crust allows the smoke to penetrate the fish, and the fish is damp fried in its own brine.

Salsa Verde: Mix chopped parsley, chopped mint, capers, garlic, lemon juice and peel, olive oil and boiling water in a blender. Blend to a suitable consistency and season with salt and pepper. There should be a cup of it.

Indian Chutney: Want to try something exotic instead; you should try making this accessory. Can be used with all fish meals, but I like it most to fried or grilled fish.

Serving: Present fish in salt crust for your guests by putting aluminum tray on the table. Use two spoons to remove the top crust of salt. Now remove the skin at the top of the fish and the upper file loosened and put on a clean dish. Backbones removed and the lower file placed on the clean dish.

Garnish: Use a little green, parsley, mint and lemon.

Drink: To the meal fit a cool white wine.

Tip: Garlic flute goes well with the meal. Bread buttered with Salsa Verde. A good idea would be to put a clover garlic, a little onion and parsley into the belly of the fish. Chop it roughly first. Do you have other good herbs in your garden, use them. It gives a good flavor that suits Salsa Verde. Drip a little lemon juice on fish before it is prepared.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Homemade "Gravlax" this is a rainbow trout from Karlstrup

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Meal can be made of salmon or trout

2 kg freshly caught salmon or trout
200 g coarse kitchen salt
100 g brown cane sugar
10 g of lemon pepper
1 bag dried dill for digging
1 bag dressing "Rævesovs"
1 twig fresh dild to decorate
1 fresh bread according to your own taste
1 bag unsalted butter

NOTE: Try this if you do not want to use dressing "Rævesovs" for the salmon. A small glass of cognac or whiskey or pors (Myrica) snaps pour over the fish before it is salted and put in the refrigerator.
Use preferably (only) dried dill for "Gravning" because of soil bacteria in fresh dill. Fresh dill is used as a decoration at the table.
My friend Joey Miller in New Zealand has a slightly different way to prepare "Gravadlaks". See the recipe Jen Reviews. Here you can see the recipe in English Gravlax. Joey has allowed me to use the images on my web site.
Recipe No. 26
Freshly caught rainbow trout of 1.5 kg to be Gravad

Homemade "Gravlax" here a freshly caught
1.5 kg Rainbow trout from Karlstrup P & T

 

Procedure without liability: Use only a freshly caught salmon or trout, which coarsely cleaned immediately after the catch. Never put the fish on earth, but put it immediately in a plastic bag to avoid soil bacteria.

At home the fish is scaled from tail to head with a blunt knife and a stiff brush. I use a potato knife to scale the trout. The fish fillets and then all side bones cut off, so there remain only the vertical nerve bones. These can usefully be taken out with a tongs just before the fish should be eaten. It is only necessary to take the nervous bones out if the fish is large. For fish less than 2 kg, I do not think that these bones are annoying. They are soft after the fish has soaked in salt and they are cut into small pieces.

In an appropriate dish sprinkled salt and sugar at the bottom, the fish is placed on the skin side down. Salt, sugar and dill spread over the meat side. Dish covered with film and put in refrigerator to soak in 48 hours. It draws some liquid from the fish, so take the fish up in a clean and dry the cutting board before cutting slices of the fish. Note: If you use cognac or whiskey or pors (Myrica) snaps, it should be poured over the fish before you sprinkle with salt, sugar, lemon pepper and dill.

Serving: Can you eat the whole fish at once cut the fish at the table. Otherwise just take it, which can be eaten now. The rest remains in the fridge and it can last for max 3 days.

Garnish: You can now decorate fish pieces with fresh dill, if you like.

Drink: To the meal fit a cool white wine, or a cold beer with a dram.

Tip: The file pieces can be frozen before the preparation, but not after. It may be a good idea to freeze the salmon/trout for 48 hours before the preparation. There could be Ascaris suum (Roundworm) in the fish. It is a requirement of the authorities that fish, that are not heat treated, must be frozen for 48 hours if the fish is to be used for Sushi.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Home made Böhmische bread dumplings

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

The meal here is made with spelt flour and provides two large dumplings

250 g spelt flour
150 ml lukewarm liquid
Here, made of 50% water & 50% whole milk
1 whole egg
½ pkg. yeast, 25 g
1 tsp. sugar
1 tsp. salt

Option for bread dumplings
Day-old bread the size of a rolls
25 g of butter for frying the bread

Option for speck dumplings
200 g bacon
1 løg
Recipe No. 27
Home made Böhmische bread dumplings
Home made Böhmische bread dumplings

 

Procedure without liability: Pour the flour, sugar, salt and a whole egg in a large bowl. Dissolve yeast in lukewarm milk/water. Add the milk/water with the yeast to the flour with vigorous kneading. Adjust the dough with flour or liquid until it do not sticks to the bowl sides. Let the dough rest and rise until double in a tea towel for 40 to 60 minutes at room temperature while you prepare the next step.

It is a matter of taste whether you want to mix day-old bread in this bread dumplings. It dates from old times (war-time), where nothing was wasted. Cut day-old bread into small cubes and fry them golden brown in butter. Roll out the dough on the table - remember flour on board and hands - put all bread cubes on top of dough. Now knead dough and bread cubes together, then divided the dough into two pieces, which then formed into bread dumplings, resting covered for 30 to 40 minutes.

Add bread dumplings in boiling salt water and simmer for 25 minutes. After half time, bread dumplings reversed, so the top will now be under water. There was in old times a bread dumplings-steam pot in which bread dumplings were steamed. I will try my fish pot - why not? It has a grate at the bottom, to which the water is filled up to. On the grate I put the bread dumplings when water boils. Give them 25 minutes under steam and do a sample taste with one. See the picture bread dumplings are steaming in my fish stew. Provides the most perfect result.

Serving: Bread dumplings cut into neat slices before being served with the meal that you intended to eat them with. Here I come up with some good advice: Is very suitable for meals with a good, strong, hot and plentiful "cream sauce". Goulash, pork roast, roast goose, wild rose, roast beef and cod with mustard sauce. Anyone who has been in Praha, have probably tried "Goulash with Knödel" at the brewery and restaurant "U Fleku" translated into "At the Fleks". Coming from the family name Flekovsky.

Garnish: You can save some toasted bread cubes or bacon for garnish.

Drink: A "Pilsner Urquell" will be a natural thing to this meal.

Tip: You may need to adjust the amount of flour depending on the size of eggs. You'll find it easy yourself. I spent approx. 100 grams more flour to adjust and to table and hands. You can also boil bread dumplings in a soup made of chicken and herbs. It would be ideal to this meal "Flekovsky Goulash" which comes below.

Note: This recipe I have promised a fishing buddy on a fishing trip, but when and to whom, I have forgotten. But now it is here. Was it Lars? Look! As it was, after all, a "fish" recipe. bread dumplings were steamed in a fish stew.

There are two types Knödel: Bread dumplings as described above and then speck dumplings. For speck dumplings add bacon and onions instead of bread cubes. For this recipe used 200 grams of bacon and 1 onion. Roast it for a few minutes in the pan for it takes a little color (glassy). Allow to cool and add it to the dough, as described above with the bread crumbs. Speck dumplings used especially for soups, cabbage meals and coleslaw.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Homemade Böhmische Goulash with bread dumplings

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Made after a Bömisch recipe

1 kg of beef shoulder or boneless beef chunk
200 g bacon, diced
2 tbsp. flour
½ to 1 tsp. salt
½ to 1 tsp. ground black pepper
4 tsp. sweet paprika
2 tsp. hot paprika. For the brave 4 tsp.
1 tsp. ground caraway seeds
1 ds. 70 grams of concentrated tomato paste
6 bay leaves
1 green pepper, sliced
1 red pepper, sliced
6 cloves garlic
1 to 2 onions
½ til 1 bottle Limfjords Porter Double Brown Stout
Or similar red wine
Used beer, add 1 tbsp. vinegar
4 tbsp. olive oil for frying
Or try with half the olive oil and butter
Recipe No. 28
Homemade Böhmische Goulash with bread dumplings

Homemade Böhmische Goulash with bread dumplings

 

Procedure without liability: Roast bacon in its own fat, add a little oil/butter and brown the hakked onion and garlic lightly in it. Cut beef into bite-sized pieces, put them in a plastic bag with flour and paprika and shake the bag well. Brown then the meat in the pan. Add salt, pepper, caraway, concentrated tomato paste, bay leaves, green and red peppers into strips.

Stir into the saucepan and add the beer or wine to taste. I use a Limfjords Porter Double Brown Stout Beer and a tbsp. vinegar.

Let the pot simmer for at least 1 ½ hours under a lid. Check that the meat does not boil dry. Add a little water/beer/wine if necessary. If too much liquid take the lid of the last few minutes so that it evaporates.

Serving: Bread dumplings cut into nice slices before being served with the meal that you intended to eat them with. Here I come up with some good advice: Is very suitable for meals with a good, strong, hot and plentiful "cream sauce". Goulash, pork roast, roast goose, wild rose, roast beef and cod with mustard sauce. Anyone who has been in Praha, have probably tried "Goulash with Knödel" at the brewery and restaurant "U Fleku" translated into "At the Fleks". Coming from the family name Flekovsky.

Garnish: You can save some fried bacon for garnish and sour cream on top.

Drink: A "Pilsner Urquell" will be a natural thing to this dinner.

Tip: The sauce thickness is adjusted with the flour from which the meat is shaken with the plastic bag. I used 1 large spoon to my meal with 33 cl beer and it was just right.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Crayfish in spice pickle

Next down

Catch list for 2 adults - Danish version

Next up

The meal is made on crayfish from Karlstrup P & T

25 male crayfish
Brine 2,6 % eller 3 °Baume
8 l water
1 dl / 215 g salt
2 tbsp. black pepper grains
2 tbsp. sugar
4 til 5 dill screens
Recipe No. 29
Live (black) and cooked crayfish (red)
Live (black) and cooked crayfish (red)

 

Procedure without liability: Notice that I write male crayfish, it is because female crayfish is protected in the lake. Do you buy your crayfish elsewhere; it is naturally subordinate whether it is male or female crayfish.

This recipe is suitable for two adults who can eat 25 crayfish. Take a 10 to 12 liter pot and add 8 liters of water. When it boils, add 1 dl salt, 2 tbsp. sugar, 2 tbsp. black pepper grains and 4 to 5 dill screens. Let boil for 1 minute and come crayfish fast in one by one.

Depending on the size crayfish must cook 5 to 7 minutes. Turn off the heat and remove the pot. Place the pot with crayfish in the water to cool overnight. Take crayfish up 3 to 4 hours before they must be eaten, put them on a plate with paper towel and let them dribble before they are served.

Should you make this meal for 4 adults i.e. 50 crayfish, just cook 25 crayfish at a time. Remove the cooked crayfish from the pot when they are cooked. When all 50 crayfish are cooked put all the crayfish in the pot and to cool. Maybe you need a bigger pot when there are so many crayfish. But always remember that water should be boiling before the crayfish comes in the pot.

Serving: The crayfish are best eaten with a good, coarse country bread with butter and one or more dram.

Garnish: Fresh dill and perhaps lemon slices.

Drink: The Snaps should preferably be mild, there is a dill Snaps from Aalborg. Rinse with a beer. Cold white wine is also a possibility.

Tip: See this website: Danish Crayfish Breeders Association

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Irish Lamb Stew from A to Z. Meal can be made on a self-smoked lamb-shoulder or lamb-leg. Alternative pork tenderloin

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

For salting:
1.5 kg lamb shoulder, forelegs of lamb or
1.5 kg lamb shank, hind legs of lamb
Brine 14 % eller 11 °Baume
3 liters of water
490 g of salt
200 g brown sugar
15 bay leaves
1 whole garlic
1 onion
1 red chilli pepper
10 black pepper grains
10 whole juniper grains
1 cinnamon rod
10 cloves

Garnish:
parsley or mint
For smoking:
5 to 10 liters of beech wood dust
1 l juniper wood dust
Hot smoked for 10 hours between 50 °C and 60 °C in the smokig oven or
Cold smoked for 48 hours at a maximum. 25 °C in the smokig oven

Main course:
1 large Savoy cabbage or white cabbage
8 nice potatoes
2 carrots
1 parsley root
1 leek
2 onions
4 cloves garlic
1 red chili peppers
100 g butter
2 tbsp. oliven olie
2 dl apple juice
1 tbsp. brown sugar
Recipe No. 30
Irish lamb smoked and grilled served with with Shopska salad
Irish lamb smoked and grilled served with with Shopska salad
Recipe No. 30
Smoked pork tenderloin made as Irish
Smoked pork tenderloin made as Irish "Lamb" Stew with fried dates

 

Procedure without liability: This recipe comes from an ancient recipe, where you preserve the meat by salting and smoking. The method can also be used to make smoked pork roast. See recipe below. Pour water into a suitable large saucepan and bring to a boil. Add salt, sugar and all the spices. The brine brings to a boil and simmer for at least 10 minutes. Subsequently, the mixture is set aside to cool overnight.

If the lamb shoulder / lamb leg has bones - it is usually - the meat must be inserted into the bone in several places with an awl or large meat needle. This is because that the brine must penetrate into the bone in order to prevent the meat from broken down by microorganisms. When this is done, the meat is placed in a suitably large salt bath and the cold brine is poured over. Now place it in the refrigerator at 5 °C for 3 days. Inspect the meat is under the brine. If not, use a plate on top of the meat.

On the fourth day take up the meat and cleaned under running cold water. Meat cord is plug into the thin end and the meat suspended in Smoking Oven for drying for 24 hours before being smoked.

Remove the meat from Smoking Oven and set fire to the wood dust with 1/4 dl ethylated spirits. Let it burn for approx. 20 minutes with the door and the "hat" ajar. When smoke production is good, the meat is put in Smoking Oven. Now it is up to you to maintain the temperature between 50 °C and 60 °C for the next 10 hours for hot smoking. For cold smoking you must smoke at least 48 hours at max. 25 °C. If you start in the morning, you can simply let the meat hang overnight in Smoking Oven, so it cools slowly in the night.

Now follow the recipe of Irish Lamb Stew with lamb-shoulder or lamb-leg.

Put lamb-shoulder or lamb-leg into a saucepan and pour water on till it the covers. Cook the lamb for 30 to 40 minutes. While it is boiling prepare the vegetables: Potatoes peeled and cut into 2 cm thick slices. Carrots and parsley root peeled and cut into 5 cm long beams. Chop onion and garlic finely. The leek chops into 2 cm thick slices. Chilli pepper cut longitudinally, just leave the seeds in, it gives a better and stronger taste. Savoy cabbage cut into quarters and cut off the stalk, then chops roughly.

Take a large frying pan with high sides - or a pot - and get in butter and olive oil. Come in Savoy cabbage and sprinkle with brown sugar, let it take a little color. Pour all the vegetables in the pot and add a little apple juice and soup from the boiled lamb. Be careful with the salt, the soup from the lamb is very salt. The meat of lamb-shoulder or lamb-leg cut from the bones in mouth right pieces. Get it on the frying pan or pot and cover with a lid. The meal must now simmer for 30 minutes, but see that there is enough fluid. Fill with apple juice or soup from lamb, if necessary.

Serving: Put the pan on the table, as shown here, or serve dinner on a dish nicely. Full-grain rye bread served with the meal.

Garnish: The dish may decorate with chopped parsley or mint leaves / mint jelly.

Mint jelly made from 200g fresh mint leaves, 1 liter unsweetened apple juice, 750g pearl sugar 1 sachet Yellow Melantin and a little green food coloring. Should the jelly be transparent, you have to use a filtered apple juice. The fresh mint cooked in apple musts for three minutes and the juice is poured through a coffee filter. Then follow the recipe for Yellow Melantin bag. Is apple musts sweetened use Blue Melantin and follow the recipe on the bag. Remember, the jelly should be poured in small canning jars and closed when the jelly has become cold. The jelly fills approx. 1.4 liter, use 5-7 glass.

Drink: In Ireland, they will probably prefer a Ale, but red wine also goes well with the meal.

Tip: Before I've used the pan to the meal, I've done stoned dates wrapped with bacon. See the little plate in the picture above. It can be recommended as a "snake" up to Christmas Eve. The frying pan should not be cleaned before the next meal.

Postscript: Irish "Lamb" Stew was made on smoked pork tenderloin, as the family would rather have the lamb shank on the grill.

Alternative dry-salted and smoked pork tenderloin: Trim 4 pork tenderloins approx. 2 kg and put them on a layer of salt and sugar in a suitable salt container with a lid. Pour salt and sugar to cover. Make sure that the fillet are not touching each other. I used 1 kg of salt and 200 g sugar. Place salt container in the refrigerator for 3 days. Take the fillet out and clean them well in running water. Tie meat-leash in the thin end and hang them up to dry in the refrigerator for 24 hours. Cold smoke them at max. 25 °C for 2 days, and let it hang overnight in the oven to cool. Cut very thin slices of tenderloin and use these to orders with egg and chives.

Alternative wet-salted and smoked pork tenderloin: Trim 4 pork tenderloins approx. 2 kg and put them in a spicy brine in a suitable salt container with a lid. I used the following recipe: 3 liters of water, 490 g coarse salt, 200 grams of brown sugar, 15 bay leaves, 1 whole garlic, 1 onion, 1 red chili pepper, 10 black peppercorns, 10 juniper berries and 1 cinnamon stick. The whole is given to the boil in 10 minutes and then cooled overnight. The 4 pork tenderloin are placed in brine the next day and put in the refrigerator for 3 days at 5 °C. Take the tenderloins out and rinse them well in cold water. Tie meat-leash in the thin end and hang them up to dry in the refrigerator for 24 hours. Cold smoke them at max. 25 °C for 2 days, and let it hang overnight in the oven to cool. Cut very thin slices of tenderloin and use these to orders with egg and chives.

 

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Salmon or trout baked in puff pastry

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

1 salmon or trout at 1.5 kg to 2 kg
1 package frozen puff pastry with 5 slices
1 cup cottage cheese
1 red chili peppers
2 cloves garlic
4 spring onions or 1 leek - only the white
1 cl. Rum
1 to 2 tbsp. salt. Depending on fish size
1 tbsp. cane sugar
1 tsp. cayenne pepper
1 whole egg
Loose rice for 4 people
The easy Hollandaise sauce made from powder, butter and cream.
Or the real Hollandaise sauce
Or the fake Hollandaise sauce
Salad of your choice
Dill, basil or fresh coriander leaves
Recipe No. 31
Salmon or trout baked in puff pastry

Salmon or trout baked in puff pastry

 

Procedure without liability: Salmon or trout fillets are cleaned and free of bones and skin. Nerve bones taken out with a rod tip or tweezers by pulling cautious in the same direction as they sit in the fish. You can feel the bones by moving a finger over the fish from head to tail. Put fish fillets in a dish, pour a little Rum and sprinkle the mixture of salt, sugar and cayenne pepper over the fish. Cover with foil or film and set the dish in the refrigerator for 2 hours. The fish must have made some fluid before use. Sometimes one can usefully wait to pull the nerve bones out after the fish are salted - called gravad, because they are not sitting so firmly in the fish meat.

While you wait, you mix cottage cheese with finely cut red chili peppers, garlic and spring onion or leek. Let it also soak in the refrigerator until used. You can usefully make the mixture a day before it is used.

Take the fish out and cut the files into appropriate pieces. A fish this size can provide 3 pieces of approx. 5 cm of each file.

Roll puff pastry into very thin plates and place a piece of fish in the middle of the plate. On top of the fish you distribute the mixture of cottage cheese, and come a new piece of fish on top. Pak puff pastry together on everything and "glue" it with a touching egg. Make all 5 pieces in the same way and brush with a touching egg on all sides.

Put all the pieces on baking paper in a 180 °C hot oven and bake for approx. 55 minutes. Turn off the heat and let it soak in the hot oven for 5 minutes with open door. Keep an eye on the upper side will not be incinerated. This can happen if given too much of upper-heat, or you only brush the side with egg yolk. See the two pictures. The very brown brushed are with egg yolk and the bright one with egg white and yolk.

Serving: Loose boiled rice with Hollandaise sauce fits excellently with the meal. A fresh, acidic salad can usefully be served.

Garnish: The dish may decorate with chopped dill, basil or fresh coriander leaves.

Drink: It is a taste issue, whether to drink red wine or white wine with the fish meal. A cold beer is also suitable.

Tip: Although there are only two people to eat the fish meal, just do all 5 pieces, they taste excellent cold the next day. Cut them into thin slices and eat them on butter smeared rye bread. The dark pieces are smeared with egg yolk. The light pieces are smeared with egg yolk and egg white. There are also puff pastry sheets in A4 size, so you can make a whole fish in the oven. See last picture. The recipe is the same.

Alternative: Salmon with shrimp baked in FilloDough

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Fried eel with boiled potatoes in white parsley sauce

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

The Fish
1.4 kg of cleaned and peeled eels. Approx. 2 kg live eel
200 g margarine
200 g butter
Wheat flour, rye flour, salt and white pepper for frying

Cream stewed potatoes in parsley sauce
1 kg of potatoes
75 g butter
75 g wheat flour
3/4 l milk or cream
Maybe also some water for the sauce
1 large bunch of parsley
2 lemons
Season the sauce with salt and white pepper
Recipe No. 32
Fried eel with boiled potatoes in white parsley sauce
Fried eel with boiled potatoes in white parsley sauce

 

Procedure without liability: Now the recipe had to come. After many recipes with fish, is this recipe lacking for fried eel. It's not difficult to make this recipe, as long as you follow certain rules. Eels must be freshly caught and cleaned just before you fry them. Forget to deep freeze eel - even if it is in water - eel tastes best fresh. I am not saying that it is hazardous to eat deep-frozen eel, but the taste can become rancid because eels are a fat fish.

The best eels are between 250 grams and 300 grams for frying. Clean the eels yourself or get the fish dealer to do this for you. Cut the eel into 6 cm pieces and put them in a plastic bag with 2 tbsp. wheat flour, 1 tbsp. rye flour, 1 tbsp. salt and 1 tsp. white pepper. Shake bag well so the mixture sticks on the eels. Take them out of the bag and frying them on the pan in margarine on all sides, it takes approx. 10 to 15 minutes. Take the eels of the pan and clean the pan before they are fried again in plenty of butter. They will fry by size from 10 to 15 minutes again in plenty of butter. Dribble on kitchen towel before serving. The eels can be kept warm in a 100 °C hot oven before serving. One thing is important, the bones MUST slip easily from the meat if not, the eels are not fried enough.

Tip: For very large roasting eels, cut a deep cut lengthwise on both sides to prevent the eel from bending the sides up on the pan during frying. At the same time, the excess eel fat disappears. Frying in margarine takes place under medium heat, in butter under light heat.

Boil the potatoes in slightly salted water for 20 minutes. Take them out of the water and place them cool before cutting into slices. Make a butter rolls: Come butter in the pot when it is melted stir flour in gradually. Pour with cream (or milk) and stir until you have the right consistency, if there is not enough cream use a little water. Season sauce with salt and white pepper, boil up and turn off the heat. Potatoes and chopped parsley comes up in the pot. The sauce takes the after-heat, if you have electricity plates. Do you have gas, then supplement with a little heat, but the sauce must not boil after parsley has come in. The sauce must not be eaten the next day (soil bacterium).

Serving: Server just the warm eels on the dish and boiled potatoes in white parsley sauce in a nice pot, so keep it more warmer.

Garnish: Chopped parsley and lemon juice and lemon slices. Should it be nice, place rinse dishes on the table for the fried eel is eaten with your fingers.

Drink: There is no way out. The eels must be served with a cold beer and one or more drams. I prefer the Norwegian Line Akvavit, which is round, soft and mild in taste. Put eel bones around the plate and count the bones. Number of bones is equal to the number of dram. So don't cut the eel into to long pieces.

Tip: The only tip that I can give is, if not eaten up, cold eels are really good day after on a piece of rye bread with butter and coarse salt.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Homemade salted herring and homemade marinated herring

Next down

Shopping list for salted herring and marinated herring - Danish version

Next up

This will be used for salting herring:

20 large beautiful, fatty and fresh harvest herring (uncleaned)
A harvest herring weighing about 165 g
It gives 3.3 kg harvest herring (uncleaned)
825 g coarse kitchen salt and 33 grams sugar cane
It gives 2.7 kg harvest herring (cleaned)
677 g coarse kitchen salt and 27 grams of sugar cane
This will be used for salting spice herring:

20 large beautiful, fatty and fresh harvest herring (uncleaned)
A harvest herring weighing about 165 g
It gives 3.3 kg harvest herring (uncleaned)
825 g coarse kitchen salt and 66 grams sugar cane
It gives 2.7 kg harvest herring (cleaned)
677 g coarse kitchen salt and 54 grams of sugar cane
Herring Spice Mixture see below
This will be used for marinating salted herring:

1 liter of vinegar
600 g to 800 g of sugar cane
200 ml of water
2 large onions
6 bay leaves
1 tsp. allspice
10 cloves

White salted herring diluted 12-24 hours before marinating
This will be used for marinating spice salted herring:

1 liter of vinegar
600 g to 800 g of sugar cane
200 ml of water
2 large red onions

Herring Spices

New: Add 200 ml of water to 1 l of vinegar for milder taste

Red and yellow spice salt herring diluted for 6-12 hours before marinating
Recipe No. 33
The good harvest herring
The good harvest herring
I caught 40 herring on the boat 6.6 kg, which I shared into two portions, and made ordinary white salted herring and red spiced salted herring. The ingredients for red and yellow spice salt herring found here: Herring Spices. All spices are mixed well and then with salt and sugar to the above recipe for salting. Gutted herring means: Scales cleaned, which is usually done on the boat, as it make a lot of mess, beheaded and stomach with gut string has been removed. There is a loss of about 18 to 20 %. Each batch fills a bucket of 6 liters. These buckets I have got for free in the supermarket. There has been potato salad in the bucket. Notice that I have set two amounts of salt and sugar. A quantity of salted herring with head and a quantity headless. You choose which method you want to use. I have made an Excel spreadsheet Salted Herring for the determination of herring, salt and sugar. General recommend 200 to 250 g of salt and 10 to 20 grams of sugar per 1 kg fresh whole herring. In my recipe is used 250 g of salt per 1 kg of herring. For salt herring 10 g sugar and spiced herring 20 g sugar per 1 kg herring.

 

Procedure of salting without responsibility: I must warn against making your own salted herring, if not hygiene can be complied with to the letter. The herring must never come into contact with soil bacteria. This can happen if they have been on the ground, or been in contact with vegetables. Therefore one use only dried spices. All tackle and equipment must be clean and suitable for food. The temperature during the curing process - maturation - should not exceed 5-8 °C. Therefore put the bucket (approved for food) in a deep, dark cellar or in a refrigerator.

Now we can start. Herring with developed roes (female) and herring with developed sperm (male), this should remain in the herring. Therefore cut above the neck down to the bone and the head pulled off together with the gut string, and then the salt can penetrates into the abdominal cavity of herring. I always cut the head of the herring, as it only fills up the bucket, and I also get the gills with blood away from the brine. Too much blood can make the herring a little "bitter".

Get a 6 to 10 l bucket, the one used for remoulade, pickles or potato salad in commercial kitchens, sprinkle a layer of one of the above mixture in the bottom. Top with a layer of herring, alternating direction with head and tail. Sprinkle carefully again a mixture over the herring. Come again a layer of herring on top, but now on X of the lower herrings. Sprinkle again with a mixture. This is repeated until the bucket is full. A plate is placed on top of the herrings so that they remain under the brine, which will now develop.

The first few days the herrings are placed on a "warmly" place, 10 to 12 °C for maturation will take place and the brine can be formed. Look at the herrings after 2 to 3 days, to check if the brine covers the herrings. If not all herring is under the brine, make a brine of 1 l of water and 250 g of salt. Boil and cool to 5 °C before pouring over. Now place the herrings cool next week with the lid loosely put on. Air must come to the herrings. Then fasten the lid and turn the bucket upside down, therefore a good lid is a necessity. Why is that? The salt settles to the bottom, the lower herrings become too salty, and the upper ones will lack salt. This only needs to be done once, because after a few days, the lid is slightly eased so that it does not end 100% tight. The explanation is that fermentation takes place in the bucket, sugars and enzymes in the fish are converted into alcohol, gases (carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulphide) and acid (acetic acid, butyric acid and fatty acid). Acetic acid is formed only if oxygen enters the bucket. The lid must protect against evaporation, and impurities come down to the herrings. You could also use the old-fashioned baby cloth diapers, but first cook them well and thoroughly so that the bleach comes out.

The home brewer of beer and wine are familiar with the problem of coming oxygen to the yeast tank. If this happens it becomes vinegar instead of wine.

For the next 12 to 16 weeks, the herrings stay cool. If you follow all hygiene rules, after 16 weeks you will get a good product without the risk of "sausage poisoning", also called "Clostridium botulium", and can continue to marinate your spiced herring. If you do not want to salt your herring yourself, you can buy these at the fishmonger or in the supermarket and continue from here. Remember it must be old-fashioned matured herring, these herrings are matured in min. 6 months preferably for 8 months.

Procedure for marinating without responsibility: The herring must now be filleted. Place the herring on a suitable cutting board with its back towards you and the head to the right. I'm assuming you're right handed! Place your left palm over the herring with your fingers pointing towards the head and with a SHARP knife, carefully cut down to the backbone and turn the knife so that the surface is parallel to the cutting board. Then cut along the backbone herring all the way down to the tail. Turn the herring so that it has the belly towards you and cut again along the backbone down towards the tail. You now have two file pieces where the abdominal bones must be removed by cutting obliquely from the back towards the abdomen. The skin is removed by pulling it off from the head towards the tail.

White salted herring diluted 12 hours before marinating: The fillets must now be diluted so that the salt content suits your taste buds. Here you have to try. But try with a golden mean, put the fillet pieces in a bowl and pour cold water over so it just covers. Put the bowl in the fridge overnight and then try to taste the herring the next day. If it is OK, you can continue making the marinade. If the herrings are too salty, you have to change water again and wait a little to make marinade.

A good marinade consists of three "things" vinegar, sugar and spices. 1 part vinegar and 0.6 to 0.8 part sugar as well as various spices. I have mentioned above various spices which are a must for a good marinated herring. But you can of course add your own favorite spices and bring out the flavor that you want. If you want a different sweetness in the herring, you can adjust the amount of vinegar and sugar.

Bring the vinegar and sugar to a boil while stirring, when the sugar has melted add the spices and give a short boil. Then set the marinade to cool before pouring over the herrings. The herrings must "swim" in the marinade, i.e. as much marinade as herring. The herrings must now take the flavor of the marinade in a cool and dark place - the refrigerator - for at least 1 week. If you are short of time, you can cut the herring into smaller pieces and store them on the kitchen table overnight so that the taste can penetrate into the herring.

The shelf life of homemade marinated herring depends on how you store these herrings. If the herrings are covered with the marinade in a glass with a lid and they are stored in the refrigerator, they can last for 6 weeks. No preservative has been used. If air comes to the herrings, they will turn rancid and taste bad. Have you tried old cod liver oil? That was the recipe for white, marinated herring.

Red and yellow spice salt herring diluted for 6 hours before marinating: If you want red or yellow, marinated spicy herring, you must make a spice mixture, which is added to the herring during salting. Spice Mixture seen above, check the ingredients on the net and mix it yourself. When I mention that "Red and yellow spices herring are diluted for 6 hours", the reason is that the herring should not lose its good spice taste to the water. The "dilution" will also take place in the marinade that the fillets are to soak in. Make a marinade according to the recipe above and let the fillets soak in it, at least a week before eating.

Serving: Rye bread smeared with butter or spiced lard is the case.

Garnish: Onion rings, capers, cress a raw egg yolk, just to mention something that fits well with the herring.

Drink: You can not be in doubt. Your favorite beer and snaps is a must.

Tip: Once you've made the marinade, then taste it, the herring will take the same taste of acidity, sweetness and the spices. It is now the time to adjust the taste, so the herring fits your taste buds. The recipe and the amount of marinade is not enough for all 60 herrings. You take maybe 10 herrings up and doing the first portion. Then perhaps you differ on the mixing ratio of vinegar and sugar, and try other spices. Just go ahead and test your taste buds.

Salting with head: One also uses salting with head, and the method is called "blood salting". Cut throat halfway through from the belly, put the herrings in a bucket with 50 g of salt per kg herring. Put the the bucket very cold, like to the refrigerator for a few days. Take out the bucket, and when possible rub the herrings from tail to head, so that the blood comes out. Then salt the herrings as described. The method is cumbersome and takes time, so I salt the herrings without a head. The heads just fill up in the bucket.

Here is my own recipe of a delicious Salad of pickled herring.

Alternative: Purchase Lykkeberg old day's matured herring. See also the food magazine: Herring from sea to plate and the video How to filter herring.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Hot smoking of cod roe

Next down

Shopping list for smoked cod roe - Danish version

Next up

1 kg fresh cod roe
2 liters of water - must cover cod roe and vegetables
105 g salt 5 % solution 5 °Baumé
50 g sugar
3 cloves garlic
1 to 2 onion
5 cm fresh ginger
1 red chili peppers
5 bay leaves
1 twig thyme
10 juniper grain
root vegetables of your choice
carrots, parsley root. Yes! Make your choose
Recipe No. 34
Home smoked cod roe in a 'Lunchbox Smoking Oven'
Home smoked cod roe in a "Lunchbox Smoking Oven"

 

Procedure without liability: Large cod is becoming a scarce commodity, so it is difficult to get cod roe. If finally you find a fisherman who has cod roe, then the price is sky-high. But you can go on a fishing tour with a fishing boat on Oresund in January or February and catch your own fresh cod. Clean the cod on the boat and take the eggs out gently and put them in a plastic bag. The protective skin must not burst.

Returned home rinse cod roe in cold water and put it up in a pot. At 1 kg cod roe pour 1 to 2 liters of cold water. Add 105 g of salt and 50 grams of sugar and various spices, see above. Well! Try to find your own taste.

Bring pot to the boiling max. 95 °C and immediately turn down the heat as cod roe only simmer for 10 to 15 minutes for small cod roe and from 15 to 30 minutes for large cod roe. Take the pot of the heat and place to cold until the next day with the cod roe in the "soup". It is not meant the cod roe will be finished cooking right to the center, it must of course be smoked afterwards. When you do it this way, cod roe seems not so hard and dry as if you just smoked it in "fresh" state. I cooked my 2 cod roe of 1 kg in total for 20 minutes.

Method 1 is for large cod roe 1 kg

Now the cod roe is taking out of the "soup" and set to drain for a few hours on a cold and dry place. I like using my Smoking Oven for drying place, because it is cold in January or February. Take the cod roe from Smoking Oven before you fired up on this. After a half to a full hour has Smoking Oven reaches 60 °C and smoke production is well underway. cod roe puts on the grid and the "hat" is closed. The damper is fully open the first hour or two, depending on how many cod roe I have in the Smoking Oven.

I may have 12 cod roe in two layers in my Smoking Oven so that corresponds to approx. 12 kg cod roe.

Now the cod roe must be smoked:
Oven temperature started at 60 °C. cod roe smoked in 2 hours with an open damper.
Oven temperature is 50 °C and cod roe smoked in 2 hours with closed damper.
Total 4 hours. 4 hours sounds a lot, but it is great cod roe from cod of 10 kg.

A brief explanation for this:
Smoking Oven is made ready, the temperature is 60 °C and cod roe is placed on the grid without touching each other. The temperature of the electronics set to 60 °C and 2 hours after closing the damper and the temperature is now set to 50 °C. After further 2 hours the power is turned off and the damper opens and perhaps the front door, so the temperature falls slowly. The cod roe cools for 1 hour before being eaten.

Method 2 is for small cod roe

If you just need to smoke a few cod roe - as shown here ½ kg - it is too much work to start the big Smoking Oven. Therefore I use a "Lunchbox" Smoking Oven on my camping gas. Do it this way, you get a good result.

Add 1 cm smoking wood dust at the bottom - 3 handfuls beech wood and 1 handful juniper wood - set drip tray and grid on, place the cod roe on the grid. Put the lid on, but there must be a small opening in one side so the steam can escape. Power up and let it "burn" in 15 minutes. Turn off the gas and then let it rest for 20 minutes. Turn on again with the lid completely closed for 10 minutes and then turn off of the gas. Let it rest in the "Box" for 1 hour before the cod roe be eaten.

The cod roe you do not need here and now, can stay over night in Smoking Oven - in winter time. Otherwise wrapped cod roe in parchment paper or freezer bag and put in the fridge; it can really drag smoke flavor into the eggs.

Serving: I would just come up with a good recipe for a piece of bread and butter with "Smoked cod roe". Cut two nice pieces along the cod roe put them on garlic butter toast with a lettuce leaf and put remoulade on top sprinkled with finely crushed red onion.

Garnish: A lemon slice and cut cress on top.

Drink: A cold beer and a dram is extremely well suited to this.

Tip: The cod roe can be freed from skin and stired with mayonaise. Butter on bread and you have a snack.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Seafood Paella

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

1 kg mussels - sea fresh
200 g giant prawns from deep frost
12 pcs. scallops from deep frost
1 ds. squid in tomato sauce 110 g. Can be omitted
1 to 2 shallots depending on size
4 cloves garlic
1 red hot chili pepper. Use as much as you like
1 red or yellow pepper fruit
1 to 2 carrots. By size
200 g sweet, green peas
250 ml white wine. The one you drink with the food
1/2 box saffron of 1 g
4 to 8 tbsp. Extra virgin olive oil
250 g Spanish Paellaris Valencia rice
Season with butter, salt and pepper
Recipe No. 35
Seafood paella made in a Paellepan and in a wokpan
Fishing Paella made for only 2 people
Top image Paella pan with fresh mussels
Bottom picture Wok pan with canned mussels

 

Procedure without liability: Start by thawing and salting the scallops. Mix 1 tsp. fine salt and 1 tsp. fine sugar for 12 scallops. Sprinkle the mixture over the scallops and put them in the fridge until needed, an hour will be appropriate. Also thaw the prawns and put them in the fridge until needed.

Vegetables: Clean the vegetables. Carrots, red/yellow peppers, onions and garlic are cut into cubes.

Mussels: Thoroughly clean and rinse the mussels under the cold tap and discard those that are not closed after this treatment. Onions and garlic are sautéed in oil for a minute, after which the mussels are added and seasoned with salt and pepper. Stir in the pan a few times and add a few glasses of white wine. Steam the mussels for 6 to 8 minutes or until they have opened. Stir in the pan a few times. The mussels that have not opened are discarded. The soup is poured into a saucepan, the mussels are set to cool, so you do not burn your fingers when the mussel is to be taken out of the shell. Keep the soup very warm until it is to be used in the rice.

The easy way with mussels is to use canned mussels. They are simply put for draining in a sieve just like the shrimp. The downside is simply that it does not provide the right flavor. But you can compensate for that by using a good fish soup.

Risotto: Heat the oil in a paella pan, it has two handles one on each side. A Tefal Wok pan with a lid can also be used, so it simply does not have to be put in an oven, but continues to fry on the stove under the lid. I first used a Wok pan, which is seen below. Later I got a Paelle pan, which is seen above in the first picture.

Onions, garlic, chili peppers, red or yellow peppers and carrots are fried in the oil until the onions are ready - 3 to 4 minutes. Then add the rice - a little at a time - while stirring in the paella pan. Make sure all rice grains are greased into oil. When the rice grains become a little clear at the edge, add the warm soup from the mussels a little at a time. Let the rice grains soak up the soup while stirring. Be careful not to boil the rice dry, add with a little more wine / fish soup / water, but not too much so the rice floats in the soup. Continue until the rice is almost cooked, taste them and see if they have a bit of a bite.

Now add the peeled mussels, shrimp, squid in tomato sauce and peas to the risotto. Stir gently in the pan so that it all mixes nicely. Add a few pats of butter, place the lid on the paella pan and place it in a 200 °C preheated oven for 12 to 15 minutes. The finished risotto should be nicely creamy.

Once the paella pan is placed in the oven, do not stir in it. The rice should fall to the bottom so they can form a golden and crispy crust. It is the secret of a perfect paella and coveted by true paella lovers.

Seafood paella made in a Wok pan. The dinner is for 2 people.
Prawns, mussels and green peas set to drain, while the meal simmering. Red and yellow peppers and a box of saffron 1 g.

Scallops: They were "rimsalted", which is a form of digging, so they do not need to be fried very much. Make a quick and vigorous browning of the scallops and turn off the heat so that they draw the heat into the center.

The paella pan is taken out of the oven and the scallops are placed on top.

Serving: The paella pan or wok pan is placed directly on the table.

Garnish: Finely chopped parsley or coriander, tomato boats and lemon boats. Save some mussels with shell for garnish.

Drink: Of course a cool white wine of your choice. I have chosen an Argentinian Chardonnay wine that goes well with fish, chicken, pasta and cheese. Great choice. I got 3 bottles for DKK 100.00.

Tip: Grate the peel of an organic lemon, squeeze one or two cloves of garlic, chop the parsley or coriander very finely. Mix the three things in butter and put it in a soft rolls. Put the soft rolls in the residual heat from the oven for 5 - 10 minutes. Serve the dumpling to the dish.

Note: It's hard to find Spanish Paellaris, so I tried Oryza Sushi rice, which gave an excellent result. It is a medium grain rice. If you do not have a paella pan, use a work pan with a lid and heat it up on the stove. It will be (almost) just as good.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Home smoked giant prawns

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Number of prawns for a starter
32 frozen giant prawns with shell or
1 kg frozen prawns with shell
1 tsp. cane sugar
1 tsp. salt
1 red hot chili pepper

Dressing:
1 cup Cheasy fraîche 9%
1 tbsp. cold pressed virgin olive oil
1 tsp. hot curry
2 cm green wasabi
Or Aiolie for dipping

Recipe No. 36
Home smoked prawns with Aioli
Shrimp smoked in a lunchbox smoker
Aioli
1 whole egg (50 ml)
1 cup (150 ml) grapeseed oil or
Rapeseed oil or corn oil or sunflower seed oil
2 tbsp. white wine vinegar
1 Tbsp. lemon juice and / or sherry vinegar
6 small or 4 large cloves garlic
1 pinch of salt

Garnish:
Salad leaves
Dill twigs
Lemon slices

Recipe No. 36
Ingredients for aliolien
Aioli for the smoked prawns

 

Procedure without liability: Buy pre-cooked, frozen prawns in shell. In Denmark, I have only seen these prawns in ½ kg and 1 kg bags. In Sweden they are in a special freezer where you shovel prawns into a bag. Take the number you want to smoke and pour them into a plastic bag in which you have first pouring a mixture of cane sugar, salt and finely cut red chili. Shake bag well and take up the frozen prawns, put them on a screen or in a sieve and hang them in Smoking Oven.

Smoking Oven has now been prepared and develop a good smoke at a temperature of 60 °C to 70 °C. Let the prawns remain in the next 60 minutes to 90 minutes on the grid, after which they are taken out and served on a plate or several plates.

Temperature and time can vary depending on size of prawns and Smoking Oven you use. But remember the prawns must be frozen when they come in the Smoking Oven. The prawns, which you see here on the the front image above, have been in for 60 minutes at a temperature of 60 °C. The result was satisfactory - not too much smoke and not too little smoke. The lower image shows prawns smoked in a "box Smoking Oven" in 40 minutes at a temperature of 80 ° C. It was probably 10 minutes too long, or maybe the temperature was too high.

Dressing: You make the dressing by first mixing the olive oil in Cheasy fraîches and then a strong curry and wasabi. Decorate with finely crushed dill.

Aioli: You make the aioli by beating a whole egg into a glass, pour the oil on top, come the vinegar and lemon juice in, sprinkle a little salt over, sprinkle the coarse chopped garlic in. Put a hand blender to the bottom of the glass, turn on and blend for 2 minutes, pull up the hand blender a bit as aioli'en thickens. Important: all ingredients should be at room temperature before mixing and it should also be a neutral oil. Adjust the number of garlic, 6 pcs. is very strong.

Serving: Serve the smoked prawns with the above dressing, a good white bread and rinse bowls with lemon slices.

Garnish: Salad leaves and dill twigs.

Drink: Cool white wine or a dill snaps with a beer.

Tip: Will you use the meal for a dinner, just smoke a lot more prawns, and even find some good accessories that can feed you and the guests. I recommend that you first give less smoke than too much smoke. Try your taste during the smoking process by simply adding more prawns in, than you need. The prawns, which I used, I would not describe as giant prawns, why they got only 60 minutes.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Oriental cod with coconut milk and curry

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

1 kg of cod fillet, without skin and bones
400 ml coconut milk canned
1 lemon, juice only
1 big onion or 2 small
4 cloves garlic
4 ripe tomatoes
1 red hot chili pepper
4 cm fresh ginger
1 small can of concentrated tomato puree
1 tbsp. hot Indian Curry
½ dl groundnut oil
1 cup fresh coriander
Season with salt, sugar and white pepper

Loose boiled rice served with the meal
Recipe No. 37
Oriental cod with coconut milk and curry
Oriental cod with coconut milk and curry

 

Procedure without liability: This meal gets 10 points, so try it. Cod fillets should be with no skin and bones. The pieces should be approx. 5 cm wide and preferably from the head end.

After the fish has been cleaned and salted with 1 tbsp. salt put it in the refrigerator for at least 2 hours. Chop onion, garlic, chili peppers and ginger into small pieces. Saute these spices in peanut oil without that they take color. Add curry and tomato puree and stir for 1 minute. Add lemon juice and chopped ripe tomatoes and boil for 2 minutes. Add coconut milk and boil again for 2 minutes. Remember to shake the can of coconut milk well before opening. Season with salt, sugar and white pepper.

Cod fillets are taken from the refrigerator and rinse the excess salt in cold water. Place cod fillets in the sauce and let the meal simmer until fish pieces are tender. I let the fish take the after heat on the boiling plate for 10 minutes and it was absolutely perfect.

Use preferably a low pot of large diameter, then fish pieces do not lay on top of each other.

Serving: Take cod fillets gently out of the pot and put them in an appropriate large dish and pour sauce over.

Garnish: Freshly cut coriander sprinkled over.

Drink: Cool white wine. An Argentine Chardonnay is appropriate for the meal.

Tip: Cooked rice is the absolute accessory that you need for an oriental meal.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Steamed halibut with white asparagus

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

800 g halibut fillets without skin and bones
20 white asparagus
1 big onion
1 clove garlic
1 red hot chili pepper
1 twig lovage
2 twigs parsley
4 twigs coriander for garnish
Salt, white pepper and sugar
1 glass of white wine
2 glasses of water only for the fish pot
2 tbsp. white wine vinegar or 1 lemon
1 glass of real Hollandaise sauce
1 kg new potatoes
200 g butter
Recipe No. 38
Steamed halibut with white asparagus
Steamed halibut with white asparagus
Ingredients in the picture is for 2 people

 

Procedure without liability in a fish pot: Buy 2 large fillets of halibut, this is approx. 800 g. Sprinkle a little salt and white pepper over and cut each fillet into 4 pieces. Come wine, water, vinegar and chopped herbs in a big fish pot. Add grid and adjust the water so it reaches the grid. Put the fish on the grid and put a lid on. Bring to the boil and simmer for 5 minutes. Turn off the heat and let the fish soak under lid for about 15 minutes. It is important with a good lid that closes tightly when the fish steam cooked. Hint: Put the pot with Hollandaise sauce on top of the fish pot.

In the oven: If you do not have a large fish pot, you can cook the fish in the oven. Put a strong tin foil in the bottom of a dish, drizzle a little olive oil over and put the whole fish on. Sprinkle a little salt and white pepper over along with the spices and some pats of butter. Put a few slices of lemon on the fish and add a glass of white wine. Wrap the fish well and put it in a 180 °C oven for 20 minutes. Then take it out and leave it wrapped for 5 minutes before serving.

The new potatoes scraped with gloves with knobs. See the picture below Seven "cool" fried herring in vinegar brine with new potatoes. Boil them for 15 to 18 minutes in slightly salted water. White asparagus peeled from head downwards. Cut the bottom off the fresh white asparagus approx. 2 to 3 cm up. The asparagus bundled with cotton yarn and placed vertically with their heads up in an asparagus pot. Heads should not be covered with water. If you do not have an asparagus pot, use one big plain pot where asparagus can be tilted with their heads above water. Put the lid on tightly, so that the heads are steamed tender. Put them in boiling water with salt, sugar and a little lemon juice and cook for approx. 5 minutes. Remove the pot from the heat and add a little cold water. Let the asparagus soak for approx. 5 minutes before serving with melted butter and grated cheese.

Warm Hollandaise sauce gently in a small saucepan; put the saucepan on the lid on some of the other things that boils.

Serving: Serve fish, potatoes, asparagus, as shown in the picture and add some Hollandaise sauce over the base of the asparagus.

Garnish: I can recommend to decorate with coriander leaves.

Drink: Cool white wine. An Argentine Chardonnay is appropriate for the meal.

Tip: I used a glass Hollandaise sauce from Beauvais, but later found out that my fishmonger have home made Hollandaise sauce. Please check with your fishmonger.

Alternative: Are you not happy with Hollandaise sauce, try clarified butter over the asparagus. Sprinkle with grated cheese or freshly grated horseradish. "Clarified butter": Is butter, where the whey is skimmed off.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Home smoked herring for lunch

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

4 freshly smoked harvest herring
1 big red onion
1 cup chives
4 organic eggs
8 slices rye bread, good quality
Butter the rye bread
1 cup radishes
2 ripe pears
Salt and white pepper to smoked herring
A sprinkle cayenne pepper on egg yolk

Ingredients in the image on the right is for 2 persons
These two pieces of herring sandwiches are from one herring
Recipe No. 39
Home smoked herring for lunch
Home smoked herring for lunch

 

Procedure without liability: If you wish to smoke your own herring, click into my website: Hot-smoking of large harvest herring.

Don't you have a chance to smoke your own herring, then purchase freshly smoked herring at your fishmonger.

You clean herring as follows: Cut the head and tail off with a very sharp knife. Open the belly, cut only from anus to tail. It is the small piece that is not cut before smoking. When the herring opened this way, backbones usually sit in one half of the herring. Help with backbones remain in the lower half of the herring. Now you take gently backbones up, so most ribs come out with it. The rest of the bones removed with a fork to scrape inclined from the center towards belly. The smaller nerve bone is so small and soft, so they pose no danger.

Serving: Serve the smoked herring on a rye bread smeared with butter. Season with salt and pepper, sprinkle finely chopped red onion and chives over. Make an indentation in the herring and got a raw egg yolk in.

Garnish: I used sliced radishes and two halves of pears. Do you smoke herring yourself, try also with smoked giant prawns.

Drink: Beer and a dram are suitable for the meal.

Tip: I would just come up with a good recipe for "Herring Salad." Cut all meat from the bones, divide meat into small pieces, and blend the meat with the mayonnaise, lemon juice from a fresh lemon and white pepper after your own flavor. Serve on toast with a garnish, lettuce leaf and raw egg yolk with finely crushed red onion as sprinkle. A cold beer and a dram are extremely well suited to this. Herring salad is suitable for children as nerve bones are blended and thus not be seen or felt.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Home smoked cheese or "Rygeost"

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

3 l fresh, low-pasteurized, unhomogenized and organic whole milk
2 dl fresh buttermilk (Acid-rich)
1 pinch lipase, enzyme mixed in 10 ml cold water

Note: Used raw milk or low pasteurized whole milk (72 °C for 15 seconds)
and unhomogenized whole milk no need for lipase
Used high pasteurizing whole milk (80 °C to 90 °C for 5 to 30 sec. )
and homogenized whole milk use lipase

½ tsp. ca. 8 drops of rennet mixed in 10 ml of cold water
1 tbsp. Læsø sewing salt, Do not use salt with iodine
1 tbsp. Caraway, dried or
1 tbsp. Chili, dried and crushed

Read about:
Acid range, Rennet, Læsø sewing salt, Fakta whole milk, and Farm milk
Lipase enzyme from lamb mild and Lipase enzyme from goat medium

NOTE: Rennet can stay in the refrigerator for several years. Impact loses 1%
per month, so it can be compensated by adding more rennet
My bottle has been around since 2008. In 2018 I had to buy a new one
I'm familiar with Danish whole milk is low-pasteurized
Recipe No. 40
Home made Rygeost
Home smoked cheese or "Rygeost"
The amount of milk gives 720 g of smoked cheese



See my page on homemade cheeses gear

 

Procedure without liability: Smoked cheese is a fresh cheese that is eaten fresh without storage. So in principle one can omit lipase, but by adding lipase, one can proceed to Feta cheese. See here how.

Sweet whole milk and buttermilk are heated to 32 °C (90 °F) in a clean steel pot. Measure the temperature so that the limit is not exceeded. In a glass with 10 ml of cold water add starter culture lipase, stir in the glass. If the lipase is made the day before, optimal effect is achieved. Add the mixture to the milk mixture and stir gently in the pot. There should not be air bubbles in the cheese milk. Cover the pot with a clean towel to keep warm and place the pot in a warm place min. 24 ° C (75 ° F) for 30 minutes. In a glass with 10 ml of cold water add rennet, stir in the glass. Add the mixture to the milk mixture and stir gently without air bubbles coming into the cheese milk.

After 1 hour at 24 °C (75 °F), the milk is coagulated and is now swimming in the whey. Now cut the coagulated milk for approx. 3 cm cubes, crosswise and obliquely, as can be done in the pot. Take a skimmer and gently stir in the curd and share the lumps that are not split properly.

After 1 hour at 24 °C (75 °F), the curd has fallen to the bottom and can now be poured into a sieve lined with cheesecloth or a juice bag on a stand. When most of the whey is dripped - takes an hour to two - add salt and spices. Mix these spices well into the curd and bring the curd back into the cheesecloth. Tighten the cheesecloth by twisting the cloth so that more whey runs out. Then put it all into the refrigerator and let it drain for the next day. The curd is now divided into 2 or 4 aluminum trays, depending on the size. A larger surface gives a more smoky taste in the cheese. Sprinkle a little caraway/chilli on the surface before placing the trays in the smokig oven.

I use another method. I hang the whole sieve with the curd in the smokig oven. The view is shown in the picture above, where the cheesecloth is now removed. Here you must of course choose whether or not to add caraway/chilli. You get two trays of smoking cheese of 300 g per tray. It's the pure gold.

Smoking: Come approx. 2 liters of smoke sawdust - I use beech sawdust - on the sawdust tray in the smokig oven. Set the temperature regulator to 30 °C (86 °F) and pour 1 dl of alcohol on the leading edge of the sawdust. Light up and wait approx. half an hour to the temperature and the smoke development has stabilized around 30 °C. Hang the sieve into the smokig oven. If you use aluminum trays, put them on a grate at the top of the smokig oven. If you let the cheese smoke for 60 minutes, you get a light smoke flavor. I smoke my cheeses for 2 hours but never reaches more than 32 °C (90 °F). If you can get oat straw, then come something on the smoke dust. Other herbs are also suitable for giving a characteristic flavor in the cheese. The larger the surface you have on the cheese, the more smoke it penetrates into the cheese.

Serving: A good piece of rye bread is greased and then a layer of smoking cheese.

Garnish: The freshly ground coarse pepper, radishes and chives decorate a food.

Drinking: A cold pilsner with a good bowl of snaps fits excellently into homemade "Smoked Cheese".

Tip: Make two trays with caraway and two without caraway. Not everyone likes caraway.

 

Recipe No. 40
Home made smoked cheese and two yogurt bread
Home made smoked cheese and two yogurt bread
You've probably noticed that I smoke my cheese in 2 hours, where against other recipes say a few minutes. Why? Smoke at low temperature contains less tar - PAH (Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons) which may be carcinogenic. I therefore smoke cheese for a long time at low temperature. Other recipes indicating a few minutes at high temperature.

You start with approx. 3.2 kg milk products and ends with 720 g cheese. The rest is drained or evaporated whey, which is either discarded or used for baked pastries. In Norway they make "Myseost" of the whey. In Switzerland they make soft drinks (Rivella) from the whey. References to recipes here: Green Bagel & herbal butter. When baking white bread, replace the water with whey. Buy a bag of yogurt flour and 50 g of yeast, replace 6 dl of water with 6 dl of whey. Just follow the recipe on the bag and you have a great bread. Sprinkle some sesame seeds on top before baking bread.

The pictures on the left shows a bigger portion "rygeost" in aluminum tray with 310 grams each tray. There were also baked two yoghurts bread of one bag of flour and 6 dl whey with 100 grams sesame seeds dissolved in the whey.
Recipe No. 40
Homemade smoked cheese in my Sous Vide appliance
Homemade smoked cheese in my Sous Vide appliance

See my page on homemade cheeses gear

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Beach Crab soup with monkfish

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

1 to 2 kg large beach crab
1 kg monkfish fillets or other lean fish
2 l water
½ l apple juice or apple cider or white wine
1 dl oil select your own choice of oil
400 g canned peeled tomatoes
1 small can of tomato paste Russo
165 ml canned coconut milk
1 lime fruit slices for garnish

Herbs of your choice:
thyme, parsley, parsnip, basilikum, dill,
coriander, sage, and red hot chili pepper
1 to 2 sour apples, 1 carrot
2 big onions, 4 cloves garlic
3 leeks, only the green
5 cm fresh ginger
1 tsp. rose paprika
2 tsp. salt, 2 tsp. cane sugar
Recipe No. 41
Beach Crab soup with monkfish
Beach Crab soup with monkfish

 

Procedure without liability: Contact a fisherman, you know, and ask him to take a bucket of crabs back home to you. There are so many crabs in our waters, so it is a pity not to use these for a good soup.

Take hold of a rear of crab legs and steering the crab around on his back with the knife. Cleave the crabs from the underside with a sharp knife from head to tail. Sauté the crabs five minutes in oil in a large or saucepan. Meanwhile, you have cooked a soup of water, apple juice, apple cider, white wine, salt, sugar and herbs. Come crabs into the pot and boil them in 40 minutes. Half can be crushed or blended before being cooked in the soup. It gives a strong flavor to the soup.

Sieve it all up in a clean bowl and let it settle. The soup can now be divided into 2 portions of 1 liter. Freeze one half if you only have to be 4 persons. The other half poured in a pot with the peeled tomatoes without liquid, tomato paste and coconut milk. Cook to a boil and season with salt, sugar and white wine or a little white wine vinegar. If you don't like coconut milk, you can use cream.

Clean the monkfish fillets free from bones and skin, cut them in the mouth right pieces and sprinkle some salt on. Steam them on the grid of a fish pot in approx. 2 minutes. Put first grid with fish pieces in the fish pot when the water or white wine boils.

Serving: Place fish pieces in a deep plate and pour the hot soup over.

Garnish: Freshly cut dill or coriander is suitable as a sprinkle. Some giant prawns decorate the edge of the plate. Slices of lime fruit added to the soup.

Drink: I think there must be served the same white wine that is used in the soup.

Tip: Toasted garlic bread can be served with the meal.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Potato and leek soup with smoked eel

Next down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Next up

2 large baking potatoes
1 leek
1 sour apple
½ fresh garlic. This is the new and mild garlic, or
2 cloves garlic
4 pepper grains
½ dl good olive oil
½ tsp. mild curry or turmeric
½ l water
1 glass of white wine
1 cube vegetable bouillon
2 tbsp. Creme fraiché
1 piece of smoked eel approx. 200 g
Season soup with salt and white pepper
Chives for garnish
Recipe No. 42
Potato and leek soup with smoked eel
Potato and leek soup with smoked eel
The main course is Gravad Salmon with mustard dressing on coarse bread

 

Procedure without liability: This meal comes really from Sweden, but has been modified slightly to my taste. Peel the potatoes and apples, cut them into cubes. The leek cleaned and cut into 2 cm wide slices. Fresh garlic divided into two parts. All vegetables sear in a hot pan with olive oil added a little curry (give flavor and color) or turmeric (only gives color).

When the vegetables have taken a little color pour water and white wine on and add one cube vegetable bouillon. Now boil for 15 minutes until potatoes are almost tender. While the meal boils peel your smoked eel and cut it into small mouth right pieces. Put the eel pieces aside on a plate for later use. See here how eel fillets.

When the potatoes are finished pour the entire contents into a blender and blend until you have a soft texture. Please just note if your blender can withstand boiling water. Can it, continue from here. Creme fraiché, salt and white pepper poured into the blender and blend again. The soup is poured directly into hot deep plates.

If your blender can't withstand boiling water, you must first cool the soup to a suitable temperature before blending. Blend the soup when it is lukewarm, and pour the contents into a saucepan, and return to a boil. Stir in Creme fraiché, salt and pepper. Soup poured from the saucepan directly into the hot deep plates.

Serving: Place the pieces of smoked eel over the soup in the middle of the plate.

Garnish: Finely chopped chives sprinkled over.

Drink: The natural choice would be the same white wine, which is used in the soup.

Tip: A blender, where the bowl is made of glass, can withstand boiling water. A plastic bowl may not always withstand boiling water. See the manual, it is written there.

Alternative: Jerusalem artichoke soup with smoked salmon

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

A piece of smoked eel, scrambled eggs and chives

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

1 smoked eel approx. 400 grams
4 slices rye bread, good quality
Butter for the bread
6 organic eggs
1 tsp. white Pepper
½ tsp. turmeric (give a little color)
6 tbsp. cold water
3 tbsp. whipping cream
1 tsp. salt
1 bunch of chives
Black pepper from the mill

Make you a snaps suitable for eels as follows:
1 bottle Red Aalborg and 10 new twigs of thyme put them
in the bottle and soak for 1 week at room temperature
Recipe No. 43*
Smoked eel with scrambled eggs and chives
Smoked eel with scrambled eggs and chives

 

Procedure without liability: Clean the smoked eel, as indicated on this page. Put them in the fridge again until needed.

Turn 6 whole eggs in a bowl. Whipping them loosely together and get 6 tbsp. water, 3 tbsp. whipping cream and ½ tsp. turmeric 1 tsp. white pepper in and thoroughly whip the egg mass together. Pour the egg mass into a suitable flat aluminum tray (½ liter) and insert it into the oven. The oven must be prepared as follows: Fill a little water in a baking dish (1 cm high sides) and set the thermostat at 150 °C when it boils put the egg mass into the oven. Set the thermostat at 120 °C and the time to 40 minutes. The scrambled eggs are now ready made. Take it out and sprinkle with salt. Use only under-heat when the scrambled eggs are in the oven. 6 eggs give approx. 350 g scrambled eggs.

Serving: Butter the bread and arrange the eel and scrambled eggs, as shown in the picture above.

Garnish: Sprinkled with finely chopped chives and black pepper from the mill.

Drink: A cold beer and a snaps does good to the "fat" eel.

Tip: Scrambled eggs is also suitable for Rim salted salmon and smoked mackerel.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Anglers yellow peas

Next down

Shopping List for 10 adults - Danish version

Next up

1 duck approx. 3000 g fresh or frozen
1 kg cooking pork loins or neck
1 kg smoked bacon or smoked ham
500 g of the best "Medisterpølse" Medistersausage
1.5 packets "Møllerens Gule Ærter" - Miller's Yellow Peas
1 packets provides a thin soup to 4 l
2 packets provides a very thick soup to 4 l

Soup spices for cooking the meat:
Leeks, carrots, parsley, parsnips, thyme,
bay leaves, onion, garlic and chilli

Soup Herbs:
1 pk. frozen soup herbs 1 kg
2 glass pearl onions
4 l soup

The brine for curing the duck 6 % or 6 °Baume:
6 l water, 400 g salt, 150 g sugar. Brine Calculation
(300 g of common salt and 100 g of sodium nitrite 0.6% salt)
20 whole juniper berries, 1 onion, 1 red chili pepper,
10 bay leaves and 10 peppercorns
Use 20% Sodium nitrite 0.6% salt E250 is best, gives red duck meat
Can be purchased in Sweden or try at your butcher (Butchersalt = 0.6% Sodium nitrite).

Important: Because of the brined duck,
soup should season with salt and pepper at the end


If you own a smoke oven, you should try something new,
namely to smoke the duck 3 hours (2 kg duck) to 5 hours (3 kg duck) on medium heat.
If you do this, you should of course not also use smoked pork / ham.
The duck is naturally smoked after it has been curred and dried.

Extras:
Hot Dijon Mustard, beetroot and Full-grain rye bread
Recipe No. 44
The angler's yellow peas my favorite meal on January 17th when I get home from a cold fish premiere

The angler's yellow peas my favorite meal on January 17th
when I get home from a cold fish premiere

 

Procedure without liability: The yellow peas should be made the day before they are eaten, but there is a long preparation time before you come so far. The cured duck must be prepared three days before the yellow peas should be made. Well! I know that it is not a fish recipe, but we are always a few anglers that eat yellow peas January, 17. The day after the start of trout fishing in the sea.

The brine must be cooked well through with the spices before it is poured over the duck. The brine resting overnight to cool max 5 °C. Place the thawed duck in a suitable large plastic container for food and pour over the cold brine and place it in the refrigerator for the next three days. Remember the duck must be completely covered with brine and the temperature is maintained at 5 °C or less. Use a plate to keep the duck below the surface.

The cured duck is taken out of the brine and rinsed under the tap before putting it in clean, cold water for an hour. Then the duck is boiled in 4 liters of water together with pork, smoked pork, medister sausage and a "Suppevisk" = a bundle of green. (Some water disappears during boiling). Tip! Divide the duck into 4 pieces and it will fit better in the pot together with the other meat.

The sausage boil for 20 minutes, the two pieces of pork cooked in 1 ½ hours and the duck in 2 hours. Remember skimming the surface from "impurities".

When the meat is tender take it up and cools before placing it in the refrigerator for use the next day. The soup filtered and aliquoted to 4 l, if anything is missing, add water. The soup is placed cold to the next day. Now the duck fat and lard congealed and lies like a lid on the surface. 90% of this is removed and can be used later to make spiced lard of. Can not wait till next day, the soup skimmed of fat before continuing.

Cook the soup and add the frozen vegetables and a bunch of thyme. Bring soup and herbs to a boil and cook further for 10 minutes, then pearl onions and 1 to 2 packets Miller's Yellow Peas sprinkled slowly, stirring constantly. Find a suitable consistency and cook on the low heat 10 minutes more, stirring constantly. The yellow peas can of course be eaten immediately, but they are best the next day. Yellow peas are always a little thicker day after.

Serving: It may be a good idea to cook some nice potatoes into the soup and servers them to the meal.

Garnish: Fresh thyme needles make nicely and tastes good in soup, but remember that it must be the new twigs, which are soft.

Drink: A cold beer and a Porse Snaps do well for the heavy soup.

Tip: If you want the soup a little thicker, you can dribble a little vinegar in the yellow peas before serving.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Cod gratin in a new way

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

600 g cod fillets without skin and bones
1 dl whipping cream
1 whole egg
Grated peel of half organic lemon
1 to 2 small summer cabbage or 1 Savoy cab
3 tbsp. olive oil
Salt and pepper
Grated nutmeg

Lemon Cream:
1½ dl whipping cream
1½ dl dry white wine
Grated peel of half organic lemon
and the juice of half lemon
½ tsp. anise seed or fennel seed crushed in a mortar
Salt and pepper
Recipe No. 45
Cod gratin in a new way
Cod gratin in a new way

 

Procedure without liability: Cod fillets cut into smaller pieces and put it up in the blender. Blend tough with a little salt. Come the fish meat into a bowl and stir in whipping cream gradually. Stir eggs, salt, pepper and lemon peel in the fish meat. Place the stuffing cold for a few hours to soak.

Fish stuffing divided into four lightly greased portion baking dish and bake in water bath 40 minutes at 180 degrees on the bottom grate. The water should boil before the stuffing come in the oven. The time is sometimes a little depending on your oven. Check that they are baked. Use a meat stick.

Clean and cut the cabbage into small pieces before being put into salted, boiling water. Bring to the boil and let the cabbage soak for 10 minutes. The heat is off, while the cabbage soaks. Drain and steam the cabbage in olive oil just before serving.

The lemon crème is made while the fish is baking and cabbage is soaking. Boil wine, whipping cream, lemon peel, lemon juice and a little anise powder into a suitable thick texture and season well with salt and pepper. You can also use crushed fennel seeds.

Serving: Serve on a hot plate. First cabbage are being poured with lemon crème and top of the fish that are taken out of the portion baking dish so the bottom is facing up. Sprinkle cabbage with nutmeg.

Garnish: Use a little green for garnish. Fresh coriander leaves can be used, but not too many.

Drink: The same white wine used for the fish.

Tip: Will you make the meal extra fine; you should try putting a piece of smoked salmon on the bottom of the portion baking dish. Customize the smoked salmon pieces to the bottom and come on top the fish stuffing. The cut of pieces from the salmon are blended along with the cod. Serve a good slice of bread with cod gratin.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Blinis Russian pancake with caviar

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

200 g Russian caviar or roe of trout or roe of lumpfish
200 g cold smoked salmon or
200g hot smoked salmon or trout
200 g buckwheat flour
100 g wheat flour
2 whole eggs, divided into yolk and white
1/3 packet yeast = 17 g
3 dl whole milk
20 g melted butter to the batter and 10 g to the baking
1 tsp. salt and 1 tsp. sugar
1 dl Creme fraiché to the batter

The rest of Creme fraiché with blinis
1 red onion finely cut with blinis
1 cup finely cut dill with blinis
Alternative to blinis
Yorkshire Pudding
4 whole eggs whipped
200 ml of milk
200 g wheat flour
1 tsp. salt
Pinch white pepper
1 dl Sunflower oil
App. 0,08 cl in each hole (12 holes in the mold)
The batter provides 500 ml. 42 ml per hole.

Metal Muffin Trays for backing.
Metal Muffin Trays are available with 4, 6, 11, 12 and 24 holes.
My Metal Muffin Tray is with 12 holes and I have made
this recipe for 12 holes. The cakes can be frozen.
Recipe No. 46
Russian blinis with caviar and hot smoked trout
Russian blinis with caviar and hot smoked trout

 

Procedure without liability: In the 15 years I was traveling in the USSR, I was almost "stop-feeded" with blinis and Russian caviar without thinking about the price and how blinis was made. I asked my Old Russian interpreter, what kind of ingredients was included in the recipe for blinis. Above you'll find a recipe for blinis, but as Russian caviar is very expensive, this replaced with a more affordable product. In Russia they used Kefir, now only available in special stores in Denmark. I used Creme fraiché instead. Arla has previously produced Kefir, but due to lack of sales, the product is discontinued.

Warm milk and butter up to 37 °C and dissolve the yeast in it. Add Kefir or Creme fraiché, the two varieties of flour, sugar, salt and egg yolks, constantly stirring. The batter should be very soft, like pancakes batter. Put the batter warm for one hour.

Egg whites whipped stiff, and turned into batter. Blini pan heated with a daub of butter in each hollow and 2 tbsp. of batter comes up in each hollow. Broil now for 2 minutes on each side over good heat. Do not scorch = be too dark. There will be approx. 28 pieces out of the recipe.

Note: I recently could not buy Buckwheat flour so I tried out with Durum flour from Italy. They were amazing good, try it if you did not get Buckwheat flour. Just remember that Buckwheat flour does not contain gluten as Durum flour does. So, if you have gluten intolerance.

Serving: Blinis served warm with "caviar" or trout roe little cold or hot smoked salmon, Creme fraiché and finely crushed red onion.

Garnish: Dill finely crushed.

Drink: In Russia I always drank Stolichnaya vodka and mineral water to blinis. Alternative Russian Champagne dry (sec = sukhoe) or half-dry (demi-sec = polu-sukhoe).

Tip: Blinis can successfully be made also in an ordinary frying pan, just to make sure they do not become too great. Blinis can be frozen for later use, add parchment paper between layers. Thawed and warmed in the oven at 120 °C for approx. 10 minutes. Taste as freshly prepared, I have tried it.

Alternative: Yorkshire Pudding. Get all eggs into a large bowl and wip well through. Put milk in and whip. Put flour in and whip well through. Add salt and pepper, wip until there are no lumps in the batter. Set the batter aside and let it rest for at least 1 hour at room temperature. Just before using the batter, add 3 tbsp. water and wip the batter again. The batter provides 500 ml. 42 ml per hole.

While the batter is resting, the oven is heated to 200 °C. Sunflower oil comes directly into the Metal Muffin Tray and put the Metal Muffin Tray back in the hot oven until it is very "HOT". Sunflower oil has a "smoking point" of 227 °C, which must not be exceeded in the oven. The Metal Muffin Tray is taken out and the batter is immediately distributed in the 12 holes - fill 1/2 up - after which the Metal Muffin Tray is returned and baked for 20 to 25 minutes at 200 °C. The cakes rise a lot, even without the raising agent. The oven must never be opened until the end, because the cakes collapses. They are very suitable for a dish with much sauce (gravy) in which the cake is dipped. Use Palmin (Palm oil) if eating the cake as a dessert, and sprinkle with icing sugar instead of salt and pepper. Palmin (Palm oil) has a "smoking point" of 232 °C.

NOTE: If not all holes can be filled with batter, DO NOT leave oil in the empty holes due to fire hazard. The oil can evaporate and set fire to the oven. Trix: Fill the 3 holes to the left with oil and tilt the tray so the oil runs down to the other holes. When the oil reaches the edge of the last row, the oil is evenly distributed.

Serving: Fill the hole with sour cream, added with little lemon and grated horseradish. Put some sliced smoked salmon over and garnish with "Black Caviar" (Lumpfish roe) and crushed dill.
Recipe No. 46A
Metal Muffin Tray and Yorkshire Pudding
Metal Muffin Tray and Yorkshire Pudding
The batter should be better distributed next time

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pollock or saithe in hot, red Thai mix

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Hot, Red Thai mix:
2 red and 2 green hot chili peppers
1 bunch fresh coriander
2 red paprika
10 cm ginger
10 cloves of garlic
3 medium-sized onions
2 lemongrass
1 ds. large tomato puree or 2 small
1 tbsp. coriander seeds
2 tsp. smoked paprika
1 tsp. salt
4 tbsp. water and 4 tbsp. olive oil

Sambal Oelek is a ready made product

Fish cut as fillets:
1 kg pollock or saithe or cod as desired
1 ds. 200 ml Yam-Yam coconut milk 18%
2 tbsp. Hot, Red Thaimix see above
4 carrots in thin slices
1 bunch spring onions 6 pcs. (save the green for decoration)
4 tomatoes cut into slices
2 tbsp. olive oil
2 tbsp. Kikkoman Soy Sauce
2 tbsp. Santa Maria Fish Sauce
a little salt to sprinkle on the fish

Other names: Pollock, Boston blues and Silver bills
Recipe No. 47
Ingreadients for Saithe in Hot, Red Thai mix
Ingreadients for Saithe in Hot, Red Thai mix
Saithe in Hot, Red Thai mix
Saithe in Hot, Red Thai mix

 

Procedure without liability for Thaimix: You can benefit from making Hot, Red Thai mix the day before. The volume above, give 8 bags with 2 large spoonfuls Hot, Red Thai mix that can be frozen and used for other meals to give a hot taste. See the bags above. Vegetables cleaned and cut into smaller pieces, then poured in a food processor with the other spices, water and olive oil. Blend for a smooth and soft paste.

Procedure without liability for the Fish: Come olive oil in an ovenproof dish with high sides and 2 tbsp. Hot, Red Thaimix. Stir and come the very finely sliced carrots (I use a potato peeler), spring onions and tomato slices in the dish. Pour the coconut milk, soy sauce and fish sauce and bake in a 220 °C preheated oven for 20 minutes. Take the dish out and come wide strips of fish on the vegetables. Place the dish in the oven and bake for approx. 15 minutes. Do not use salt on the vegetables because it comes from the sauces. However, a little salt on the fish.

Pollock or saithe:: There are two species of Pollock or saithe. Light pollock and dark saithe. Light pollock is also called lubbe, which is the most expensive fish to buy, but is also the best edible fish. If you have bought a salad called "Sølaks" (Sea salmon salad) it is made on light pollock. Pollock is light in the flesh, saithe is dark in the flesh.

Serving: Served in deep plates with the sauce, where you dip the bread in. Can be served with rice in the winter. However, I used new Danish potatoes here in July.

Garnish: Garnish with the green of spring onions and/or fresh-cut coriander.

Drink: A cool white wine is ideal if you want beer, a Tuborg Pilsner do good.

Tip: You can advantageously make a large portion of Hot, Red Thaimix and freeze the rest in portion bags of 2 tablespoons. It can be used for cooked dishes of any kind. Also, try replacing the fish with giant, thawed, drained prawns. The prawns are finished at the same time as the fish. If you do not want / have time to make Thaimix, you can buy a Sambal Oelek Hot Chili Sauce, and use this instead. Go online and see all the types that exist.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Herring Salad on my own Pickled herring

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Herring Salad with red spiced herring:

4 marinated herring fillets "Home made"
75 g mayonnaise (1/3 tube)
or homemade Aioli
150 g Creme fraiché 9%
1 tbsp. Dijon mustard
10 large slices pickled beetroot
10 Cornichon
1 large sour apple
1 small onion
3 cm fresh and finely grated horseradish
½ tsp. white pepper
A little syrup from beetroot and Cornichon
1 tsp. sugar (maybe)

Accessories:
Rye bread, hard boiled eggs, lettuce leaf and chives
Herring Salad with yellow curry herring:

4 marinated herring fillets "Home made"
75 g mayonnaise (1/3 tube)
or homemade Aioli
150 g Creme fraiché 9%
2 tsp. curry
1 tsp. turmeric (for color)
2 gherkins
1 large sour apple
1 small onion
1 tbsp. capers
½ tsp. white pepper
a little lemon juice
1 tsp. sugar (maybe)

Accessories:
Rye bread, hard boiled eggs, lettuce leaf and chives
Recipe No. 48
Herring salad of my own spiced marinerde herrings
Herring salad of my own spiced marinerde herrings
Top photo: Red herring salad
Bottom photo: Yellow herring salad

 

Procedure for red herring salad without liability: Mix mayonnaise, Creme fraiché, Dijon mustard, pepper and sugar in a bowl. Peel the apple and onion. Cut beets, Cornichon, apple and onion into smaller cubes. Grate horseradish finely. Put these vegetables in the bowl and mix well. Adjust the red color with the syrup from beetroot and the sour taste with syrup from Cornichon. Decide for sugar. If necessary, season the mixture with salt.

Procedure for yellow herring salad without responsibility: Mix mayonnaise, Creme fraiché, curry, turmeric, pepper and sugar in a bowl. Peel the apple and onion. Cut Cornichon, apple and onion into smaller cubes. Put these vegetables in the bowl and mix well. Adjust the yellow color with turmeric and the sour taste with lemon juice. Decide for sugar. If necessary, season the mixture with salt.

If you have made the marinated herrings according to my recipe above, just select 4 large fillets and cut these into large cubes or strips and mix them in the bowl with the other ingredients.

Divide the herring salad into two cups with lids and store them in the refrigerator. Shelf life up to 6 days in the refrigerator. Not suitable for freezing.

Serving: Place a lettuce leaf on plate and top with lot of herring salad. Serve with rye bread and a smiling egg.

Garnish: Dill or chives are fine as garnish.

Drink: Here, as always, a cold beer and a dram are suitable for herring.

Tip: Can also be served with small fresh potatoes when these can be purchased. The herring salads can also be made from white old-fashioned marinated herring, if you have not made spiced herring yourself.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Plaice fillets with seafood mousse

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Fish & Shellfish:
8 plaice, flounder, or sole fillets
200 g raw China prawns also known as Black Tiger Prawn
200 g 10% Greek Yogurt
1 tbsp. flour
3 cm fresh and finely grated horseradish
1 clove garlic
salt, pepper and mild paprika, edelsüss

Saucen:
1 big onion
1 red pepper
1 dl 10% Greek Yogurt
2 tbsp. Avocado oil for frying
Water, white wine see Tip
salt, pepper and a mild paprika

Extras:
New potatoes or cooked rice
Butter steamed green beans
Recipe No. 49
Plaice fillets with seafood mousse
Plaice fillets with seafood mousse

 

Procedure without liability: Peel the prawns - save the shells - and the black string (the intestine) is removed. prawns, mayonnaise and Greek Yogurt are blended coarsely. Mousse blended with flour, horseradish, salt and pepper. If you do not have a blender, just chop the prawns with a sharp kitchen knife. Add the flour to keep the mousse together.

The mousses distributed on the fillets, which have got a little salt on the inner side and paprika on the outside. Keep the fillets together with toothpick and place them in a greased casserole to finish frying in a hot oven at 200 °C for approx. 30 minutes. If the heat is too hard, you can put a piece foil over.

Onion and pepper cut into small cubes and sauternes in the avocado oil in a saucepan for approx. 1 minute. A little water or better white wine - see tip - be poured in the pot and the lid put on. The vegetables are steamed until they are tender for approx. 4 minutes. Blend the vegetables and mix with Greek yoghurt. Season with salt, pepper and paprika.

Serving: Serve the fish with sauce and new potatoes/rice and butter, steamed green beans. Season for the fish coincides with the new potatoes in May and June.

Garnish: Lemon boat and dill are good garnish. But a little exotic, fresh coriander is also good.

Drink: A cold white wine well suited to the meal.

Tip: Boil prawns shells in 10 minutes in 1 dl water and 1 dl white wine added a little salt and some peppercorns. Strain the mixture and use the "soup" to the sauce instead of water or white wine.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Creamy Jerusalem artichoke soup with smoked salmon

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

200 g smoked salmon, hot-or cold-smoked
Use smoked salmon you like best
600 g fresh Jerusalem artichoke
2 fresh baking potatoes
1 onion, 2 onions if no leek
1 clove garlic
1 leek, only the white
2 tbsp. Avocado oil
1 liter good soup of chicken, veal or fish
2 dl whipping cream added some lemon juice or
2 dl sour cream instead of
Salt, white pepper and grated nutmeg or saffron

Extras:
Bread or Flutes
Recipe No. 50
Creamy Jerusalem artichoke soup with smoked salmon
Creamy Jerusalem artichoke soup with smoked salmon

 

Procedure without liability: Jerusalem artichokes and potatoes rinsed and peeled. Onion and leek skinned. The vegetables cut into cubes and seared slightly in a saucepan with added avocado oil. Remember the vegetables should just take the color.

Add the soup (broth), which you like best and let it simmmer in 20 minutes. Add whipping cream or Creme fraiché and let it simmer 5 minutes. Blend the soup and then season with salt, white pepper, nutmeg and maybe a little more lemon juice. Please just note if your blender can withstand boiling water.

If your blender can't withstand boiling water, you must first cool the soup to a suitable temperature before blending. Blend the soup when it is lukewarm, and pour the contents into a saucepan, and return to a boil. Stir in whipping cream or Creme fraiché, salt, white pepper, nutmeg and maybe a little more lemon juice. Soup poured from the saucepan directly into the hot deep plates.

Serving: Smoked salmon pieces distributed over the soup. If you use hot smoked salmon, be sure to take the fish bones away first. We took a salmon sandwich afterwards decorated with cress.

Garnish: Dill is good as garnish, but a little fresh coriander are also good.

Drink: A cold white wine well suited to the meal.

Tip: A blender, where the bowl is made of glass, can withstand boiling water. A plastic bowl may not always withstand boiling water. See the manual, it is written there.

Alternative: Potato and leek soup with smoked eel

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pangasius fillet with new Danish potatoes and white asparagus

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Recipe was made before I saw this movies

1000 g pangasius fillets frozen, it is 4 pcs.
1 lemon
1 cup parsley
½ cup sage
5 spring onions
100 g butter
2 tsp. salt
2 tsp. sugar
½ tsp. mild curry
1 tbsp. Dijon mustard
1 tbsp. rapeseed oil
½ tsp. pepper

Accessories:
1 kg new Danish potatoes and ½ kg of white asparagus
Hollandaise sauce purchased ready-made or homemade
Recipe No. 51
Pangasius fillet with new Danish potatoes and white asparagus
Before you eat the fish pangasius,
you must see this film from ARD on You Tube

 

Procedure without liability: The new Danish potatoes, rinsed and scraped with a glove. See the picture below Seven "cool" fried herring. White asparagus peeled with a potato knife, and the bottom 3 to 4 cm is cut away. Spring onions are cleaned and cut into smaller pieces. Rinsed and chopped herbs. Pangasius fillets dry up slowly in the refrigerator - 12 hours - or at the kitchen table - 6 hours - and rinse in cold water, wipe dry in kitchen towel and place in a greased oven proof dish with rapeseed oil.

Sprinkle the fish with spring onions, salt, mild curry, peppers and a little lemon juice. Stir soft butter with parsley, sage and Dijon mustard. Add butter daub over the fish.

Cover the dish with foil and put the fish in a pre-heated oven at 225 ° C for 30 minutes. Boil the new Danish potatoes in slightly salted water for 15 minutes. Asparagus cooked in slightly salted and sugared water for 10 to 15 minutes, depending on the thickness of them.

Serving: The fish, potatoes and white asparagus are served on a plate as shown here in the picture above.

Garnish: Parsley is good as a garnish, but a little fresh coriander are also good.

Drink: A cold white wine well suited to the meal.

Tip: If you can not get Pangasius fillet, try another lean fish. Pike, perch, pikeperch, cod, ling, saithe - yes there are many of them. But time in the oven may be different.

Alternative: Once you've seen the movie, you use another fish. I do.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Marinated herring fillets with new Danish potatoes

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

8 old mature marinated herring fillets
1 kg new Danish potatoes excavated same day
2 onions
6 spring onions
200 g butter
4 tbsp. sour cream
Salt and Pepper
Herbs that you have in the garden

The world's easiest dinner here in June
Recipe No. 52
Marinated herring fillets with new Danish potatoes
Marinated herring fillets with new Danish potatoes

 

Procedure without liability: The new Danish potatoes, rinsed and scraped with a glove. Spring onions are cleaned and cut into smaller pieces. Onions are cleaned and cut into rings. Rinse and dry the herbs in the kitchen roll.

Boil the new Danish potatoes in slightly salted water for 15 minutes.

Serving: Herring, potatoes and onions are served on a plate as shown here in the picture above. Butter and sour cream served to the meal.

Garnish: Herbs that you have in the garden. Here are used Lemon balm.

Drink: A cold white wine well suited to the meal or a cold beer and a schnapps.

Tip: You can also use your own marinated herring, which you'll find recipes above.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Cod baked in aluminium foil with Feta or Apetina cheese and culinary herbs

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

1 kg cod fillets without bones
1 kg new Danish potatoes excavated same day
1 red onion
8 small cherry tomatoes
1 cup of basil
1 sprinkle of dried oregano
12 stoned black olives
1 red pepper
100 g butter
200 g Feta or Apetina cheese cubes
Salt and Pepper

Here used parsley in the absence of oregano
Recipe No. 53
Cod baked in aluminium foil with Feta
cheese and culinary herbs
Cod baked in aluminium foil with Feta cheese and culinary herbs

 

Procedure without liability: The new Danish potatoes, rinsed and scraped with a glove. Cherry tomatoes rinsed and cut into slices. Red onion cleaned and cut into rings. Peppers cut into strips and cleaned of seeds. Rinse and dry basil in the kitchen roll.

Boil the new Danish potatoes in slightly salted water for 15 minutes. Meanwhile, clean the cod fillet and shared so that there are 4 good pieces of 200 to 250 grams each.

Cod Fillets placed on aluminium foil, salted and sprinkled with pepper from the mill. On top of the fish put tomato slices, onion rings, strips of peppers, black olives, basil, Feta cheese cubes and butter in thin rods. It all sprinkled with a little dry oregano.

Wrap everything into aluminium foil. Use any strong aluminium foil or double layer of the ordinary. Put the fish into a 200 °C hot oven for 30 minutes. The meal is also suitable for a ball grill in the garden or over a open fire. Here, the time of course depend on the temperature, which can be achieved in the barbecue or open fire. Please try your way. At the ball grill or open fire should be strong aluminium foil used. The fish rests in aluminium foil 10 minutes before it is eaten.

Serving: The fish with spices and potatoes served on a plate if you eat right at home. Out in the open unpack the aluminium foil and implemented on top the potatoes and everything eaten directly from the "package".

Garnish: A lemon slice doing well and looks also nice on the plate.

Drink: A cold white wine well suited to the meal or a cold beer and a schnapps.

Tip: You can of course also use other fish that you catch on your fishing trip. If you also want to eat good bread to the meal, use more butter and came a little white wine in the package. It makes a good sauce to dip the bread in.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pangasius fillet with mushrooms stuffed with garlic cheese

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Recipe was made before I saw this movies

1000 g pangasius fillets from frozen, it is 4 pcs.
1 lemon
1 whole, new garlic or 3 garlic cloves
9 large mushrooms, plus a few more
125 g GARLAN cream cheese with garlic
2 red tomatoes
1 small onion
2 tbsp. apple balsamic
2 tbsp. grape seed oil
50 g butter
Salt and Pepper
Recipe No. 54
Pangasius fillet with mushrooms and garlic cheese
Before you eat the fish pangasius,
you must see this film from ARD on You Tube

 

Procedure without liability: Pangasius fillets are sprinkled with salt and pepper and rest 15 minutes before the fry in butter. In the meantime, are you doing this.

Mushrooms brushed clean of any soil and the stem snapped off. The lower part of the stem is cut away before chopped into small pieces with a few whole mushrooms. A completely new garlic or 3 cloves garlic, chopped into small pieces and mix with the chopped mushrooms. Roast in the pan in the butter until it is light brown. Cool mixture before mixing with the cream cheese with garlic. Spread mushrooms and cream cheese in the nine large mushrooms and place them in a 200 ° C hot oven for 20 minutes.

Make a good tomato salad with onion, apple balsamic and Grape Seed Oil. Sprinkle with like something green if you have this in the herb garden.

Now it's time to butter roast pangasius fillets for approx. 3 to 4 minutes on each side. Drip before serving the fish with lemon.

Serving: Serve on a hot plate and give a good bread.

Garnish: Use like something green. Basil can be recommended.

Drink: A cold beer in summer heat can be recommended.

Tip: Of course you can also use other fish you caught on your fishing trip.

Alternative: Once you've seen the movie, you use another fish. I do.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Cauliflower soup with coconut milk and shellfish

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 large cauliflower
2 onions
1 whole, new garlic or 4 garlic cloves
1 red hot chili pepper
2 tsp. sweet Bombay curry
330 ml coconut milk Xing Fu (2 small cans)
1 cube herbal broth
2 tsp. fish broth
3 tbsp. olive oil, white truffle
8 dl water
Soup season with salt, if necessary

Seafood of your choice
Here is used frozen:
500 g saltwater clams. Solenidae
500 g of crayfish tails
Recipe No. 55
Cauliflower soup with coconut milk and shellfish
Cauliflower soup with coconut milk and shellfish

 

Procedure without liability: Onions, garlic and red chili cut into small pieces and brown slightly in a saucepan with olive oil added to curry. 8 dl water poured over and a herbal broth and fish broth, add to the pan. The cauliflower is picked in small pieces and put into the pot. It all boiled for 10 minutes, then pour the coconut milk and cook further for 2 to 5 minutes.

Soup cool slightly before blending. Only if your blender does not tolerate boiling water. Pour the blended soup back into saucepan and pour the shellfish in. Give now a short rehash and the soup is ready. NB not boil too long, since shellfish become tough.

Serving: Serve in hot deep plates and give a good bread.

Garnish: Use like something green. Coriander leaves may be recommended. Chives can also be used.

Drink: A cold beer or white wine is recommended.

Tip: Of course you can also use other shellfish. For example, large shrimp. A little lemon grass (or a slice of lemon) can be added to the soup for a sour taste.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Mock turtle with egg and fish balls

Next Down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1½ kg of dear veal
2 to 4 pcs. Osso Buco of veal shank
1 **calf tongue app. 800 g
3 to 4 liters of water, meat must be covered with water
2 leeks
4 carrots
1 small celery
1 large parsley root
1 large parsnip
2 onions
4 cloves garlic
1 red hot chili peppers
The soup season with salt

For the sauce
90 g butter
90 g flour
1 small can tomato paste (100 g)
1½ to 2 liters of soup
1 tsp. The four spices made of:
5 parts white pepper, 2 parts nutmeg, 1 part ginger and 1 part carnation
The sauce season with 2 tbsp. Oestersauce and 2 tbsp. Fish sauce
Blue Dragon and a little salt if necessary
1 tbsp. mild paprika
1 to 2 dl of dry sherry or dry Madeira
Sauce stained with gravy browning
Accessories:
Boiled white *fish balls from can
Hard boiled eggs or smiling eggs
Puff pastry or Rustic Baguette

Ingredients for Mini Fish Cakes:
600 g fish fillet, skinned and chopped fine of:
cod, pollock, sole, white fish or mixed fish
1 tsp. salt
1 pinch white pepper
1 to 2 tbsp. wheat flour
1 to 2 whole eggs
1 dl whipping cream
1 tbsp. butter / olive oil for frying

Ingredients for Mini Meatballs:
500 g minced veal and pork
1 small grated onion
2 cloves grated garlic
1 tsp. thyme
1 whole egg
1½ tbsp. wheat flour
1 small glass of Sherry / Madeira
½ tsp. The four spices
1 tbsp. butter / olive oil for frying
Recipe No. 56*
Mock turtle with egg and fish balls
What has mock turtle with fish to do
Only that there are fish balls in the meal
and this is my favorite New Year's Eve
Happy new year

 

Note: Original mock turtle is made with Madeira. I recommend buying Mini Fish Cakes to 20,00 DKK for 200 g and Mini Meatballs to 27,00 DKK for 450 g at Rema 1000. The meatballs taste excellent when they have spent the night in the good sauce and than you also save a lot of time cooking. But still, the dish has to be made at least the day before so that all the meat is permeated with the lovely taste in the sauce.

 

Procedure without liability: I remember this meal from my childhood, where we used a calf's head, as well as several other pieces of meat, which I can not really recall. We were three families who went to the local slaughterhouse and bought meat, and at the greenery store we got the vegetables. Everything was cooked in the old disused wash copper boiler, which previously served as cooking vessel for laundry. It is now a "thing of the past", so here comes the new version without the risk of BSE (Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy) also known as mad cow disease.

You start the day before eating the dish. Place the meat in a large pot with 3 to 4 liters of water, the meat should be covered with water, preferably a little more because something evaporates along the way. Bring the water to a boil and froth well when boiling. Season with salt and cook while you clean all herbs and chop them into cubes. Add the herbs - bring to a boil - and cook under low heat for another 2 to 3 hours. When the meat is tender it is taken up and the veal is put under pressure until the next day. The soup is sieved and some of the herbs (carrot, celery, parsley root, parsnip) are blended and can be added to the soup at will. The soup is stored for the next day.

The next day, start by boiling the soup for half an hour without a lid so that the soup becomes concentrated. The veal, which has been under pressure overnight, is cut out into bite-sized cubes. The tongue is peeled and fat and tendons are removed before the meat are cut into bite-sized cubes - maybe you should peel the tongue when it has cooled and you can touch it without burning your fingers. Osso Buco the pieces of meat are peeled off the bone, fat and tendons are removed before the meat are cut into bite-sized cubes.

Make this sauce and bring the meat in: Make butter and flour into a dumpling bowl in a suitable large saucepan. Then pour in small quantities up to 1½ liters of the soup, which has been cooked and skimmed for fat. Remember to whip well so that lumps do not form in the sauce. Find a suitable texture and seasoning with tomato puree, Oyster sauce, Fish sauce, salt, the four spices and Sherry / Madeira. Color the sauce with food coloring. Add Mini Fish Cakes and Mini Meatballs gently warm it all through. The fishballs from the can are heated separately in a 220 degree hot oven for approx. 10 minutes. They are laid on top of the dish along with half eggs.

Mini Fish Cakes: Mix salt with minced fish and whisk the dough for a few minutes. Whisk the mixture well and add flour, spices and eggs one at a time. Gradually add cream until an appropriate consistency. If the mixture solidifies, put the bowl in hot water and whisk until smooth again. Check your spices and season to taste. Let the mixture stand 1 hour in the refrigerator. Form fishcake into small round balls with 2 spoons dipped in warm water. Fry them on the pan in butter and olive oil.

Mini Meatballs: Come minced veal / pork in a bowl and grate onion and garlic. Add eggs, wheat flour, salt and spices. Heat a pan with butter and olive oil and form small meatballs in your hand with a desert spoon. Fry them on medium heat on both sides until golden brown.

The dish can be frozen without fish balls. I like to make a large portion in early December and divide it into two, since we are not 8 persons for the New Year.

The four spices: Made of 5 parts white pepper, 2 parts nutmeg, 1 part ginger and 1 part cloves. All crushed spices.

Serving: Serve in hot deep plates and serve with puff pastry or Rustic Baguette.

Garnish: A small glass of Sherry/Madeira poured over.

Drink: Continue with the same Sherry/Madeira and a mineral water. Or a dry Champagne for New Year.

Tip: *Warm the fish balls for themselves and get them over the dish before serving. **Boil the calf tongue by itself in 2 liters of salted water for approx. 1½ to 2 hours added some sugar, peppercorns, bay leaves and a sprinkle of fresh thyme. You can also make a good dish "Calf tongue in Madeira" with half the tongue and the rest for the mock turtle.

Alternative: Baked cod with mustard sauce.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Baked mullet on herbs

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

The fish
1 kg mullet fillet with skin but without fish scaling
1 bunch dill
1 bunch parsley
4 twigs thyme
1 twig sage
2 dabs of butter
1 tsp. salt
½ lemon juice
1 tbsp. olive oil

Saffron sauce
1 dl. white wine
1 dl. fish broth
1 dl. whipping cream
50 g butter
1 pinch saffron
The sauce season to taste with salt and white pepper
lemon juice and a little sugar

Extras
1 kg small new potatoes
Saute of: Spring onions, spiced tomatoes, fennel, sweet peppers and celery
Recipe No. 57
Baked mullet on herbs

Baked mullet on herbs

 

Procedure without liability: The first thing you must do is to catch a mullet, which is big enough for 4 people. The one I used here is for 2 people, weighed 1.75 kg and was 52 cm, enough for 2 people, after it was filleted.

Remove the scales from the fish with a blunt knife from tail to head and cut it up into its belly. Remove the entrails and rinse the abdomen carefully for blood and black skin in the belly and then cut the head off. With a very sharp knife cut now one fillet on top of the back bone. The fish turned and the other fillet cut of the back bone. Fillets treated for chest bones and edges cleaned so the 2 fillets look good. Fish waste - what you cut off - boil for approx. 2 cups water to a fish broth with a little salt.

In a suitable ovenproof dish spread the herbs and the fish presented with the meat side down. Meat side has got a sprinkle of salt. On the skin side poured a little olive oil, lemon juice and 2 dabs of butter. Let the fish rest covered with film in the refrigerator a few hours before it is baked in the oven. When ready to cook the sauce and the accessories, you take the fish from the refrigerator and put it in a 220 degrees oven for approx. 30 minutes. Time depends on the fish's size and whether it comes straight from the fridge.

Saffron sauce: Pour white wine and fish broth with a little saffron in a saucepan and boil until half. Add cream and give a brief rehash. Add the cold butter, stirring and tasting the sauce with salt, white pepper, lemon juice and sugar.

Saute vegetables in butter over low heat. Be careful not to be too brown, because it must not be brown onions for steak.

Serving: Arrange the fish as the picture on the right.

Garnish: You can use the rest of the herbs.

Drink: Use like the rest of the same white wine you used for the sauce.

Tip: If you do not catch a mullet, then you can use a trout or salmon instead.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pot soup with shrimp and mussels cooked with root vegetables

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

500 g "Giant Tiger Shrimp"
500 g "Greenshell Mussels"
3 tbsp. olive oil
2 tsp. red curry paste
1 large onion
4 cloves garlic
1 ds. diced tomatoes
5 cm fresh ginger
1 red chili pepper
1 bunch dill or coriander for garnish

Fish Bouillon after this prescription
2 liters of water
4 Knorr cubes fish broth
2 tbsp. Bong Touch of Taste fish broth
1 carrot
1 parsley root
1 beetroot
1 parsnip
Recipe No. 58
Pot soup with shrimp and mussels cooked with root vegetables

Pot soup with shrimp and mussels cooked with root vegetables

 

Procedure without liability: Red curry paste fry in oil in a frying pan or saucepan. Minced onion, garlic, red chili pepper and ginger, add and fry for 2 minutes while stirring. A can of diced tomatoes added and the whole thing is given a brief rehash. Cool mass while fiskebouillonen cooked.

Come 2 liters of water in a large (nice) pot together with fish bouillon cubes, carrots, parsley root, beetroot and parsnips. Root vegetables are first cleaned, peeled and cut into rustic pieces. Boil it all in 10 to 15 minutes.

Blend the vegetables and root vegetables to a very fine mass and it came up in the pot of fish soup. Give a brief rehash of 2 minutes and then joined the shrimp and clams in the soup. It should not boil more, then the shrimp get rubbery. Warm it just quietly through in approx. 5 minutes.

Serving: Put the nice pot on the table and serve the meal with good bread.

Garnish: You can use the rest of the herbs. Choose either dill or coriander. Not both.

Drink: A sparkling wine will go with the soup.

Tip: The soup can be made more "soft" if it thickened with whipped cream before shrimp and mussels are added.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Rimmet Christmas Salmon with Dill Schnapps

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 salmon fillet around 500 g
4 tbsp. sea salt
3 tbsp. organic sugar
2 tsp. dill seed
2 tsp. coriander seeds
1 tsp. white peppercorns
saffron quantity after your wallet
1 organic lemon juice and grated shell of lemon
1 dl dill aquavit (5 snaps glass)
1 bunch dill for garnish

Tip: Make your own dill schnapps with Brøndums Snaps Klar.
Fill the bottle up with a lot of dill stalks and let it rest for one to two weeks max.
Recipe No. 59
Rimmet Christmas Salmon with Dill Schnapps
Rimmet Christmas Salmon with Dill Schnapps

 

Procedure without liability: At the risk of repeating myself, I will come here with a slightly different method of rimet salmon. (Described above in point 14 fish fillets as described). Come sea salt, sugar, dill seed, coriander seeds and white peppercorns in a food processor or blender and run for half a minute. If you only have a mortar, it can also be used to crush the seeds, then mixed with salt and sugar.

Læg en del af blandingen i bunden af et passende stort fad og kom laksesiden ovenpå med skindsiden nedad. Resten af blandingen fordeles på kødsiden. Laksen filmes og sættes i køleskab natten over - seks timer - fadet tages ud og den væde der er trukket ud af laksen hældes forsigtig bort.

Put some of mixture in bottom of an appropriate dish and came on top the salmon with the skin side down. The rest of the mixture spread on the flesh side. Salmon filmed and put in refrigerator overnight - six hours - the dish is removed and the liquid pulled out of the salmon carefully poured away.

Take the salmon up after maturation and put it on a clean tea towel and pat it dry with paper towels. If you put the salmon on a paper towel the salmon "glue" onto the paper and it is annoying to get it off again. Should be added to the meat side with too many spices they scraped away with a knife. The fresh dill chopped finely and then pressed into fish flesh. Cut the salmon into thin slices. Starting from the head and cut to the head - the missing head.

Serving: Cut as many pieces of salmon, as you can eat, and put them on a plate. The rest of the salmon should be immediately put in fridge so it can keep fresh for approximately 3 days. A good bread spread with unsalted butter is suitable for rimet salmon.

Garnish: Use the fresh dill for extra decoration.

Drink: A cold Pilsner beer and a dill aquavit is preferable.

Tip: If you want to make two fishing sites at once. So wait with the fresh dill to the day you will eat the fish. Think of soil bacteria in herbs. Alternative to fresh dill is dried dill, but the taste is not as intense.

Alternative: Marinated salmon - Smoked salmon.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Bloody Mary Marinated herring

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 diluted Icelandic Salted Herring gives 8 fillets
1 dl Vodka
2 dl tomato ketchup
1 tbsp. Worcester sauce
1 tbsp. Angostura bitter
1 tsp. Tabasco sauce
1 tsp. white peppercorns crushed
1 tsp. celery salt
1 chopped celery stalk with leaves for garnish
1 cup vinegar and 100 grams of sugar boiled to a syrup and cool
Recipe No. 60
Bloody Mary Marinated herring
Here are all the raw materials for
Bloody Mary Marinated herring

 

Procedure without liability: The salted herring is first filleted and then diluted. Put the herring on a suitable cutting board with the back to yourself and the head to the right. I assume that you are right handed! Your left palm put over the herring and with a SHARP file knife you cut gently down to the backbone and turns the knife so the surface is parallel to the cutting board. Then you cut along the backbone of the herring toward the tail. Turn herring so it has the belly facing you and cut again along the backbone toward the tail. You now have two file pieces, where the fine fish bone must be removed by cutting diagonally from back to belly. The skin is removed by pulling it from head to tail.

File pieces must now be diluted so the salt content suit your tastes. Here one must try it out. But try with a middle way, put file pieces in a bowl and pour cold water over, so it just covers. Put the bowl in the refrigerator overnight and then try to taste herring next day. Is it OK, pour the fillets with cold vinegar syrup and soak in a few hours while you make bloody Mary marinade.

Mix vodka and tomato ketchup, put all the spices in and mix well. You can choose to put the whole herring fillets in a suitable dish (jars) or cutting them into smaller pieces. Do you use whole pieces recommended a store in the refrigerator for a week. Should they be eaten next day it is better with smaller pieces. But quite clearly a store in the refrigerator for a week is best.

Pour Bloody Mary marinade over the herrings so that it covers. Wait with the garnish to you servers the meal.

Serving: A good rye bread spread with unsalted butter one suitable for herrings.

Garnish: Use a freshly chopped celery stalk with leaves for garnish.

Drink: A cold Pilsner beer and vodka are preferable.

Tip: Bloody Mary Marinated herring might keep 4 to 5 weeks in the fridge. Put first celery stalk on when serving. This is to prevent soil bacteria. I've made my herring 1st. of December in a 2 liter preserving jars, with intent to use them for Christmas. Fills approx. 1 liter.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Kedgeree for the next days hangover

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

500 g smoked haddock fillet without skin and fish bones
250 g basmati rice
4 good organic farm eggs
1 onion chopped finely
2 cloves garlic chopped finely
1 fresh red chilli chopped (with or without seeds)
1 bunch fresh coriander chopped finely
4 bay leaves
1 lemon
1 tbsp. red curry paste
3 tbsp. Olive oil and a knob of butter
Læsø salt and freshly ground black pepper put on the table
Yogurt for serving
Recipe No. 61
Kedgeree for the next days hangover
Kedgeree for the next days hangover

 

Procedure without liability: Can be eaten as breakfast, lunch or dinner but is particularly good for the "next day". So a cure for hangovers.

Put a large pot of lightly salted water and bring to a boil with 2 bay leaves. Wash out the rice well and put them into the boiling water along with 4 eggs and juice from half a lemon. Once the rice is cooked (check package approx. 10 minutes) drain the water into a sieve and set aside. The eggs are peeled and cut into quarters and set aside.

Place the pot over again with lightly salted water and bring to a boil with 2 bay leaves and the juice from half a lemon. Getting smoked haddock fillets in the pan and turn off heat. After 3 to 4 minutes the fish is cooked so it separates into flakes. The fish are separated into large flakes and set aside.

Place a large frying pan over low heat and add a little olive oil and a knob of butter. Sauté onion, garlic, chili pepper and red curry paste in approx. 5 minutes. It must not browned, the onions should only become clear. Add the rice to the pan and mix carefully. Sprinkle with coriander and mix again. Eggs and fish flakes mixed now cautious in the dish and given a sprinkle coriander on top. Put the frying pan on light heat for 5 minutes to get it nice and hot. It gives the meal lots of flavor.

Serving: Yogurt can be served to. Is particularly good if you do the meal "HOT". (Chili with seeds)

Garnish: Use fresh coarse chopped coriander leaves for garnish.

Drink: A cold porter with a drop of whiskey on the bottom doing well.

Tip: If smoked haddock not available, try using smoked lumpfish. Lumpfish must not boil, but just peel the meat out and cut into large flakes. Otherwise you'll have to smoke your fish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Borscht soup cooked on Osso Buco with Danish root vegetables

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 kg mixed Danish roots as:
3 large beets and 3 large potatoes
1 pcs. of each carrot, parsley root, pastinakrod, 1/4 celery, 1/4 white cabbage
4 pcs. osso buco with marrow
½ kg beef - like the bow
½ kg smoked bacon (lamb or goat meat can also be used - it got in Thashkent)
3 L of water
½ cup white wine vinegar and a little sugar
4 bay leaves, 1 red chili peppers and 15 peppercorns
1 large onion and 4 cloves of garlic
1 small can tomato paste
Salt - taste the soup
3 tbsp. salt for cooking beetroot
500 g sour cream 38% for serving
5 cm freshly grated horseradish for serving
1/2 liter of vodka and 1/2 liters of water per man in Russia
Recipe No. 62
Borscht soup cooked on Osso Buco with Danish root vegetables

Borscht soup cooked on Osso Buco with Danish root vegetables

 

Procedure without liability:

Meat: Osso buco, shoulders and smoked bacon or lamb put in a saucepan with water to cover. Cook up fast so it foams, remove the foam completely. Have a new pot ready with 3 liters of boiling water and add the meat. Add the bay leaves, chili peppers, peppercorns, onion, garlic and salt (Add the good residual root vegetables). Bring back to a boil and let it simmer over low heat for approx. 1 ½ hours. Remove the meat and cut it into bite-sized pieces, if it has not fallen apart. The bones are taken up and thrown away, but remember to save the marrow for a rye bread with coarse salt. The soup is sieved into a nice pot and very finely sliced potatoes and cabbage is added together with the cleaned root crops and boiling continued for 15 minutes. Beetroot with a little vinegar/sugar and tomato paste are added the soup the last 10 minutes of cooking time. Total cooking time approx. 2 hours.

Root: Carrot, parsley root, parsnip and celery cleaned and cut into bite-sized pieces (cubes) and set aside for later use. Use the good remains of the root vegetables to cook the meat in.
Beetroot: Boil for itself in salt water with the peel on for 30 minutes for medium beets. The water is poured off and the beets are covered with cold water and stand for 15 minutes. The skin popped the beets when they are lukewarm, top and bottom cut off and cut into bite-sized pieces (cubes) and place in a bowl. Soak the beetroots in ½ cup of the best wine vinegar and a little sugar for a sour/sweet taste and to preserve the color later.
Soup: Season with salt, vinegar/sugar and tomato paste. Put the nice pot on the table and serve directly from this. In Russia I got brown bread. Sour cream with horseradish served "On the top" and of course you drink Russian Vodka. There was no tradition in Russia (when I was there) to drink beer, so we drank water and Vodka 1 to 1 It makes no headache.

Serving: Sour cream mixed with grated horseradish served "On the top".

Garnish: Parsley will be suitable for the dinner.

Drink: Plenty of vodka and mineral water. Or plenty of Russian Champagne - Semi Dry.

Tip: If you do not eat pork, it is definitely a good idea to use lamb or goat meat.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Saithe in spicy coconut milk with rice / bread and herbs

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

800 g of saithe fillets
200 g frozen prawns
1 red onion
1 leek
1 small garlic
1 apple
1 small can tomato paste
2 Tbsp. red curry paste
2 Tbsp. Fish Fund Touch & Taste
3 Tbsp. olive oil
165 ml Thai coconut milk
salt and pepper
1 bunch fresh coriander
1 lemon sliced
Serve with rice / bread of your choice
Recipe No. 63
Seithe in spicy coconut milk with shrimp, rice / bread and herbs
Seithe in spicy coconut milk with shrimp, rice / bread and herbs

 

Procedure without liability: Saithe fillets and prawns set to thaw and drain. Saithe fillets salted when they are thawed. Clean the herbs and cut them into appropriate pieces. Heat olive oil in a frying pan, came in red curry paste and fry it lightly. All herbs fry it without that they will brown. Pour tomato paste, fish stock and coconut milk and stir. If the meal is too thick primed with a little water or wine. Season with salt and pepper.

An ovenproof dish greased with butter on bottom and saithe fillets laid over. Herbal mixture spread over fish. Put the dish in a 180 degrees preheated oven for 20 minutes, pour the shrimp over the fish and give another 10 minutes in the oven. Take the dish out and cut fresh coriander over the fish before serving.

Boil the rice according to instructions on the bag. Come a few stalks of coriander in the rice during cooking, it gives a good taste.

Serving: Place the dish on the table and serve the fish with a good bread.

Garnish: Coriander is recommendable.

Drink: A cold beer is suitable.

Tip: Other lean fish species can also be used.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Tuna and shrimp in a spicy salad with feta cheese

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 can of tuna in oil (or water)
200 g cutter-shrimp cutter-frozen shrimp are best
1 to 2 romaine lettuce
½ cucumber (peeled)
1 red onion
2 spring onions
2 large red tomatoes
½ canned Feta or Danish Apetina
1 pk. Tapas green and black olives
4 scrape eggs, hard boiled or poached
8 tbsp. virgin olive oil
6 tbsp. apple vinegar
4 garlic
½ red chili pepper (strong)
8 small cherry tomatoes
salt and a little sugar (honey) in the dressing
1 bunch fresh parsley
1 bunch fresh basil
Bread of your choice: Carrot bread with
sesame seeds or Rustic Baguette
Light breakfast with tuna and eggs - alternative dish

1 can of tuna in oil is drained in a strainer and divided into smaller pieces
Beat 3 eggs in a bowl and whisk together with salt and pepper
1 tbsp. cornmeal is whipped into the eggs together with the chopped parsley or chives
Put the split tuna into the egg mixture and stir
Put a little olive oil on the pan and fry the tuna and eggs golden brown
Then turn the omelette over, immediately put mild sliced cheese on top and sprinkle with oregano
Fry the omelet golden brown and it is ready to be eaten
Garnish with some tomato slices and a sprinkling of green
Recipe No. 64
Tuna and shrimp in a spicy salad with feta cheese
Tuna and shrimp in a spicy salad with feta cheese
My meal here is only made for 2 persons

 

Procedure without liability: Start by making a dressing, mix virgin olive oil and vinegar in a bowl. Come finely chopped garlic, chili pepper, salt and sugar (honey) in. Halve cherry tomatoes and put them in the bowl with a package Tapas olives and feta cheese into cubes. Let dressing drag a few hours at room temperature.

Clean, rinse and dry the vegetables. Romain lettuce cut into suitable pieces and place in bottom of a dish. Some of the above tsp. dressing poured over. Cucumber Slices, spring onions, tomato slices and onions slices mixed and placed into a nice layer. Add the remaining dressing over the content. Spread the drained tuna over the salad - spread drained shrimp over tuna. The meal garnish with 1/4 eggs or poached eggs, as shown here. Parsley and basil sprinkled generously. The eggs sprinkled with salt. Make plenty of dressing, so you can dip your bread in it. Dressing is allowed to be "Hot".

Serving: Place the dish on the table and give a good bread for tuna / shrimp salad. I used a Rustic Baguette bread warmed in the oven a few minutes. For sandwiches will triangular carrot bread with sesame seeds, which also warmed in the oven first, be suitable if there would be anything left.

Garnish: Parsley and basil will be suitable for this purpose.

Drink: Summer a chilled white wine. Winter a good, light red wine.

Tip: "Salad" can be used in a burger as a takeaway sandwich.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Spicy seafood with noodles

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 kg fresh, Danish blue mussels in the shell or
4 ds. Bornholm smoked mussels in brine
600 g of raw frozen black tiger shrimp
250 g of Go-Tan noodles
2.5 cups organic coconut milk or 2.5 cups whipping cream
100 g cashews nuts - toasted salt and chopped into small pieces
20 g sesame seeds - toasted salt together with cashews nuts
6 tbsp. Svansoe cold pressed extra virgin olive oil
1 carrot into small cubes
1 leek or/and 2 spring onions into small slices
2 shallots, chopped finely
2 cloves garlic, chopped finely
1 red bell pepper into small cubes
1 small head broccoli into small pieces (only the head is not the stalk)
2 cups white wine preferably dry. Or that you severer for food
1 to 2 tbsp.. Chu-Chum real chili sauce available in the "Hot" and very "Hot"
1 tbsp. salt roasted cashews nuts and sesame seeds
1 bunch fresh parsley or coriander for garnish
Bread of your choice. Dip it in "sauce"
Recipe No. 65
Spicy seafood with noodles

My meal shown here are only made for 2 people

 

Procedure without liability: If tiger shrimp are frozen, they must first be thawed in a colander (strainer), so the liquid runs off. Use fresh, Danish blue mussels in the shell, so follow the recipe on the package. I used Bornholm smoked mussels in pickle for the family's sake. They do not like all the mussel shells.

Clean, rinse and dry the vegetables. Carrots, leeks, spring oions, shallots, garlic, peppers and broccoli, cut into suitable pieces and fry lightly in olive oil in a pot approx. 5 minutes. Getting the black tiger shrimp in the pan and cook further until they are red, approx. 10 minutes. Add the white wine, coconut milk or cream and salt roasted cashews nuts and sesame seeds. The whole steamed, covered, for 5 minutes under low heat. The last 3 minutes with the Bornholm smoked mussels.

Using Danish blue mussels in shells, follow the instructions on the package. After cooking pour the mussels in a colander and then add the meal.

Meanwhile, boil 2 liters of lightly salted water. When the water boils pour the noodles into the pot. Remove the pot from the heat when the water boils up again and leave for 10 minutes under the lid. Stir into the pot so noodles separeras apart. Then poured into a colander (strainer), so the liquid runs off. Get the hot noodles on a platter and garnish with green.

Serving: Put the dishes on the table and give a good bread to the meal. Garlic bread goes well with the meal. Dip it in "sauce".

Garnish: Parsley and coriander will be suitable for this purpose. Parsley and whipping cream - Coconut milk and coriander.

Drink: A dry well chilled white wine.

Tip: If you have suitable pots/pans, it will be suitable to make the meal herein and severe it directly on the table from the pot/pan.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Cold smoked salmon for Christmas

Next Down

Shopping List for many adults - Danish version

Next Up

The salmon in the picture weighs 4.6 kg in gutted weight
I used 2 salmon of the same size for this recipe

10% brine made of:
666 grams of coarse salt
50 grams of sugar
6 liters of boiled, cold water (5 °C max)
15 to 20 l smoke sawdust beech and/or alder (mix half of each)
½ l juniper mulch provides a good, strong flavor
but be careful with the dosage
Obviously a smokig oven

A lot of patience, it takes 3 to 4 days in total

The fish were salted 36 hours in a refrigerator
Smoked for 36 hours at an average temperature of 16 °C
Used 18 l smoke sawdust mixed as described above
The salmon smoked weighs 2.9 kg. Wastage 1.7 kg or 37%
Recipe No. 66
Cold smoked salmon               The fresh salmon is cold smoked
One big, smoked salmon becomes sandwiches for many people

 

Procedure without liability: Let it be said right away, you can only cold smoke, if air temperature is below 10 °C. There must be a difference between air temperature and the temperature in the Smoking Oven. Today - in late December 2013 - is the air temperature about 6 °C at day time and at night time 2 °C. Perfect for cold smoking, which is below 27 °C.

Start by cutting the head off. Put the sharp knife just behind the breast fin and sloping up towards the back behind the gills. Cut through the back bone and down to the lower breast fin. Cut then the upper file off by passing the knife through the fish along the upper side of the back bone. The fish turned and the other fillet cut off in the same way.

Fillets refined for the cutted ribs and back bones at the top, and the nervous bone that sits out from the body. Place the two fillets skin-side down in a suitably large plastbox suitable for food. Pour 666 grams of salt, 50 grams of sugar and 6 liters of cold water in a large saucepan and bring to the boil, untill the salt and sugar are dissolved. Set the brine to cool overnight. When the brine has a temperature of 5 °C pour the mixture over the fish. Keep the fish in the brine with a dish. Place all in the fridge - if necessary - and keep the temperature below 5 °C for 36 hours. This kind of salting called wet salting and provides a more uniform salty taste of the fish. In dry salting the fish are placed on a salt layers and on top pour so more salt to the fish is covered. This dry salting I use for small, freshly caught fish at a maximum of 3 kg and time is only 3 to 6 hours.

After 36 hours remove the fish from the brine and rinse well in fresh, cold water. Wipe with a clean tea towel and put a string in the tail and tie the following way: Prick a hole through the skin 5 cm from the tail tip and put the string through. Tie a knot on the left side and then the right side. Do not tighten too strong, so the string cut through. Hang the fish to dry for several hours before being hung in the oven. I use my Smoking Oven with advantage to this, with the door and the hat open, there are drafts and the fish hangs in the shade.

Note: If the temperature gets too high, the albuminous substances (protein) in the fish begins to coagulate and the meat will release the skin, which then fall down and just skin hanging back in the string. If the temperature can not be controlled and kept below 27 °C, I recommend putting the fish on the grates with skin side down. If necessary, use these here eel mountings hooks together with string.

Now it is smoking time. The fish are taken out of the Smoking Oven before lighting up. Fill the labyrinth sawdust tray with smoking wood dust as shown here. A small cup of rubbing alcohol (½ cup) into the front of smoking wood dust and ignited. The door is ajar and smoking wood dust starts to burn by itself. Now the fish is hung into the Smoking Oven when the alcohol is burned off. Leave the door ajar throughout the process.

The fish hung by the tail in the middle of the oven. In the beginning keep an eye on the temperature and after 1 hour it will stabilize at around 11 °C. Ambient temperature is only 1 °C, so there is a difference of 10 °C between the temperature inside and outside. Gradually the ambient temperature increaseo 6 °C and cause the temperature in the Smoking Oven to rise to 16 °C, which was the average temperature in the entire process. In the firing process, where there are flames, the temperature inside Smoking Oven rise to 25 °C for a short period. That's why I do not have fish in Smoking Oven before the flames are extinguished.

The fish was smoked for 36 hours, so I had to filled up twice with smoking wood dust. I let all smoking wood dust burn out before there was filled up again. Start at 10:00AM burned out at 10:00PM. Did a new refill and that burned out during the night. Again 09:00 the next morning was a refill and 20:00PM it was burned out. The fish hung overnight and cooled in the Smoking Oven. The smoked salmon seen above and is ready to be divided into 3 pieces per side and packaged for the freezer.

Garnish: Dill or cress is suitable for garnish.

Drink: A cool, good, dry white wine in the summer. A beer and a dram in the winter.

Tip: Come boiled, frozen prawns in a colander and put them into the Smoking Oven for the last 12 hours and you get fantastic shrimps.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Original homemade Indian Chutney

Next Down

Shopping List for many adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 kg ripe peaches or
1 kg ripe nectarines or
1 kg ripe mangoes

Also try to mix all three kinds of fruit

3 apples, peeled and diced
2 pcs. red onion diced
2 pcs. red pepper diced
250 g raisins
250 grams organic sweet apricots
2 red chili pepper sliced
1 green chili pepper sliced
Note: Include the seeds if it should be "Hot"
6 pcs small dried whole chili piri-piri
5 cm fresh ginger, chopped finely
1 seedless lemon sliced finely diced with the shell
6 cloves garlic, sliced
3 dl apple vinegar or other good white wine vinegar
1 dl red wine
500 g brown sugar
½ tsp. ground cinnamon
½ tsp. ground allspice
½ tsp. ground cloves
½ tsp. ground rose paprika
1 tsp. salt

The sweet / sour taste adjusted with brown sugar and vinegar
Recipe No. 67
Original homemade Indian Chutney
Original homemade Indian Chutney can be frozen or
conserve and stored for many months.
Here are all the raw materials

 

Procedure without liability: Clean the fruit in cold water and peel the shell, if desired. Cut the fruit into quarters and remove the fruit seed.

Pour all the fruit in a saucepan with vinegar, red wine, apples, onions, garlic, pepper, Piri-Piri, raisins, red and green chili pepper, ginger, lemon, brown sugar, cinnamon, allspice, rose pepper, cloves and salt. Set over at medium heat and let it cook (simmer) for 20 to 30 minutes.

Just before it is finish season with brown sugar and vinegar / red wine. Let it just boil up and then off. Pour the chutney into a nice bowl and set it to cool before it is used as an accessory.

Chutney can be frozen in a freezer tray up to several months, but remember to take it out in time, so it is served at room temperature.

Chutney poured into glasses that are washed in Atamon (preservative). 1 tbsp. Atamon poured into the chutney just before it is cooked. Canning glass closed immediately and can keep a year on a dark, cool, dry place.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Salmon baked in Spelt bread with mustard sauce

Next Down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Spelt Bread:
250 g spelt flour
150 ml lukewarm liquid
Here, made of 50% water & 50% whole milk
1 whole egg
½ pkg. yeast, 25 g
1 tsp. sugar
1 tsp. salt

Salmon:
2 nice pieces of salmon a 120 g apiece.
4 tbsp. coarse salt for "gravading"
1 bunch coriander / dill / parsley to taste. Choose only one variety

Mustard sauce:
40 g butter
2 tbsp. wheat flour
½ l whole milk
1 tsp. salt
1 Tbsp. Fish sauce
2 to 3 tbsp. fish mustard

Shopska Salat:
½ cucumber
2 tomatoes
1 onion or 4 spring onions
1 green pepper (paprika)
1 green chili pepper
parsley for garnish
8 green / black olives
Feta cheese 36 %, diced
Olive oil and balsamic vinegar, a pinch of salt for dressing
Recipe No. 68
Salmon baked in Spelt bread with mustard sauce

Salmon baked in Spelt Bread with
mustard sauce and a good salad.
The recipe is for 2 servings

 

Procedure without liability: Start by cleaning the salmon for skin and bones (available frozen) and put them in a dish, over which is sprinkled salt. Place the salmon in the refrigerator for a few hours and continue with the dough. Warm the liquid and add salt, sugar and yeast. Stir so the yeast dissolves. Spelt flour is weighed into a mixing bowl, beat an egg and add the liquid little by little while kneading vigorously in the bowl. Adjust the dough with flour or liquid until it don't sticks to the bowl sides. Let the dough rest and rise until double under a tea towel for 40 minutes at room temperature while you prepare the next step.

Mustard sauce made as follows: Melt butter in a saucepan - not brown - whip flour in the butter until a lump is obtained. Pour the milk in while you whip vigorously. Continue until a suitable thickness is obtained. Must be boiled under stirring for at least 2 minutes, so that it does not taste of flour and all lumps are dissolved. Season with salt and fish sauce. When sauce is ready add fish mustard, as much as you think, then the sauce must not boil anymore but keep warm.

Turn dough out on the table - remember flour on board, rolling pin and hands - and split into two. Knead the two balls and roll it out on the table with a rolling pin. They must be so big, so there may be a piece of salmon on them and wrapped in "pancake". The salmon rinsed free of salt under cold water and dried in a clean tea towel. Put the salmon on the "pancake" with herbs on top and wrap the salmon in. Let them rest for 30 minutes, then placed on the grate in a fish kettle with boiling water. The water is only up to the grate. Steam cook the meal for 30 minutes, but look after the fish pot does not boil dry. After filling with boiling water as needed.

The half-hour you use to make Shopska Salat. Cut the cucumber into cubes and tomato in 4 to 8 pieces. Onions are cleaned and cut into fine slices. Paprika is cut into strips and green chili pepper into fine slices. Distribute the salad on serving plates with olives, feta cheese and parsley on top. Just before serving spinkle with salt, olive oil and balsamic vinegar.

Serving: Arrange on two plates, as shown in the picture above.

Garnish: Use the same spice for garnish as you came on the salmon.

Drink: A good cool, dry white wine in the summer. A cold beer and a dram in the winter.

Tip: A couple of thawed frozen prawns can be added on top of salmon.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Blue shark steak on a bed of Kohlrabi with a mushroom sauce

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Fish blåhaj blue shark:
4 pcs. blue shark steak from frozen 180 to 220 g
20 g butter
2 tbsp. virgin olive oil
800 g small new Danish potatoes
1 lemon

Sauce:
2 shallot
2 cloves garlic
250 g mushroom
20 g butter
2 cups white wine
1 to 2 cups whipping cream
salt and white pepper

Accessories:
2 pcs. Kohlrabi Kohlrabi
1 bunch fresh dill
or
1 bunch fresh coriander
or
1 bunch fresh parsley
Recipe No. 69
Blue shark steak on a bed of Kohlrabi with a mushroom sauce

Blue shark steak on a bed of Kohlrabi with a mushroom sauce

 

Procedure without liability: Drizzle the fish with lemon juice and sprinkle a little salt. Melt butter and virgin olive oil in a pan. When tan fried shark steak 2 to 3 minutes on each side. Remove from the pan and wrap them in foil. Keep them warm in an oven at max 100 ° C, but only briefly.

In the same pan fry finely chopped shallots, garlic and mushrooms in a little more butter for approx. 3 min. Add the white wine and let reduce by half. Add the whipping cream and season with salt and white pepper. Let it simmer for a few minutes before being poured into a warm sauce boat.

Kohlrabi cut into thin slices (1 to 2 mm) and fry in butter in a pan for 2 minutes on each side. Season with salt and white pepper. Sprinkle with dill or coriander or parsley.

Serving: Add sliced kohlrabi in a circle on the plate with the fish in the center. The sauce is poured over the kohlrabi and new Danish potatoes are served to the meal.

Garnish: Using plucked fresh dill or coriander or parsley over the fish. (Only one kind - choose your own favorite).

Drink: A dry well chilled white wine in the summer, a lager and a dram in the winter.

Tip: If you can not get kohlrabi, try squash.

Note: It is perhaps wrong to call a shark a fish as sharks give birth to live young, but there are other fish that give birth to live young. The blue fish, which were supposed to be extinct. Some aquarium fish such as Gubby and platy give birth to live young also.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Smoked mackerel with Falafel, Hummus and green salad

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

2 large smoked mackerel
25 g butter
Thai Xing Fu sweet chili souce (Dressing)

Falafler
250 g Svansø organic dried chickpeas
1 large onion
5 cloves garlic
1 tsp. cumin crushed
1 tsp. allspice crushed
2 tsp. salt
½ tsk. freshly ground pepper
1 bunch of coriander
1 bunch parsley
½ tsk. chili flakes
1 egg whole
½ lemon, only the juice
2 to 3 tbsp. wheat flour
1 tsp. baking powder
1 l oil for deep frying (Rapeseed oil is best)

Make your own favorite salad
or homemade hummus
Homemade hummus
250 g Svansø organic dried chickpeas
4 cloves garlic
1 tsp. cumin
1 cm grated ginger
4 tbsp. Tahini (sesame paste)
The juice of a lemon
2 dl Extra virgin olive oil
2 tsp. salt
1 tsp. white pepper
1 tsp. honey or
1 tbsp. Blue Dragon Oyster Sauce

Hummus: Take half of the soaked chickpeas and rinse them well in fresh water. Boil the chickpeas for 1 hour to one and a half. You can add a good vegetable broth or good spices. The chickpeas should be completely tender. Allow them to cool slightly before blending. Blend all the ingredients finely in a food processor. Add the olive oil little by little so that it becomes a smooth mass. Season with salt and pepper. Blue Dragon Oyster Sauce is highly recommended. The cooked chickpeas can be frozen. Hummus can also be frozen.
Recipe No. 70 og Nr. 71
Smoked mackerel with Falafel, Hummus and green salad
Smoked mackerel with Falafel, Hummus and green salad

 

Procedure without liability: Start the day before by soaking the 500 g chickpeas in plenty of water overnight. Make sure they are completely covered with water as the chickpeas swell to double. Usually chickpeas should be boiled, but NOT in this dish for falafels as they become deep fried. If chickpeas are boiled first, the rolls crumbling into something that looks like bread crumbs and becomes inedible. For hummus, the chickpeas MUST be boiled for 1 hour to one and a half hours after soaking overnight. Feel free to change the water a few times a day.

Falafel: The next day the water is poured off and the chickpeas are rinsed and blended finely in a food processor. Take half off for falafel and for hummus. Put the blended chickpeas and all the spices in the food processor - not flour and baking powder - blend it all very finely again. Now mix the chickpeas and spices in a bowl with the flour mixed with baking powder. Try to make a small rolls, it should be able to stick together. If it is too dry, add a little water, but do not stick it.

Find a saucepan that can hold 2 liters and pour 1 liter of oil in. Heat up to 180 °C, use your grill thermometer, but remember it must be the one that can handle 300 °C, and not the one used to measure meat temperature. Form the chickpea mixture into small rolls of approx. 50 to 60 g with a spoon in the palm of your hand. Put 2 rolls in the oil and fry them for 2 minutes and 30 seconds. Take them up and place them on kitchen roll for draining. Check if they are crispy on the outside and the middle is soft and delicious. Continue until all rolls are fried while keeping the rolls warm until they are to be eaten.

Clean the mackerel: Cut off the head and tail. Cut up from the gill to the tail and split the mackerel so that the backbone is exposed. Lift the backbone up and remove all breastbone with a fork. Some nerve bones protrude vertically in the middle, they are best removed with pliers. Cut the mackerel lengthwise so that there are two halves, but leave the skin on. See the picture. Fry the mackerel fillets very lightly on the skin side in butter for two minutes. Remember that the mackerel is smoked and ready to eat, so it is only to emphasize the taste that the mackerel is heated (fried) in butter.

Serving: Place a mackerel fillet and 3 rolls on a plate with a large "blob" dressing garnished with fresh coriander. Serve your favorite salad on a side plate.

Garnish: Use picked fresh coriander or parsley over the dressing.

Drink: A dry good cool white wine in summer a lager and a dram in winter.

Tip: When the temperature is 180 °C then try with 1 bowl for 2 ½ minutes. It should be brown - not black or light brown. If the rolls gets too much it becomes black and the water in the peas disappears and the rolls draws the oil into the peas. It is clearly visible on the kitchen roll, it runs completely with oil.

Warning: Be aware that the fumes from the oil can ignite if the oil is heated on a gas burner. Therefore, have a lid ready to put over the pot, should this happen, never use water to put out the flames. Heat the oil in the pan slowly without the lid.

Some recipes state that Falafel is also made of horse beans. I would advise against it, as horse beans are toxic to some people if the recipe is not followed. Allergic to raw or unripe beans. See Favismus.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Homemade liver pate with homemade beetroot

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Liver pate
600 g calf liver (or pork liver)
300 g pickle salted smoked speck without rind
50 g duck fat (or butter)
1 pkg. thin bacon slices or field mushrooms for garnish
½ l good soup (fund of pork, chicken, veal or beef)
3 whole eggs
2 onions
4 cloves garlic
1 peeled cooking apples (sour)
50 g wheat flour
½ glass Lykkeberg anchovies approx. 7 pcs. Can be omitted
1 tbsp.. thyme
1 tsp. allspice
1 tsp. grated nutmeg
1 tsp. salt
Freshly ground pepper
Beetroot
2 kg large fresh beetroot

Vinegar brine
1 liter of vinegar
1 kg sugar
1 large onion (or 2 glass pearl onions)
4 cloves garlic
1 red chilli pepper
5 cm fresh horseradish
2 tbsp. caraway
1 Tbsp. Atamon

Salt brine
Water to cover beetroots
4 tbsp. salt for the cooking of the beetroots
Recipe No. 72
5 trays liver pate
I got 5 trays liver pate a 4.5 dl of the recipe
Rye bread with liver pate, beetroot and mushrooms

 

Procedure for liver pate without liability: Start the day before to make a good soup (fond) cooked on soup bones and root vegetables. As a curiosity I can mention that I had to do the meal in Sweden, where I could not get "Danish soup bones", so I bought a packet oxtail and a packet roots. In this package there was also beetroot, which was not cooked with the soup, but used for pickled beetroots. Oxtail pieces were placed in a large pot with 3 liters of water and brought to a boil. The soup was good skimmed and added a little (1 tsp.) salt. Remember you can always add salt, but it's hard to take any salt out. The soup cooked under the weakest mode (half on the stove) for 10 hours while we were out fishing. By returning the broth was strained and measured up. Good 1 l was left, after the upper fat layer was skimmed off. It was the best foundation that I have ever tasted. The rest was used to cook a chicken soup on. If you do not like this work, you can use bouillon cubes of your choice, or Knorr Beef Fund "Du Chef". (Some people use milk instead).

Do you have a meat mincer of good quality, start chopping half the liver, then chop onion, garlic, anchovy, thyme, allspice, nutmeg, salt, freshly ground pepper and finally the rest of the liver in a bowl with the eggs? Stir liver mass well together. In another bowl chop the smoked bacon. It's because I chop smoked speck twice, it should be mentioned that I have cut the rind off. When the speck is chopped, chop the apple, and then the last speck comes out. Mix now liver mass and chopped speck. Must be stirred well before the sauce mixed in.

Bake a thick sauce: Melt the duck fat (butter) in a saucepan and stir flour in to make a flour dumpling. Bake over a low heat, stirring constantly for 3 minutes while you slowly pour the soup in. The sauce must be cooled before mixed with the liver mass. Would you like to taste the liver mass to possibly more salt and pepper, then it is now.

Now it's up to you how great baking aluminum containers you want to bake your liver pate in. I use 4.5 ml aluminum containers, which I bake in a water bath for approx. 60 minutes at 180 to 200 ° C. Aluminum containers put into a preheated oven (200 ° C) with baking tray in the bottom / middle shelf filled with ½ liter of cold water. For this portion liver pate must be used 5 aluminum containers a 4.5 dl. There are approx. 2000 g of liver mass; 400 g of liver mass is filled into each baking aluminum containers. There are several sizes of aluminum containers: 2.5 ml, 4.5 ml, 9 ml, 1.2 liter and 2.2 liter, and all must have different baking times in the oven. Small aluminum containers less time and larger aluminum containers more time. You may even try this in your oven.

Tip: If you use smoked bacon in liver mass, do not use thin bacon slices on top for garnish, but roast some field mushrooms and use them instead.


Procedure for beetroots without liability: I never liked store-bought beetroot, because I think they taste "earthy". If you have the same idea, then you should try this recipe. With 100% guarantee they taste not of earth. Be careful cleaning of the beetroots.

Wash beetroots free from soil and boil them in salted water for 45 minutes for large and 30 minutes for small beetroots. Then pour boiling water off and put the pot under cold running water for 5 minutes or more, they must be cold. The sudden change in temperature causes the beetroots get a "shock" and the cells burst and beetroots are tender. The skin is rubbed lightly by hand and the top and bottom cut off. Beetroots cut into suitable pieces and if it should be "smart" use a ribbed beetroot knife.

Onions, garlic, chili pepper and horseradish cleaned and cut into slices. Vinegar brine brings to the boil with the sugar and the cleaned spices and caraway. Beetroots put in the vinegar brine and brought back to a boil for 3 minutes. Turn off and add 1 tbsp. Atamon.

Beetroots put in clean glass, which is rinsed with Atamon. The glasses are filled up with vinegar brine to cover completely. The glasses are closed immediately and stored cold and dark. It occupies a total of 3 liters, so 6 glasses a ½ liter will be suitable. They can easily keep for at least 6 months unopened, but believe me; they are eaten by then, because they taste wonderful. Many of my friends have asked for the recipe, so it speaks for itself. Come just started this fall, where beetroots are fresh and cheap.

Serving: Beetroot is eaten with many meals, but what is bread with liver pate without beetroot, not to mention a pig or calves canning food with mustard and beetroot? Chopped beetroots to a beef tartar are a "must". Yes! I could go on, but now I have become hungry and will stop here.

Garnish: Should I mention something, it becomes a green lettuce leaf underneath the liver pâté and roasted thin bacon slices on top.

Drink: Without exception - a cold lager beer - is a "must".

Tip: Instead of an onion, you can use 1 large or 2 small glass pearl onions. Maybe both, because onions also taste good on liver pate.

Alternative: Chicken liver pâté

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Moussaka with cod or minced lamb

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Fish
1 baking potato, thinly sliced lengthwise
1 aubergine, thinly sliced lengthwise
1 courgette, thinly sliced lengthwise
6 tbsp. olive oil for frying the fruits

600 g cod fillets
2 tbsp. olive oil for frying the cod fillets and
1 large onion, chopped and
4 cloves of garlic, chopped

1 tin of chopped tomatoes, almost without moisture
½ small tin of tomato puree
4 tbsp. Thai Xing Fu sweet chili sauce
½ dl white wine
1 sprig of fresh oregano
Season with salt, pepper and ground cumin

For the white sauce
50 g butter and 50 g wheat flour and ½ l milk
60g grated gruyera cheese or
60g grated parmesan cheese
1 egg yolk
1/4 tsp. grated nutmeg
Lamb
1 baking potato, thinly sliced lengthwise
1 aubergine, thinly sliced lengthwise
1 courgette, thinly sliced lengthwise
6 tbsp. olive oil for frying the fruits

500 g of minced lamb
2 tbsp. olive oil for frying lamb and
1 large onion, chopped and
4 cloves of garlic, chopped

1 tin of chopped tomatoes, almost without moisture
½ small tin of tomato puree
4 tbsp. Thai Xing Fu sweet chili sauce
½ dl. red wine
1 sprig of fresh mint
Season with salt, pepper and ground cumin

For the white sauce
50 g butter and 50 g wheat flour and ½ l milk
60g grated gruyera cheese or
60g grated parmesan cheese
1 egg yolk
1/4 tsp. grated nutmeg
Recipe No. 73
Moussaka with cod or lamb
Moussaka with cod or lamb

 

Procedure without liability: Let it be said right away, even though the recipes look almost the same, there is a big difference in taste, but both recipes taste great. The procedure is almost the same.

Preheat the oven to 180 degrees. Rinse the aubergine and courgette in cold water and dry them on kitchen paper and cut them into thin slices lengthwise. Squeeze a little lemon over. Lemon contains vitamin C, which acts as an antioxidant and prevents the aubergine and courgette slices from turning dark. Peel the baking potato and cut it into thin slices lengthwise. Now the three fruits must be fried on a pan in olive oil and it can be advantageous to fry them separately. Start with 1st layer: Potato. - 2nd layer: Aubergine. - 3rd layer: Courgette. Sprinkle the slices with a little salt when they are fried.

Fish:
Peel and chop the onion and garlic, fry it in 2 tablespoons of olive oil in a pan. Add chopped tomatoes almost without moisture, tomato puree, oregano and white wine while stirring. Let it all simmer uncovered on low heat for 5 minutes. Stir regularly. Season with salt, pepper and ground cumin. Finally, add Thai Xing Fu sweet chili sauce - taste as you go.

The cod fillets are sprinkled with a little salt and pepper and fried very briefly in a hot pan in olive oil. About 30 sec. on every side. The moussaka is then assembled as follows:

In an ovenproof dish greased with olive oil, put the 1st layer: Potato, above this fish fillet and tomato sauce. 2nd layer: Aubergine, above this fish fillet and tomato sauce. 3rd layer: Courgette, above this fish fillet and tomato sauce.

Lamb:
Peel and chop the onion and garlic, fry it in 2 tablespoons of olive oil in a pan. Add the minced lamb and brown it over medium heat while stirring. Season with salt, pepper and ground cumin. When the meat is browned and the liquid has evaporated, add chopped tomatoes almost without moisture, tomato puree, mint and red wine while stirring. Let it all simmer uncovered on low heat for 15 minutes. Stir regularly. Finally, add Thai Xing Fu sweet chili sauce - taste as you go.

In an ovenproof dish greased with olive oil, put the 1st layer: Potato, above this lamb-tomato sauce. 2nd layer: Aubergine, above this lamb-tomato sauce. 3rd layer: Courgette, above this lamb-tomato sauce.

Bechamel sauce:
Then melt the butter in a saucepan over medium heat. Remove the pan from the heat and stir in the flour. Dilute with milk while stirring vigorously and increase the heat so that the sauce boils for 2 minutes. Be careful it doesn't burn. Remove the pan from the heat and leave to cool, then stir in an egg yolk. Season with salt, pepper and nutmeg.

Grate the cheese and whisk it into the white sauce, pour the white sauce over the dish with Fish or Lamb. Bake for approx. 20 to 30 minutes at 180 degrees. If the surface becomes too dark, place a piece of aluminum foil over the last 5 to 10 minutes.

Serving: Served with a tomato salad, a good bread (sour bread with cumin) and a good white/red wine.

Garnish: Fresh oregano is the thing for fish and maybe prawns baked with the last 10 minutes. Fresh mint is the thing for lamb.

Drink: Same white/red wine as used for the dish.

Tip: Other types of lean fish can also be used.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Smoked dab, in Danish smoked bakskuld

Next Down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next Up

How to smoke a dab
16 pcs. fresh dab
5 kg coarse salt
(depending on your salt jar)
16 liters or 4 kg smoke dust
(depending on your smokig oven)
100 g of sugar

A live dab
High season for dab from October to January
How to serve a dab
2 pcs. dab per person
2 slices of good rye bread
tooth thick butter to rye bread little unsalted butter for frying
little tartar sauce (I don't use it)
2 pcs. lemon wedges
2 pcs. Cold beer
4 glass of aquavit (a must for some)
Recipe No. 74
How to smoke and serve a dab
How to smoke and serve a dab

 

Procedure without liability: A "Bakskuld" (Danish for smoked dab) is a salted, dried and smoked dab. Dab from the West Coast and is a known eating since the 1700 century. I even know dab from my childhood by the North Sea, and every time I go to Henne Strand, I'm going to the port of Esbjerg to buy a box of dab. In the old days it was a poor man's food, but trust me on Zealand is it the sea of gold.

Bakskuld = dab belongs to the flounder family and was also called dabs or shoulder. Dab was then caught on hooks attached to lines that were more than 100 meters long, hence the name longline. It was fisherwomen at Esbjerg Harbour, in the 1700 century put the bait on longlines, and got them in trays (bakker) with 400 hooks. From there the name bakskuld (trayshoulder).

Let it be said at once, today's cooking of dabs is done in 3 days, because time is money. First day the fish are cleaned and salted, second day the fisk are oven dried and third day are the fish smoked. A live dab of 300 g becomes a smoked dab of 150 grams and costs about DKK 30.00 or DKK 200.00 per kg. In Hvide Sande, where they are called dabs, to DKK 11.00 for 100 g or DKK 110.00 per kg. My description below is the old recipe. It also means that weight loss is greater, but the shelf life is longer.

How to smoke a dab:
Clean the fish by cutting the head off and remove all the guts, rinse fish blood from the abdominal cavity with water. In a suitable salt jar sprinkle the bottom with salt and fish laid over without the overlap. Sprinkle again with salt over the fish. Add another layer of fish and sprinkle again with salt. This is repeated as long as there are fish, and ending with a layer of salt. You need a lot of coarse salt then buy it in the Metro in 25 kg bags.

The fish are put under pressure with a suitable, clean material and put cold for 7 days. My salt jar suit the bottom shelf of the refrigerator. Then take the fish up and rinse thoroughly with clean, cold water. Now comes an important point, the fish MUST dry thoroughly before they are smoked. Tie them together in pairs in the tails with string. Plug a hole through the fish and pull the string through, tie each fish at each end of the string. The fisk should not slap together by drying and later by smoking. The time for drying may vary according to the season and how they dried. At the west coast, I have seen the fish hanging on the clothesline with laundry. They can also be dried in an open carport, but of course they can not hang out in the rain. I use my smokig oven who has a fan at the bottom. When the fish looks and acts like a rigid board, it is time to smoke. It might take a week to dry the fish.

The fish are cold smoked (max 27 ° C) in two rounds. Start early morning with a labyrinth tray filled with smoke dust and let it burn through. In my smokig oven it takes about 12 hours with 8 l smoke dust. Repeat it again the next day and let the fish hang overnight. After the smoking process the fish must be dried again a few days before they are packed for freezing. Yes! You read that right, I freeze them in pairs so they can keep at least 9 months in the freezer and can be taken up in portion size.

If you can not or feel like all this work, you grab for your wallet and buy the ready-prepared dabs. Do not miss to taste these "Sea Gold (fish)".

How to serve a dab:
My favorite meal: With a powerful pair of scissors, cut off the fins and tail. Carefully peel off the skin on both sides by inserting a knife under the skin on the side where the intestines were. Tear up and help with a thumb under the skin, then it goes like a breeze. Melt a good blob of unsalted butter on the pan and gently fry the fish in it. It must in no way "branke", the fish just needs to be warmed well through and draw butter into the meat.

The dab is split into four fillets by cutting along the center line down to the backbones and out towards the sides. 4 fillets suit 1 piece of rye bread with tooth butter, 1 beer and 2 dram. Here I can mention in Hvide Sande they drank good coffee punch to the dab. It was probably because it was a "alcohol-free city" - at that time - then the alcohol was not seen.

Grill: Fins and tail cut off as above, and then place it on the grill. But the skin will remain on. It can easily become too dry if it gets too much heat, so check often for the fish. Salt taste is also more penetrating, as the meat does not get butter. The skin ripping off before eaten as above.

Microwave oven: See above under "My favorite meal", but instead of a frying pan placed the fish on a plate suitable for microwave oven with a good dollop of unsalted butter on top. How long it should have, I can not say, but try your way, first by 3 minutes and then with 1-minute intervals.

Garnish: My opinion is that smoked dabs are served without too much garnish, but some prefer a little tartar sauce and lemon wedges.

Drink: You must have a good beer and two punch / dram to each smoked dab.

Tip: In the recipe above says 100 g sugar. I use a tablespoon for each layer of fish. There is a Facebook group called: Bakskulderne - Os der elsker Bakskuld. Mogens Lund is the author of the group. Visit the page and find out where you can buy BAKSKULD - (DAB).

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Smoked duck legs braised in beer

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 pcs. large duck legs
Brine 13% or 10 °Baume
3 liters of water 5 °C
450 g of salt
1 pc. whole garlic
1 pc. onion
8 pcs. bay leaves
10 pcs. peppercorns
1 pc. red chili pepper
10 pcs. cloves

Smoking
8 liters smoke dust

Braising
100 g duck fat
½ l dark, strong beer, Warwik "Lause"
2 large, nice peeled potatoes
2 large, nice Jerusalem artichokes
2 large carrots
1 parsley root
½ small celeriac
2 stalks celery leaf
1 large leek or 4 spring onions
Cucumber pickles
1 kg snake cucumbers (4 pcs)
2 onions
2 cloves garlic
2 tbsp. salt
250 grams of cane sugar
3 cups apple cider vinegar Heidelberg 10%
2 tbsp. celery seeds
2 tbsp. yellow mustard seeds
1 tbsp. turmeric
1 red chopped chilli pepper
1 tbsp. Atamon

Smoked duck leg on a base of root vegetables
Smoked duck leg on a base of root vegetables
Recipe No. 75
Smoked duck legs braised in beer
Duck legs are smoked first, after which it braising in beer for this dish

To be honest, it's too much with cucumber pickles for this dish. There are so many good root vegetables in the dish that it is unnecessary. But I do not think I want to delete the recipe, because it is really good for many other dishes and especially for open sandwiches. Try it on liver pate.

 

Procedure without liability: Bring water and salt to a boil, come the spices in brine and boil it all in 10 minutes. Place the pot cold (5 °C) overnight. Place the duck legs in a suitable salt cellar and pour the brine over. Be sure that the duck legs are covered with the brine, use a plate. Placed in a refrigerator until the next day (between 12 and 24 hours). Remove the duck legs from the brine and rinse thoroughly in cold water and dry them in a towel. Hang the duck legs in the smoke oven and smoke them for 12 to 24 hours at medium heat 30 °C to 40 °C.

Potatoes, Jerusalem artichokes, carrots, parsley root and celeriac are peeled and cut into mouth-sized pieces and placed in an ovenproof dish, greased with duck fat. The cleaned stems celery leaves and the leek are laid on top in mouth-sized pieces. Sprinkle a little salt and coarse pepper over the vegetables. Place the duck legs on top of the vegetables and pour a beer over. Spread some duck fat over the duck legs.

Braising to be carried out in an oven at only 100 °C, and it takes approx. 4 hours for this portion. Check if the meat releases the leg, then the meal ready.

Cucumber pickles: Cucumbers peeled and split lengthwise, so the grains can be scraped out with a spoon. Cucumbers cut into 4 mm thick slices and put into a sieve. Peel the onions, cut them into small cubes, and put them up to the cucumbers. Sprinkle cucumbers and onions with salt, so that the liquid is pulled out of the vegetables for the next hour. Meanwhile prepared brine: Come vinegar in a large saucepan, add all the spices and sugar, bring to a boil for 2 minutes, stirring to all sugar is dissolved.

Cucumbers and onions rinse under running cold water for excess salt. Is thrown dry in a salad spinner or a clean tea towel, and then put up in the brine. Bring to a boil and boil it all under low heat for 3 to 4 minutes, turn the heat off and add 1 tbsp. Atamon and stir into the pan. Come cucumbers in clean, Atamon rinsed glass and put a lid on immediately. Can keep unopened in a cool, dry and dark place for 12 months. Fills 2 glasses of 500 ml.

Serving: A good bread is ideal as it can be dipped in the gravy. Cucumber pickles or gherkins - something acidic - will fit well with the meal.

Garnish: Duck legs can garnish with orange slices.

Drink: It would be natural to drink the same beer to the meal, as duck legs are braised in.

Tip: There is a possibility of reducing smoking time and braising time, if you warm smoked duck legs in a "Lunchbox Smoking Oven", but you may have to experiment with times. Maybe the vegetables must have a rehash before you put them in the oven. Save your duck fat from Christmas time and try the recipe when there is a good deal on duck legs.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Boiled cod with mustard sauce

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

The fish
3 kg fresh gutted cod with head
1 large onion
4 cloves garlic
10 pcs. bay leaves
10 pcs. whole juniper
10 pcs. whole peppercorns
1 Tbsp. fenikkel seesd
2 tbsp. salt
½ cup vinegar
1 kg small potatoes
Sauce
30 g butter
3 tbsp. flour
½ liter of broth and a little milk/cream (approx. quantity)
150 g fish's mustard
2 tbsp. Blue Dragon Fish Sauce
Garnish
Grated horseradish
Capers
Hard-boiled eggs
Diced beetroot
Minced parsley
dill
Choose your own favorite Garnish
Recipe No. 76
Boiled cod with mustard sauce

Boiled cod with mustard sauce
I want my cooked cod served simple - only with capers and horseradish

 

Procedure without liability: Clean the cod well of blood and the black inner skin, if the cod head is to be used the gills must be removed. Cut off the head and the cod into suitable pieces. Lightly salt the cod pieces for 1 hour before using approx. 1 large tbsp. salt. Put all the root vegetables and spices in a suitably large pot and place the cod pieces on top. Pour in water so that it just covers and ½ cup of vinegar and 1 tbsp. salt. Bring the water quickly to the boil and then turn down the heat so that it just simmers for 15 minutes. Maybe you need to skim off the proteins (the white foam) when broth is used for the sauce. While the sauce is being made, the cod lies in the hot water and soaks - however max. 5 to 10 minutes.

Place butter in a saucepan and melt it without browning. Put flour little by little while constant stirring. Stir broth and a little milk/cream in while stirring. Find one - for you - suitable consistency and cook the sauce for a few minutes while stirring. Come 2 tbsp. fish sauce and 100 g fish mustard in and stir it together. It must not boil more as mustard loses its flavor.

Small fine potatoes are boiled for 20 minutes in lightly salted water and peel. The man doing the fish and the sauce and the wife pills potatoes, there's work distribution in most homes.

Serving: Server the cod with your favorite toppings. I think horseradish and capers are enough for the delicate cod meat.

Garnish: Maybe a little green dill over the potatoes.

Drink: A cold beer and a good dram must be the thing.

Hints: Real salt cod can be made using the same recipe once the cod is diluted. In Portugal/Spain is made a meal called Bacalhau. See recipe below. There is also another form of dried cod Stockfish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Bacalhau Good Friday dinner

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

500 to 600 g dried salted cod (dry weight)
800 g firm potatoes
1 large onion
4 cloves garlic
100 ml extra virgin olive oil
25 ml dry white wine or white wine vinegar
100 ml whipping cream
8 pcs. black olives without stone
8 pcs. green olives without stone
8 pcs. bay leaves
1 bunch chopped parsley
2 large ripe tomatoes
1 large red bell pepper
1 tsp. grated horseradish
4 hard-boiled eggs (optional)
Coarse black pepper from the mill
Season with salt, if necessary
Recipe No. 77
Bacalhau Good Friday dinner
Bacalhau - Good Friday dinner for 2 people
Bacalhau means cod in Portuguese

 

Procedure without liability: For Bacalhau is used salt cod, which is a salted and dried cod. Before you can use the salt cod, it must be diluted well. It takes 24 to 48 hours, depending on the thickness of the salt cod and also how hard/dry and salted the fish is. In the old days one bought a whole salt cod of 5 kg for no money, because it was considered "dog food", read poor man's food in Denmark. This is by no means more considered poor man's food. I would think that 1 kg costing well over DKK 100.00 I will return with a price.

In southern Europe, Spain and Portugal and other Catholic countries it is a delicacy and a must to eat fish during Lent (no meat). However, it is not the only reason to eat Bacalhau, for it tastes good when the cooking is done by the recipe. Try it yourself, buy a pack of salt cod from your fishmonger and look for the package with the thickest pieces of cod. Fillets cut into pieces of 8 cm and placed in a large glass / plastic bowl with cold water and placed in a refrigerator at 5 °C. Every 6 hours replace the water with fresh cold water. You will see that cod swells and thickens every time. It is essential to have control over the temperature so as not to spoil the cod, but do not worry if you follow the recipe, there is no danger. When the time is up - 24/36/48 hours - you can taste a small piece of cod, and evaluate the results. Must taste salty, not too salty.

Salt cod is sold with the skin on, and it must be removed before the dinner is made in the oven. This can be done either before the salt cod is diluted or after it has been diluted. I did it after dilution with no problems put a knife in between the skin and the flesh and pull the skin gently off. If you take the skin off before dilution, you may save 6 hours, since the fish pulls water in from both sides.

Bring plenty of water to a boil in a large pot with bay leaves. When the water boils turned down the heat and the diluted salt cod are put in. Let it simmer for 5 to 10 minutes, then take the fish up in a towel to allow to drain and cool down. (Not paper towel for it glue to the fish). When the fish have cooled remove large fish bones and skins. Is it large fillets, they can eventual be cut into small (bite-sized) pieces. Save the fish a little longer.

In the same pot with the same water put the potatoes and a tsp. salt, only boil for 15 minutes, so they do not cook out (mashed potatoes), but is still a la dente. Peel the potatoes and cut them into suitable slices. On a hot frying pan heat some olive oil and sauté the onion first, then the garlic. Do not brown but just be clear and golden.

Preheat the oven to 200 ° C. In an ovenproof dish allocated half of the potatoes in the bottom pour whipping cream over and season with freshly ground black pepper. Place the fish over the potatoes pour white wine over season with freshly ground black pepper. The rest of the sliced potatoes and onions to be evenly distributed on top of the fish. Add tomato slices, pepper strips, chopped olives and sprinkle a bit of parsley on. Pour olive oil over. Place the dish in the oven for 30 minutes covered with aluminum foil, and then removing it, and the fish is baked about 15 minutes more. Remove the dish from the oven and pour dropwise rest of the olive oil over.

Serving: Place the dish on table and serve it steaming hot.

Garnish: The meal can be garnished with hard-boiled eggs in boats and chopped parsley. It is part for Easter.

Drink: A cold white wine is well suited to the dinner. Use the same white wine, which is used for the dinner.

Hints: There is also another form of dried cod Stockfish. Stockfish is not salted, but must also be diluted before use. Perhaps only overnight, I have not tried it yet.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Coq au vin Bourgogne

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 large young cock up to 2 kg
1 package bacon
2 bottles of red Burgundy
5 cups chicken bouillon (homemade soup)
2 large onions
6 cloves garlic
2 carrots
2 stalks celery
2 parsley roots
4 cloves
1 Tbsp. whole black peppercorns
1 tsp. salt
1 soup herbs (thyme, bay leaves, parsley, lovage and leek tops)
250 g of brown mushrooms
1 large glass pearl onions
200 g butter
2 Tbsp. sugar
6 Tbsp. extra virgin olive oil
2 to 3 Tbsp. wheat flour
Bouillon season with salt and pepper
Recipe No. 78
Coq au vin Bourgogne
Coq au vin Bourgogne

 

Procedure without liability: I will come up with a good recipe, we like to make on our fishing trip when we arrive and have not caught fish yet. Start by dividing the cock into 4 pieces. Cut the drumstick and upper thigh of in a single piece. Cut the wings of completely into the body. Cut the breasts and rid them of bones. The 4 pieces thighs and chest are stored for a while.

The hull is divided into several smaller pieces and place in a saucepan with the wings. Half the vegetables (onions, garlic, carrots, celery and parsley roots) cleaned and cut into coarse cubes, and put in the pot with salt, black peppercorns, cloves and soup herbs. Pour 1 liter of water and bring to a boil. Boiled for 2 hours and foamed in the process. Strain the soup and discard the rest.

The 4 cock pieces seasoned with salt and coarse pepper, brown in butter and olive oil on both sides. Take up the cock pieces and store them for a while. Saute now the other half of the cleaned vegetables (onions, garlic, carrots, celery and parsley roots). Add perhaps more butter/olive oil, if it is too dry. Sprinkle flour over the vegetables and fry some minutes while stirring. Put the cock pieces back in the pan and add the bacon slices over the meat. Add half a bottle of red wine (marinade see Tip) and the homemade chicken bouillon. Inspect the cock pieces are covered with bouillon and wine. Bring the pot to a boil and then screw down on low heat. Simmer for approx. 1 hour to 1 ½ hours.

Pour pearl onions into a colander and set them to drain. Clean the brown mushroom from soil with a clean brush and cut them into quarters. Roast mushrooms in butter in a frying pan, season with coarse pepper and store for a while. Melt the sugar in a pan and come a little butter on when the sugar is melted. Pour the onion to the pan and stir so the onions become "sugar brown". Store them for a while together with mushrooms.

When the cock pieces are done, take them out of the pot and place in an ovenproof dish. Strain the soup and discard the rest. You become approx. ½ liter. Boil the soup and thicken slightly with a butter/flour dumpling (flour and butter kneaded together) or "Maizena Leveling". Pour the sauce over the cock pieces, onions and mushrooms spread over the meal. Sprinkle with chopped parsley and put the dish into a 200 °C oven for 15 minutes.

Serving: Place the dish on the table and serve it piping hot. Garlic Bread, Naan Bread or my Böhmische bread dumplings are served with the meal.

Garnish: The meal can be garnished with fresh chopped parsley.

Drink: Red wine belongs to the meal, of course, the same as is used in the meal.

Hints: The cock pieces can be marinated overnight in red wine added your own favorite spices. Marinade is used again, as described above.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Salmon with shrimp baked in FilloDough

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

8 pcs. frozen salmon pieces skinless approx. 1.2 kg
1 pkg. frozen shrimp around. 400 g of
1 pkg. FilloDej (Supermarket)
1 tray cottage cheese
Choose your favorite brand or mix the neutral with:
1 red chili pepper in small slices
2 cloves garlic, finely chopped
4 springløg in small slices
3 cm ginger grated finely

Salmon pieces marinated in:
1/2 tbsp. salt
1/2 tbsp. cane sugar
1 cl. The Famous Grouse Whisky
1 tsp. paprika smoked

Dill or basil or coriander leaves
Wakame seaweed salad
Flour glue: Little water and flour mixed
Recipe No. 79
Salmon with shrimp baked in FilloDough
Ingredients for baked salmon in FilloDej
Baked salmon with prawns baked in FilloDej

 

Procedure without liability: Thaw salmon pieces in the fridge overnight and put them in a dish. Drip a little whiskey and sprinkle with salt, sugar and paprika. Put the salmon back in the refrigerator until ready for use (like 4 to 6 hours).

Mix your own neutral cottage cheese with the above spices and place in the refrigerator until ready for use (like 4 to 6 hours). You can also buy a ready-mix cottage cheese with flavor from Arla.

The prawns are taken out one hour before use and thawed in a strainer. FilloDejen are taken out of the package and thawed on the kitchen table in a stack. It is important to put a damp tea towel over so the dough does not dry out. FilloDejen cut into appropriate sized pieces, to fit a piece of salmon with filling. Place a piece of salmon on FilloDejen, fill up with cottage cheese and garnish with shrimp. Fold dough over from one side, fold the ends over and roll, so the other covers. Just before the last lap covers, get a strip flour-glue on. The technique is the same as you are doing spring rolls. Watch this video, then you have control of the process. Is salmon pieces very large, it is advantageous to cut them into smaller piece. Baking time depends on how much filling you put in FilloDejen.

Salmon packets placed on a baking tray with baking paper with flour-glue side down and brushed with water. Placed in the middle of a 180 ° C preheated oven and baked for approx. 30 minutes. Very small packets maybe only 20 minutes, and very large packets maybe 40 minutes. Keep an eye on the packets so they do not get too brown (black). My salmon pieces, as seen in the picture above, weighed 100 grams per piece. and had 30 minutes in the oven.

Serving: Can be eaten with or without accessories, but I prefer cooked rice and a light sauce. Either a Hollandaise or a Lemon Sauce.

Garnish: One of the above herbs chopped and sprinkled over the meal before serving.

Drink: A dry white wine such as Trouos Chardonnay from Chile.

Hints: You can with advantage put 2 sheets FilloDej together brushed with a little water before filling. Can extend the baking time by a few minutes. This recipe is very similar to my recipe above "Salmon or trout fillet baked in puff pastry". FilloDej contains less calories than puff pastry, and is also more crunchy. Try it.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

"Dirty" eggs in mustard sauce with picked cod

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

8 eggs
800 g of cod files or
2 kg fresh-caught cod
1 large onion
1 leeks
4 cloves
2 cloves garlic
4 bay leaves
1 red chilli pepper
2 tbsp. butter
2 tbsp. flour
1 bunch chives
4 tbsp. coarse fish mustard
1 liter fish broth
salt and white pepper

Bread: After your choice or
Böhmische Semmel dumplings
Recipe No. 80
'Dirty' eggs in mustard sauce with picked cod
"Dirty" eggs in mustard sauce with picked cod
"Dirty" eggs are a traditional Easter meal
The dinner above is made for 2 persons

 

Procedure without liability: You can choose to do the meal by the remnants of boiled cod with mustard sauce, or from scratch, like the recipe here. Start by catching your cod, or go to the fishmonger and buy a fresh cod. Clean the cod and cut into suitable pieces. Getting the pieces in boiling water, which is added some herbs of your choice, and salt and pepper. When the water boils up again, reduce the heat and simmer the fish for 10 to 20 minutes. Small pieces of fish 10 minutes, and large pieces of fish 20 minutes.

Take up the fish and cool it off. Fish soup approx. 1 liter of filtered is used as broth for mustard sauce. Cod flesh peeled free of bones and skin, where it is cooled. Fish soup boil a little in with an onion stuck with cloves, garlic and bay leaves. To improve the soup came a little white wine in.

Fish sauce: Melt the butter in a saucepan and come flour in while stirring. Let it bake a little before fish sauce poured on during strong whipping. Find a suitable consistency and cook the sauce for 1 to 2 minutes. Come fish mustard in and season with salt and white pepper. The sauce must not boil any more as fish mustard lose its flavor.

The pure fish meat mixed in the sauce and get a little heat before it is poured over 8 boiled egg (cooked in 8 minutes) in a serving dish.

Serving: The dish placed directly on the table and served with a good bread. Possible my Böhmische Semmel dumplings will fit wildly good with mustard sauce. Or small new Danish potatoes when they show up in April/May.

Garnish: Sprinkle with chopped chives in large amounts.

Drink: A cold beer and a hot snaps do good.

Hints: As mentioned above, the remains of boiled cod with mustard sauce increases day after with boiled eggs. Do you feel more like poached eggs, you can find the recipe here.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Roast rump steak on the grill with Shopska Salat

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1,3 kg Roast rump steak
16 medium potatoes
16 medium mushrooms

Shopska salad
4 ripe spiced tomatoes on stem
1 large cucumber or
4 school gherkins (small cucumbers)
4 to 8 spring onions
1 to 2 lettuce (iceberg lettuce is suitable)
1 red chili pepper
1 green chili pepper
16 green or black olives
1 can of Feta cheese, diced or
1 dry Feta cheese for grater
1 bunch chopped parsley

Dressing
3 parts olive oil and 1 part Heidelberg apple cider vinegar
salt and freshly ground black pepper
Recipe No. 81
Roast rump steak on the grill with Shopska Salat

Roast rump steak on the grill with Shopska Salat

 

Procedure without liability: Start by preparing the meat to a red wine marinade. Trim any sinews and too much fat, cut grooves in the surface. Sprinkle salt and freshly ground pepper in the "wound". Set rump roast in a foil tray and pour a little red wine over and put it in the refrigerator until 1 hour before you use it. The potatoes are not peeled but washed from the soil. 4 potatoes wrapped in aluminum foil with olive oil and salt. Mushroom brushed clean of soil - but without water - and packed in aluminum foil with olive oil, salt and pepper as the potatoes with 4 in each package. Put it in the refrigerator until 1 hour before you use it. It all can be prepared in the morning, so it just ready for a good barbecue where simply the salad is made ??while the meat grilling. The salad can be prepared as well, but there must not be poured oil, vinegar and salt before it is served, as it is not "crisp" more.

The recipe with regard to times and temperatures is for my charcoal grill with built-in heater for lighting the charcoal. The grill was made ready with heater and coal and turned on at 15.00 o'clock. 16.00 o'clock, the temperature was 230 °C and rump roast has been placed on the grid with the cutted surface down. After 8 minutes, it was turned and got another 7 minutes. Then the rump roast was put in tin foil tray and put on the grid again with potatoes in tin foil around. The heater was turned off and the temperature dropped to 200 °C, which was maintained throughout the process. After 40 minutes the core temperature was 60 °C and the roast was taken out and wrapped in tin foil and a tea towel. After the roast had rested for 30 minutes, the temperature was increased to 68 °C, and the meat was "medium done". Mushroom packages came in while the meat rested, so everything was ready at 17.30 o'clock. The salad was portion served and the dressing was poured onto at the table.

Shopska salad: Cut the tomatoes into quarters. Peel the cucumber and cut it into cubes. Spring onions cut into small slices and the salad cut into small strips. Chili peppers and olives cut into very small slices. Parsley chopped. Feta cheese can be bought, diced or whole pieces which torn over the salad. Serve either in a large bowl or portion served. Olive oil, apple cider vinegar and salt poured/sprinkled first over before serving. Adjust how strong you want to make the salad with chili peppers, removing the seeds out is the salad not as strong (hot).

Serving: Out in the open air around the grill a late evening hours.

Garnish: There is hardly anything other than chopped parsley, that makes it.

Drink: A good red wine is the case. I used an Italian red wine Gran Rosso Negroamaro Primitivo from the supermarket.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Oriental curry chops in dish with rice

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 pork chops without rind min. 150 g per piece.
1 ds. pineapple, sliced 136 g
1 glass mushroom 285 g
1 chicken bouillon cube
½ red chilli pepper chopped
2 tbsp. curry hot
4 cloves garlic minced
1/4 liter double cream
4 tbsp. olive oil
1 tbsp. flour
1 tbsp. butter
salt and freshly ground pepper

Rice for 4 persons of their choice
Recipe No. 82
Oriental curry chops in dish with rice
Oriental curry chops in dish with rice

 

Procedure without liability: Mix 1 tbsp. flour, 1 tbsp. curry powder, salt (be careful with the salt when using broth) and freshly ground pepper in a plastic bag and shake well. Come one chop in the bag at a time and shake well, then the mixture is distributed on the chop. Brown chops on both sides in olive oil in the pan for a few minutes and put them in an ovenproof dish with space for accessories. Use the rest of the olive oil later to pineapple and mushrooms.

The juice from pineapple and mushrooms poured off and saved in a bowl. Pineapple slices toasted lightly in the pan and then placed over the chops. Mushrooms roasted in the pan and place also over the chops.

Now the curry must be burned off in the pan with a little butter. Put butter in the pan and let it effervesce, then add 1 tbsp. curry and stir. Pan boil with the juice from the pineapple and mushrooms with chicken broth, minced garlic and chopped chili peppers. The cream is added and the sauce gets a short rehash. Then poured into the dish and placed in a 200 °C preheated oven for approx. 40 minutes.

The rice cooked according to quantity and time, indicating on the bag.

Serving: The dish put on the table along with 4 hot plates and a bowl of rice.

Garnish: There is probably nothing more than chopped coriander to make it, now when it should be an oriental dinner.

Drink: A good red wine is the case. I used an Italian red wine Gran Rosso Negroamaro Primitivo from the supermarket. But a cold Pilsner Urquell will also be a natural thing for this meal.

Tip: Make it an experience and use organic free range pigs. The meat is tender and tasty, maybe a little more expensive, but it's worth it.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Lunch omelette with bacon

Next Down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Next Up

8 large free-range hens eggs
400 g smoked and salted bacon
1 tbsp. beer per egg
1 tbsp. whipping cream per egg
1 red chili pepper chopped fine
3 cloves garlic chopped fine
1 bunch chives chopped fine
salt and freshly ground pepper to taste,
is added at the table

Rye bread for 2 persons of your choice
and a good mustard
Recipe No. 83
Lunch omelette with bacon
Lunch omelette with bacon

 

Procedure without liability: Crack all eggs into a suitable large bowl. Beat the eggs with a hand mixer (not electric mixer). Add first beer and wip, then cream and wip thoroughly. Chopped chili peppers, garlic and chives and mixed well with the egg mixture. Let it soak while you fry bacon.

Cut the rind of bacon piece and cut the piece into appropriate slices - not too thick, but not paper thin. Fry them quietly in a frying pan over medium heat in its own fat. Use the fat from the bacon to fry the egg mixture in - do you think that is too much, then pour something from. Let bacon pieces allowed to drain on kitchen roll while you proceed with the egg mixture.

Give the egg mixture with herbs vigorous stirring before it is poured on the frying pan. Wait with salt and pepper until you've tasted the omelet at the table as bacon can make the meal salt. Egg mass must "stiffen" under low heat for approx. 10 to 15 minutes. When the omelette is almost "stiffened" distributed bacon pieces on top of the omelette and garnish with more chives and tomato slices.

Serving: The frying pan put on the table together with 2 hot plates and a bread basket and a good mustard.

Garnish: There is hardly anything other than chopped chives, which makes it. Garnish with the purple flowers if you have chives in the garden. I should perhaps mention tomato slices for garnish.

Drink: I used a cold Carlsberg. But a cold "Pilsner Urquell" will also be a natural thing for this meal.

Tip: Make it an experience and use organic eggs from free-range hens. The eggs are tasty, maybe a little more expensive but they are worth it.

Note: Should you make the omelette for 4 people, I recommend that you use two frying pans, otherwise the egg mixture is too thick and it becomes difficult to cook it properly.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Tuna steak with rice and tomato salad with mozzarella

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 large tuna steaks a 200 g
1 red chili pepper, sliced
3 cloves garlic minced
50 g butter and a little olive oil
a little salt and pepper on the fish

Tomato Salad
6 large ripe tomatoes
6 spring onions
1 pkg. Mozzarella cheese in brine approx. 250 g
4 tbsp. olive oil
4 tbsp. vinegar
a little sugar, salt and pepper
1 tuft basil leaves
1 small glass pitted black olives

Rice for 4 people
1 pkg. Wakame seaweed for garnish on rice (frozen from Netto)
Recipe No. 84
Tuna steak with rice and tomato salad with mozzarella

Tuna steak with rice and tomato salad with mozzarella

 

Procedure without liability: Tuna steaks wiped off the liquid and season with a little salt and pepper. Heat a frying pan up, came first olive oil, then butter in. When the butter is "showered" off put chili peppers and garlic in the pan. Tuna steaks placed on top and fry for approx. 1 to 1 ½ minutes on each side. Tuna steaks must be red inside.

Tomatoes and mozzarella cut into slices and place on a plate, so they overlap. Chopped spring onions sprinkled over. Dressing made of olive oil, vinegar, sugar, salt and pepper poured over just before serving. Garnish with basil and black olives.

Cook the rice following the recipe on the bag. Garnish with green seaweed.

Serving: Serve dinner on 4 plates as shown above.

Garnish: The rice garnished with green Wakame seaweed (frozen from Netto). Tomato salad can be garnished with black olives without stones.

Drink: I used a cold Carlsberg. But a cold "Pilsner Urquell" will also be a natural thing for this meal.

Tip: Definitely do not roast the tuna steaks by hard heat, or too long. The meat will then become too dry. If you can get mozzarella from buffalo milk, choose this, but it is probably difficult in Denmark. Another option could be smoked mozzarella.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Stuffed peppers with tuna and bulgur

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 can tuna in oil or water
1 dl bulgur (or 75 g)
4 nice, big red peppers
1 red chili peppers chopped
2 cloves garlic minced
2 large, ripe tomatoes chopped
1 large onion chopped fine
16 pcs. pitted black olives chopped
2 tbsp. capers
100 g grated dry cheese
4 tbsp. olive oil if tuna in water
Season with salt and pepper into the mixture
A little butter/olive oil to the ovenproof dish

Accessories
Garlic baguette
or a good bread to your taste
Recipe No. 85
Stuffed peppers with tuna and bulgur
Stuffed peppers with tuna and bulgur
The ingredients for 4 persons

 

Procedure without liability: Rinse bulgur well in cold water and allow to soak for one hour, then pour all the water off. Boil 1 dl bulgur in 3 dl lightly salted water for 10 minutes. Then drain the bulgur into a sieve. Tuna in oil / water is also added to drainage in a sieve. Add some oil to the dish.

Prepare the stuffing for the peppers. Cut a cross in the tomatoes and pour them with boiling water. Peel the tomatoes and chop them roughly. Finely chop chili pepper, garlic, onion, olives and capers and mix it with the tomatoes. The tuna meat is peeled apart and mixed in the vegetables. If you use tuna in water then add some olive oil. Bulgur is then mixed in and the stuffing is ready to "stuff" the peppers.

You can choose to do it in two ways. Slice the peppers lengthwise and remove the seeds and seed stalks (the white part) or cut the top off and use the top as a lid. Also remove seeds and seed stalks inside with a spoon. Keep the stalk on top and use it as a handle. I always use that method with the lid and handle.

Fill the peppers with the "stuffing", put them in a greased ovenproof dish and bake in a 200 °C preheated oven for 30 minutes for half and 35 minutes for whole peppers. Sprinkle with cheese and bake another 15 minutes for the half and 20 minutes for whole peppers. When using a convection oven calculates always 20 °C lower temperature, but the same time.

Serving: The ovenproof dish put on the table along with a bread basket filled with your favorite bread.

Garnish: Grated cheese of a dry type if you grate the cheese - otherwise there are many opportunities.

Drink: I used a cold Carlsberg. But a cold "Pilsner Urquell" will also be a natural thing for this meal.

Tip: Bulgur is steamed, dried and cracked durum wheat, which is eaten extensively in the Middle East with various spices. If you prefer rice, it can be used instead of bulgur. Put a small glass of dry Sherry in the bottom of the dish, it gives a nice aroma.

Note: In my meal above, I used 2 dl of bulgur, but I think it was too much, so the rest came on the bottom of the ovenproof dish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Sun eggs with marinated herring or smoked salmon

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Saturated brine 26%, or 24 °Baume at 4 °C
1 liter of water to the brine
350 g of salt to the brine
8 large eggs of good quality
2 large onions to be sliced
1 red chili pepper, sliced
2 cloves garlic, sliced
3 cm ginger, sliced
2 tbsp. apple vinegar

Fill to the eggs
Mustard of your choice (Dijon)
Tabasco
Apple vinegar

Accessories
4 marinated herring or 4 smoked salmon pieces
4 slices of rye bread with butter to your taste

See my calculation of Brine
Minimum strength of brine, 10% or 112 g of salt per liter of water
Recipe No. 86
Sun eggs with marinated herring or smoked salmon

Sun eggs with marinated herring or smoked salmon
Here for 2 persons for lunch

 

Procedure without liability: Cut the onions with the brown shells into slices (peel gives the yellow color), cut chili pepper, garlic and ginger into thin slices. Get 1 liter of water in a pot with a little apple vinegar and bring to the boil with the spices for 10 minutes. Strain the water off and save it for the brine. In a pot boil the eggs in fresh water with a little vinegar for 30 minutes. Add the cooked spices. Why do eggs boil for 30 minutes? This gives a gray-green film on the yoke, which is caused by hydrogen sulphide in the albumen, which react with the iron in the yolk at a temperature in the yolk above 70 °C. This gray-green film is quite harmless and is only for the optics.

When the eggs are cooked remove and cool. Press them and roll them around the kitchen table, so the cracks. This gives the eggs a great pattern that appear on the surface when peeled. Brine made of water from before with salt, bring to the boil and cool brine for about an hour.

All eggs are laid in a jar with tight fitting lid. The cooled brine poured over to cover the eggs and close the cover. Set the glass cool and dark for at least 2 weeks before the eggs consumed. The eggs can be kept for several months when kept cool and dark. The amount of salt listed above is for "pub eggs", you get thirsty from eating them.

Serving: Peel the eggs and cut them lengthwise and yolk removed. Fill with a little mustard, Tabasco, and vinegar in the hole. Add half a yolk onto with the cut surface down. Server 2 eggs and 1 marinated herring or smoked salmon per person on a plate with a buttered rye bread. The smoked salmon pieces are of course smoked in my old cast iron pot.

Garnish: Dill, chives or other herbaceous will embellish the meal.

Drink: I can only recommend a dram per half egg and a cold Tuborg/Carlsberg to rinse with.

Note: An egg consists of a shell, egg white and yolk. The shell weighs approx. 10% and is porous so as to diffuse gas (carbon dioxide) of the egg. The white weighs approx. 2/3 and the yolk around 1/3 of the rest of the egg weight. The white of a fresh egg is "cloudy" and viscous, gradually diffuse carbon dioxide out of the eggshell and the white becomes more clear and thinner. The white of fresh eggs coagulate at 62 - 65 °C, whereas the "old" eggs coagulate at 59-62 °C. So it takes longer time to boil a fresh egg. Yolk coagulating at a somewhat elevated temperature, 65-70 °C.

Can you see the problem? The yolk is in the middle of the white, and protects it from the heat. If yolk should coagulate, the temperature should be above 70 °C, and now the white stiffened and turned white. The limit I call boiled egg (smiling eggs); if you cut the egg over the yolk runs out.

Eggs always gently submerged in boiling water. Piercing the blunt end with a needle, but be careful. Put the egg with the blunt end on a tbsp. and deep spoon with egg 1/3 into the water before it boils for a few seconds. This applies most for "old" eggs. The gas that has accumulated leaks, and prevent the shell cracking. Always boil in plenty of salted water or vinegar. The amount of water prevents the temperature from reducing much, if cooked many eggs taken straight from the fridge. Salt and/or vinegar coagulate the white immediately if it would flow out of a crack.

I have made a spreadsheet for how long eggs should be boiled. Find it under "Excel Spreadsheets". I have set the following temperatures of the yolk: Soft Boiled 63 °C , boiled egg 70 °C and hardboiled 82 °C.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

"Sea salmon" salad

Next Down

Shopping List for 14 adults - Danish version

Next Up

The fish is cut into two fillets
3-5 kg pollack, or saithe
Cod can also be used

Brine 13% or 12° Baume
3 liters of water
440 g of salt
40 g sugar
2 to 4 beetroots
1 to 2 lemons

Dressing
1 cup neutral cold-pressed edible oil grapeseed oil or
Canola or Rapeseed which is a healthy cooking oil
1 lemon juice

Smoking
4 l sawdust of beech for hot smoking (3 hours)
8 l of sawdust of beech for cold smoking (48 hours)
Recipe No. 87
Fresh fish and colored fish in beetroot juice     The fish is smoked and Ready Sea salmon
Two back fillets of Atlantic cod, This is a test until I get a big saithe
The pictures show: Fresh fish, Colored fish in beetroot juice, Fish smoked and Ready Sea salmon
Ready-made Sea salmon salad mixed with mayonnaise mixed with a mild curry and flavored with lemon

 

Procedure without liability: Let it be said at once, "Sea salmon" does not exist, it is an invented name or just a trade name for a fish product invented around 1931 in Denmark and before in Germany. At the time, the North Sea was full of saithe and pollack, it was almost "bad" fish for no money. Therefore, the fish were processed and got the trade name "Sea salmon" and could then be eaten in Denmark and exported to Germany. "Sea salmon" was obtained by the saithe were filleted, colored pink and put into the smoke-acid (acetum pyrolignosum crud) or in English Liquid smoke. Then the fish was doused with various edible oils and preservatives, so you got the feeling of eating a fatty "Salmon". I must admit that I have eaten many bags of "Sea salmon" salad without knowing how it was made. It tasted good, and I survived. "Sea salmon" salad in this form are not produced any more due to two things: The method was not appreciated by the health authorities and breeding of caged salmon in Norway was cheaper than going fishing for saithe and pollack. OK! it is not only in Norway, one is breeding salmon.

I come up here with a recipe for "Sea salmon" that does not contain dangerous dyes and smoke-acid, but only natural ingredients plus a little smoke. Start by making a brine solution of 13% with a little sugar and lemon juice. Boil water, salt, sugar and lemon juice with 4 peeled and sliced beetroots for 10 minutes. Set the brine to cool during the day and refrigerate overnight. The next day the two cleaned fillets are put in the brine and remain 12 hours in a refrigerator at 5 °C. The fillets are taken up and rinsed in clean, cold water and hung to dry for several hours. Fillets may tail tied or placed on hooks within the smokig oven.

Hot smoking
Ensure good smoke in the smokig oven and the temperature is around 70 °C. Hold this temperature for 15 minutes to 30 minutes and then go down to 50 °C over the next two hours by pouring a good amount of sawdust on the fire. After 2 ½ hours, the temperature would be around 30 °C and the fish can then "spend the night" in Smoke house to pull the last flavors into the meat. However, only in the winter when night temperatures are low.

Cold smoking
Fill labyrinth sawdust tray with sawdust, see here and cold smoke the fish in the same way as if it was a salmon. The recipe for cold smoked salmon available here. I will here in the winter of 2013/14 try to cold smoked fish, to find out if sea salmon salad is just as good when cold smoked.

Place a fillet on a plate and drizzle the meat side with lemon and pour a neutral cooking oil over the fish. Can you eat both fillets over 3 days you do the same with both fillets. Otherwise vacuumers the other fillets and frozen for later use.

Serving: I would "picking" the fish into small pieces and put the meat on a lettuce leaf over a good piece of bread.

Garnish: Drip perhaps more lemon on the fish, place a strip of mayonnaise and sprinkle with cress.

Drink: A cold beer with a dram or a cold, dry white wine can also be used.

Hints: You may mix some fish meat with mayonnaise and a mild curry instead of pouring the oil over the fish.

Note: Smoke-acid is also called wood vinegar. It is a brown liquid with a sour and bitter taste slightly towards tar, which in no way be taken in concentrated form. It was used in the past to preserve food item and provide them with a smoky taste.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Marinated, smoked tuna steak with new potatoes and salad

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 nice, big tuna steaks around 150 g per piece.
½ cup soy sauce
½ orange juice only
½ lemon juice only
1 tbsp. coarse salt
1 tbsp. brown sugar
1 tsp. ground coriander seeds
½ tsp. smoked paprika
½ tsp. ground chili

Shopska Salad
1 Romani salad plucked with the fingers
2 large ripe tomatoes roughly chopped
1 peeled cucumber, diced
6 spring onions, sliced
1 green chili pepper into small slices
1 red chili pepper into small slices
1 bunch parsley chopped
1 small glass stoned olives
Feta cheese grated
Salt and black pepper
Olive oil and vinegar dressing

Accessories
Small, new boiled potatoes or cooked rice with
Lemon souce - The sauce stained with Turmeric
½ liter vegetable stock
40 g butter
40 g of wheat flour
½ cup cream
½ lemon juice and grated peel of the whole lemon
1 tsp. fish sauce, salt and pepper
Recipe No. 88
Marinated, smoked tuna steak with rice and salad

Marinated, smoked tuna steak with Shopska Salad
Here with rice in the absence of new potatoes

 

Procedure without liability: Mix all spices well in a bowl. Getting the 4 tuna steaks in a plastic bag for food and pour spice mixture in the bag. Close the bag or if you have a vacuum machine, suck the air out of the bag. Put the bag 2 hours in the refrigerator for airless bag and 3 hours for normal closed bag.
Remove the tuna steaks and place them on a clean towel or paper towel and pat dry on each side. If you use paper towels, you risk that the paper is stuck on the meat.
Fire up your "Lunchbox" smoker - see my web page - pour smoked sawdust at the bottom when it's good hot, place the drip tray at the bottom of the rack and place the rack with tuna steaks in the "Lunchbox" smoker. Cover and set the valve at 50%. Give full heat for 5 minutes, and there would then be well with smoke from the valve at the top. Remove the tuna steaks from "Lunchbox" smoker and wrap them in aluminum foil until ready to eat (only for approx. 10 minutes).

Lemon Sauce Melt the butter in a pot, bake the flour in the butter while stirring. Pour the vegetable broth into the pot, a little at a time, while whisking thoroughly until the right consistency is achieved. Add the cream and season with salt, pepper and fish sauce. Warm up the souce - do not boil - switch off the heat and add the lemon juice and lemon peel.

Shopska salad: The green mixed in a bowl and just before serving, season with salt and pepper. Dressing poured over and decorate with grated feta cheese and olives.

Serving: Serve dinner on 4 warm plates as shown above. The salad may be served on 4 separate plates.

Garnish: The potatoes sprinkled with chopped parsley or other green garnish to suit your taste.

Driks: I used a cold "Pilsner Urquell" for this meal.

Hints: Smoking time may vary with the thickness of the tuna steaks and your smoker. But tuna steaks should be red in the middle, otherwise they become too dry.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Stone Age Bread

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Numbers in parenthesis are for the small baking tin
100 g (80 g) of sunflower seed
100 g (80 g) of linseed
100 g (80 g) of sesame seeds
100 g (80 g) pumpkin seeds
100 g (80 g) walnuts
100 g (80 g) of hazelnuts
60 g (60 g) of pine nuts
40 g (40 g) of almonds
1 dl (3/4 dl) olive oil
6 eggs (4 eggs) medium
1 tsp. fine salt

Stone Age Bread in large tin fills 1.35 liters
Stone Age bread in small tin fills 1.0 liters
Recipe No. 89
Stone Age Bread unbaked. Stone Age Bread baked.     Stone Age Bread in new 1 liter baking tin
Stone Age Bread unbaked. Stone Age Bread baked. Stone Age Bread in new 1 liter baking tin

 

Procedure without liability: It is important to follow the recipe exactly. Weigh out all the ingredients carefully, so there is 700 g (580 g) seeds and nuts in total. Do not use any kind of grains.

Crack 6 eggs into a bowl, whip lightly olive oil and salt in. Then mix all the seeds and nuts well in a new bowl before they empty into the eggs while stirring. Let stand and rest for 10 minutes on the kitchen table while the oven heats up to 160 °C. The mixture was poured into a greased baking tin with olive oil. I have used a tin of 2.8 liters (1 liter of a new tin) for ordinary rye bread, thus becoming the Stone Age Bread not so high. A tin of 1 liter will certainly give a higher bread, but it is of course a matter of taste. One must remember that it is not a yeast bread, so it does not rise. I have now bought a new baking tin of 1 liter in Rema 1000 to 15.00 DKK. I shall try it and come up with a new description, because I think that the amount must be reduced, as the thin probably is a bit too small for the above quantities. I have now calculated the amount for the new tin, and the amount can be seen in parentheses.

The mixture is put into the hot oven on the bottom rack and bake for 60 minutes. I used the eggs of size L/M, so I had to give 10 more minutes baking time. Your oven can also give rise to smaller/larger baking time.

Serving: Stone Age Bread eaten as an accompaniment to many fish meals or as "snacks" to a cold beer or a good red wine.

Garnish: Of course you can garnish everything, but Stone Age Bread needs no garnishment. It would just be a thin layer Heather honey from the Jutland heath.

Drink: As mentioned a cold beer or a good red wine winter and a cold white wine summer.

Hints: Set definitive the tin on a rack if it is put on a baking tray, the bottom of the tin will be too hot, so Stone Age Bread turns black at the bottom. It has something to do with all the eggs. See this spreadsheet how long the eggs should be cooked.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Chicken legs braised in Porter

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 pkg. Chicken lower- and upper thigh 1.5 kg
2 leeks
2 carrots
2 parsley roots
2 stalks celery
1 onion
4 cloves garlic
1 red cilipeber
1 fl. Wiibroe Porter
½ l chicken stock
1 tbsp. Apple cider vinegar
1 tbsp. Asian kitchen soy sauce
½ cup olive oil
50 g butter
2 tbsp. flour
1 tbsp. smoke salt or ordinary salt
Recipe No. 90
Chicken legs braised in Porter
Ingredients for chicken legs braised in Porter

 

Procedure without liability: Begin with salting the thawed chicken pieces. Clean the vegetables and cut them into smaller pieces. Pour vegetables in a plastic bag with flour and shake the bag well. Come olive oil and butter in a deep pan, when the butter has showered chicken pieces are browned on all sides. It takes approx. 10 minutes. Put the chicken pieces to the side and all the vegetables lightly brown in oil/butter. If there is too little oil/butter left add something more. Add chicken pieces down among the vegetables and sprinkle with apple cider vinegar and soy sauce. Pour Porter and chicken broth over to cover completely.

Bring the meal to a boil and turn down the heat so it simmer for 1 ½ hours. Check that there is enough liquid, otherwise add more broth. Chicken pieces should be covered with liquid to be tender. You can prepare the meal in the morning or the day before, it should be served. An hour before serving you come the chicken pieces in an ovenproof dish, pour the sauce with the vegetables over and put the pan in a 120 °C preheated oven.

Serving: Place the dish on the table and serve either potatoes, rice, noodles, pasta or bread.

Garnish: Fresh chopped parsley or coriander would be great.

Drink: Of course the same Porter served to the meal.

Hints: Instead of chicken under- and upper thigh you can use a whole chicken, divided into quarters.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Smoked potato sandwiches with vigor

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 large and nice asparagus potatoes
4 slices rye bread of your choice
Butter or flavored lard for bread again of your choice
Lettuce leaves for garnish
Chives chopped fine for garnish
Salt and pepper

1st. proposals
Chicken Salad with fried bacon

2nd. proposals
Spiced herring with raw onion

3th. proposals
Tomato Slices with mayonnaise and roasted onions

4th. proposals
Hard-boiled egg slices with spiced herring
Recipe No. 91
Smoked potato sandwiches with vigor
Smoked potato sandwiches with vigor

 

Procedure without liability: Wash asparagus potatoes thoroughly with a brush since they are eaten with the peel on. Put them in a pot of lightly salted water so they just covered. Bring the pot to a boil quickly. When the water boils, then lower the heat and simmer the potatoes for 8 to 10 minutes. Then pour the boiling water from the potatoes and put the pot under cold running water for 10 seconds. The potatoes are placed on a paper towel for 10 minutes to dry before they are smoked.

Now comes your "Lunchbox smoker" into its own. Place a layer of beech sawdust in the bottom, insert the grid and put the potatoes on the grid. A drip tray should not be necessary with potatoes. Turn on the heat with (alcohol, gas or electric.) and warm up well, so a good smoke production appears. Potatoes smoked for 10 to 15 minutes, depending on the size of the potatoes, how much smoke flavor you want and how hot your smoker may be.

When the potatoes have been smoked and cooled cut them into appropriate slices so the 4 potatoes can cover 4 pieces of rye bread.

Serving: Butter rye loaves with butter or flavored lard, add a rinsed and dry lettuce leaf above and get the potatoes on. Sprinkle with salt and chives. Then select one of the four proposals come on top of the potatoes.

Garnish: Sprinkle with chives and freshly ground pepper.

Drink: A cold Pilsner beer and Linie Aquavit round off the pleasure of the meal.

Hints: Smoked asparagus potatoes can also be used in a cold potato salad to sausages at the grill on a hot summer day. I took the opportunity to smoke coarse salt and a canned cod roe.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Spices lard of duck and pork fat

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

500 g of pork lard
250g duck fat
2 large onions
4 cloves garlic
1 large cooking apple
1 red chili
1 stalk thyme

Bread
Rye bread of your choice or
Homemade Yogurt Bread with smoked cheese
Recipe No. 92
Spices lard of duck and pork fat
Spices lard of duck and pork fat

 

Procedure without liability: It has just been Christmas and you have fried two ducks or a goose, you stand left with a great deal of skimming's duck fat or goose fat. Here it is then to make good flavored lard that not "runs" of the bread when it is placed on the table. You mix duck fat and pork lard with a good deal of spices.

First, put pork lard in a pan and turn on the heat. While it melts chopped onion, garlic and peeled apples fine. The red chili cut into two pieces so it is finally easy to remove. Herbs put in pork lard and boil for approx. 30 minutes. Then put duck fat and a stalk of thyme to the pan and cook for the next 15 minutes. You should be sure that all the water in onions and apples are cooked, and they are golden brown and floating on top of the lard. Of course, onions and apples must not be black, but should be like the roasted onions, which you buy in a can/package. I followed the temperature in the pot, when it was 120 °C onions and apples flowed on top, and they had a nice golden color. One can also see the steam diminishes sharply from the food as the water boiled away.

Chile pepper and thyme stalk are taken up; pour the mixture into aluminum trays, which stands cold until it was stiff. The mixture here gave three trays of 500 ml. Good to freeze when vacuum packaged in a plastic bag.

Serving: Grease a piece of good bread; put a good slice of smoked cheese on.

Garnish: Of course, there are cut chives on top. Season with salt and pepper.

Drink: A cold Pilsner beer and Linie Aquavit round off the pleasure of the meal.

Hints: The amount of 250 g duck fat was what I got from two ducks. You can use up to 500 g, fifty - fifty is OK.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Marinated lamb with creamed potatoes

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next UP

2 kg leg of lamb boneless
2 kg of potatoes
5 cups milk and cream (half of each)
Salt, white pepper and grated nutmeg

Ingredients for the marinade
2 tbsp. sea salt
2 tbsp. olive oil
1 tbsp. dry tarragon
1 tbsp. dry parsley
1 tbsp. dry rosemary
5 cloves garlic
1.5 ml red wine
Mix these ingredients in a blender

Add the fresh herbs
Some fresh thyme stalks
Some fresh rosemary stalks
Some fresh parsley stalks
Some fresh tarragon stalks
Some bay leaves
Some anise stars
Recipe No. 93
Marinated lamb with creamed potatoes
Marinated lamb with creamed potatoes and Shopska Salad

 

Procedure without liability: The recipe for this wonderful marinade for a good Easter lamb I got from my fish mate wife here for Easter. When the dried spices, salt and red wine is blended rub it well into the leg of lamb and then placed in a solid plastic bag with the fresh herbs. The rest of the wine with the blended spices poured in. The bag is closed tightly (use maybe 2 bags) and place in the refrigerator for several days (like three days) and turned daily a few times.

Now the leg of lamb shall be roasted and there are many ways to do it. Here I use a hot air oven. Cooking time depends on the oven temperature and the weight of the leg of lamb, and how red the meat should be. Therefore, use a meat thermometer and check the core temperature. When the meat has reached these temperatures: Red meat between 60 °C and 63 °C - medium between 63 °C and 66 °C - well done between 66 °C and 70 °C. Remember that the roast must rest at least 20 minutes wrapped in tin foil and a clean tea towel before being cut out. The temperature of the roast will rise at least 5 °C, so take this into consideration.

Heat the oven to 150 °C with hot air, set the temperature sensor into the center of the meat, set the clock to 1 hour and 30 minutes, then the meat should be about medium rare for a leg of lamb at 2 kg. Keep an eye on the temperature during the process.

Peel the potatoes and cut them into thin slices. Place in an ovenproof dish and sprinkle with salt, white pepper and grated nutmeg between the layers. Pour the cream and milk over so it just covers. Place the dish in the oven under the roast lamb so that it drips down onto the potatoes. It gives a good flavor to the potatoes. 1 hour and 30 minutes goes well with potatoes, see however, that they do not get too brown or bake dry.

Serving: Slice the roast and place it on the table with creamed potatoes in the ovenproof dish. The best salad to the meal is a Shopska Salad. See under hints.

Garnish: Parsley or mint, perhaps a mint gel.

Drink: The same red wine, which was used for the marinade.

Hints: Shopska salad made of: ½ cucumber, 2 tomatoes, 1 onion or 4 spring onions, 1 green pepper (paprika), 1 green chili pepper, parsley for garnish, 8 green/black olives, Feta cheese, diced 36%, Olive Oil and Balsamic, a sprinkle salt for dressing.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Baked haddock with white asparagus, new potatoes and dill sauce

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 kg haddock fillet with skin but no bones
1 kg white asparagus (20 pcs.)
1 kg new Danish potatoes
250 g clarified butter
1 pkg. Easy Fish Dill Sauce
1 bunch. Fresh dill
Grated Parmesan cheese over the white asparagus (as desired)
Salt, white pepper and smoked paprika

Spices in the bottoms of the dish
Lovage leaves
Lemon balm leaves
Recipe No. 94
Baked haddock with white asparagus, new potatoes and dill sauce
Baked haddock with white asparagus, new potatoes and dill sauce

 

Procedure without liability: Haddock can be caught throughout the year and from May to October season for haddock. The peak in September and October. The fish is related to cod and tastes almost like cod. Here is a great and tasteful recipe.

Haddock are seldom caught by anglers because it lives on 20 to 300 m depth, buy it from the fishmonger, he can also fillet the fish. A nice filet weighs about 1 kg is for 4 people. Cut the filet into 4 equal pieces - by weight - place them with skin side down in a casserole dish on a bed of herbs. Note: The skin side is scraped clean of mucus and scolding. I used lovage and lemon balm. Sprinkle the fish with salt, white pepper and smoked paprika. Pour over the fish the ready-made dill sauce and place the dish in a 180 °C preheated oven for 30 minutes. Cleaned new Danish potatoes boiled in salted water for 16 minutes with lovage. The peeled white asparagus cooked also in lightly salted water for 10 minutes.

Melt 250 g butter over low heat, when it is melted, pour the golden surface of the butter into a jug. The white precipitate may not be included.

Serving: Place the fish with dill sauce, new potatoes and asparagus on four plates. Pour clarified butter over the potatoes and asparagus. Sprinkle chopped fresh dill over the fish and potatoes. Grate the cheese over the asparagus.

Garnish: Dill and again dill. Grated Parmesan cheese over the asparagus (as desired).

Drink: A cool and dry white wine is extremely well suited to the warm spring.

Tip: Can not get haddock, try: cod, ling, tusk, catfish, monkfish, pollock, gurnard, hake, whiting, Greenland halibut and halibut. All species have lean, white meat, and are good eating fish. Another good eating fish will be redfish, which have bright red firm flesh.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Rake fish is a Norwegian specialty made of trout

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

This will be used for salting:

10 live trout between 550 g and 750 g each
It is important that all trout are equal and total fresh
60 grams of salt per kilogram of slaughtered fish (6 % salt/kg fish)
½ tsp. sugar per layer fish in the "barrel"

This will be used for new brine:
1 liter of water
50 g salt
Boiled and cooled to 5 °C

Rakefisk is a Norwegian specialty which is made of small trout. It is most trout, røye, char, whitefish, grayling and perch. In Denmark one could benefit from using rainbow trout. If you buy the fish, they must be a live on the purchase. The fish must not have been in contact with the soil. The word "barrel" refers to an approved food plastic container with a lid.


Haukedalen Fishing holiday in the West Country at Terje

Rakefisk fra Valdres
Recipe No. 95
Rake fish is a Norwegian specialty made of trout from,
Haukedalen Fishing holiday in the West Country at Terje
Rake fish is a Norwegian specialty made of trout

 

The method of salting without responsibility: I must immediately warn against making rake fish yourself if no hygiene and temperature can be respected to the letter. Trout should never come into contact with soil bacteria. This can happen if they have been on the ground, or been in contact with vegetables. All "tackle" must be clean and suitable for food. The temperature during the curing process - maturation - should not exceed 5-8 °C. The barrel or plastic bucket is placed in a deep, dark cellar or in a refrigerator.

Now we can start. I usually cut the trout from the gat to the head and take the guts out. The gills cut out and all blood washed away. Obtain a 10 liter plastic bucket, it is used for tartar sauce, pickles and potato salad in commercial kitchens. Or a different size to suit the amount of fish that you will "rake". But remember that plastic bucket must be approved for food item.

Here is the Norwegian recipe and some preface: Both enzymes and certain microorganisms found naturally in fish, they become active when the fish are slaughtered. The process is initiated in the fish, leading to altered taste and increase shelf life, food is easier to digest. One explanation is that the enzyme initiates a cleavage of the long protein molecules, while the naturally occurring lactic acid bacteria convert carbohydrates into acids.

The process of raking of fish is a slow process where you have to play with the laws of nature. It is very important that everything must be scrupulously clean and accurate, so there is NOT blooms of undesirable bacteria (Clostridium botulinum, which in small doses is used in Botox). It also ensures that exclude air from the process, which could otherwise develop Botulinum toxin in the fish, if you is imprudent. Industrial fish checked for this before they reach the market. All contact with the soil and sand are absolutely prohibited. Food & Drug Administration expects all rakefisk also the commercially prepared is a risk product because of the danger of Listeria infection. Food Administration recommends that pregnant women and people with compromised immune systems (old and sick), do not eat fermented fish.

There used fresh trout between 550 g 750 g or more of uniform size in the same barrel, which cleaned of gills and blood, rinsed, salted and layered with belly up in the barrel. Originally there used wooden barrels. But today is plastic by far the most common for most manufacturers, with the exception of the most exclusive. Using wooden barrels is a vulnerability in the process, and since plastic barrels gives more predictable results, preferred these. Then, cover the fish with brine before it is put to maturation. In some cases, rinse the fish in vinegar or placed in vinegar for half an hour before putting it in the barrel. In the belly of each fish added to 60 g of salt per kilogram of fish.

Place a heavy plate over so the fish is pressed down the brine After a few days, check whether there is enough brine formed so that the fish is covered. If not, add more brine in the form of water and salt. The brine prepared from boiled water with 50 g of salt per liter of water.

The ripening process can be controlled by temperature and time. When the fish put down it is mild in odor and taste, but maturation continues as long as the temperature is sufficiently high. The recipes are diverse and vary between communities. In some villages sprinkled little sugar in order to speed up fermentation. The fermentation can also help to get started by putting the barrel a little warmer up to 8 °C for a few days, but it can quickly get out of control. Normal temperature during ripening is 4 °C. There may also be significant differences from barrel to barrel with the same temperature depending on how carefully the fish is cleaned of excess blood. More blood gives a stronger taste. When the barrel is opened after the fish have matured, smells strong content. The contents have been through a fermentation process that has lasted for at least 8 weeks. The fish has in this time fermented and has been fermented trout.

Some manufacturers believe that the best result is achieved by maturing at a low temperature for a long time. When the fish is fermented or matured, so it should be stored at 0-4 ° C (refrigerator temperature). If you want rakefisk with stronger flavor, so the fish can be kept one or two days at a somewhat higher temperature, up to about 8 °C.

When the fish is fermented or matured, it can be frozen. It stops the process. Vacuum packaging fish are particularly suitable for freezing. Fish in buckets or barrels that are not frozen, shall at all times be covered by the brine. If there is too little brine one can do something new, by boiling 50 grams of salt per liter of water. Let brine cool and pour over the fish. Fish placed in the brine should be frozen at very low temperatures to freeze. Maturation of fish can also be impeded by creating a new brine. This was prepared as above for replenishment, 50 g salt/liter of water.

There are local variations, where the most significant variation is the amount of blood left in the fish, as well as whether sugar is used in production. Added sugar will speed up the process. Variations may be where the barrel is placed. Put the barrel warmer so the process will go faster. If sugar is added and the barrel is too warm, the process can get out of control. If this should happen rakefisken discarded.

Serving: The fish must be spreadable and fresh in color. How it is served varies, but if the fish is whole, so it is often served in small pieces. Accessories are often almond or Ringerike Potato, kohlrabi with carrots, sour cream and onion. Rake fish can be served filleted on flat bread or Lefse with good butter, sour cream and onions/beetroot lettuce. Files can also be wrapped in freshly made potato cakes with sour cream and onions. In more festive layer can rakefisk used on flat bread as tapas, or as canapés held in place with toothpicks.

Garnish: Onion rings, capers, cress a raw egg yolk, yes just to mention something that tastes good to rakfisken.

Drink: One can not be in doubt. Your favorite beer and one or more snaps is a must.

Commercial production: There are several small businesses that manufacture and market rake fish. Among the most famous are the production companies in Valdres, which also markets through the Norwegian Rakefisk Festival. Some have chosen to work and put effort in developing procedures for smooth and high quality of fermented fish. Maturation rate of the displayed fish were: mild, stored and matured.

Modern production takes place under very strict cleanliness. Samples are taken of both raw materials and finished rake fish. In the same way as other foods that are not cooked or otherwise sterilized, pregnant women should not eat fermented fish. The same applies to people with weakened immune systems.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Grilled Redfish with new Danish potatoes and "Grandma" salad

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1000 g of redfish without scales
1 kg new Danish potatoes
4 tbsp. olive oil
1 bunch lovage
1 bunch basil
salt and pepper
BBQ dressing for fish

Grandmother Salad
2 heads of lettuce (head lettuce or romaine lettuce)
2-3 ripe tomatoes sliced
2 small shallots, thinly sliced

Dressing
1 lemon, only juice
2 tbsp. olive oil
1 cup cream
1 to 2 tbsp. sugar
salt and pepper
Recipe No. 96
Grilled Redfish with new Danish potatoes and

Grilled Redfish with new Danish potatoes and "Grandma" salad

 

Procedure without liability: Start by scraping the skin of the new Danish potatoes with gloves with studs on. You can see a picture here. New Danish potatoes are cooked only 16 minutes in salted water and some lovage. You can also package the potatoes in aluminum foil with olive oil, lovage, salt and pepper. Wrap the potatoes in portion packs - here 5 pcs. Place the packets on the grill, and turn them often. Depending on the size and heat of the grill must have 40 to 60 minutes. Try looking in a package after 30 minutes, so you can get an idea of the remaining time. Take the potatoes off the grill when they are finished. I used 60 minutes to the shown potatoes.

Redfish fillets are sprinkled with a little salt on both sides 15 minutes before placing on the grill. Brush with BBQ oil on the skin side before placing them on the grill, skin side down. Time will vary between 5 and 7 minutes, again depending on thickness and heat on the grill. The skin should be brown and delicious, but not burned, as it can (should) be eaten. Do you have a fish grill holder, this may be used with advantage, then the fish do not break apart when it turned on the grill. When the skin side have had enough turn the fish and the flesh side is 1-2 minutterr. I used by 6 minutes and 2 minutes to the shown fish.

The salad also served on serving plates. Place the tomato slices on plates with thin onion slices. Spread the green pieces chopped salad over. The dressing is poured just before serving.

Serving: Place the fish with potatoes on a plate and salad on a side plate.

Garnish: Basil sprinkled over the potatoes.

Drink: A cool and dry white wine fits well here in the summer heat.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Swedish pike fish cakes with new potatoes and butter sauce

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

3 to 5 kg pike in live weight
Gives about 50% fillets
1.5 kg pike fillets
1 onion
2 cloves garlic
3 egg yolks
(Plain from 2 eggs stored, see text)
2 tbsp. potato flour
1 to 2 cups cream
1 tsp. salt and ½ tsp. white pepper
150 butter and 2 tbsp. olive oil
100 g Bacon - see text

Accessories:
New Danish potatoes
Butter Sauce (clarified butter)
Lemons
remoulade
1 bunch of dill
Recipe No. 97
Swedish pike fish cakes with new potatoes and butter sauce
Swedish pike fish cakes with new potatoes and butter sauce
I just need to catch a pike above the minimum size (60 cm) first

 

Procedure without liability: Start by catching a pike, but it must be a pike from stream water or a large, clean lake. Like a brackish water pike, they are the best. A 10 kg pike from a moor must be released as it is not worth eating. In addition, it is important for the moor, as it keeps the water clear because it eats many "trash fish", which eat daphnia, which in turn eats algae.

The pike must be filleted, the large bones and skin removed. There will always be small nerve bones left in the meat, but they are irrelevant as the fish is chopped along with the onion and garlic. (If you want to try the Danish model, add 5% bacon to the fish). Add the mince fish meat salt, pepper, potato flour, egg yolks and while stirring well in the mince fish meat, add cream. Whip 1 to 2 egg whites stiff and turn an appropriate amount gently into the mince fish meat.

Find a large suitable pan that can hold all the fish meatballs at once. If you do not have it, just fry the parts twice. Melt well with butter on the pan over low heat. Shape the mince fish meat into small meatballs with a tablespoon and fry them first over low heat for a few minutes. Then turn up the heat so that they turn golden brown. It takes approx. 6 minutes for the first side. Turn down the heat and turn the meatballs. Repeat the same procedure for the other side. It is important that the butter does not "brank", because then the meatballs will not be airy.

The mince fish meat should be airy and soft so that it can be shaped into small fish cakes. So, the above amounts are indicative, but just get started because it can not go completely wrong.

Serving: Serve fish meatballs with potatoes, butter sauce and remoulase on a plate.

Garnish: Sprinkle a little green over the potatoes and serve with lemon wedges.

Drink: A cool and dry white wine goes well with it in the summer heat.

Tip: The pike is a lean fish, so I like to add 5 to 10% bacon or lard to the pike meat. I chop bacon / lard once before, it is chopped again together with the pike meat.

Note: The pike's minimum size 60 cm and protection period 1 April to 15 May both days incl. in Denmark. In Sweden? It is usually the owner, tenant or manager of the fishing water who determines the minimum size and protection times for pike.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Brown cabbage with smoked bacon, salt pork, bread and mustard

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 large cabbage
4 pcs. peeled potatoes
500 grams of bacon or smoked ham
800 grams of salted pork
75 grams of brown sugar
75 grams butter
1 tassel fresh thyme
4 bay leaves
2 leeks and 1 onion
4 cloves garlic
1 red chili pepper
2 dl Porter and 2 dl pork broth
Salt and pepper (be careful with salt)
8 slices of dark rye bread
Beetroot
Dijon mustard
Recipe No. 98
Brown cabbage with smoked bacon, salt pork, bread and mustard
Brown cabbage with smoked bacon, salt pork, bread and mustard

 

Procedure without liability: Brown cabbage is no fish meal, why is it in here? On 30 September of each year ending our salmon fishing season with a dinner for men: brown cabbage with smoked bacon, salt pork, bread and mustard and a beer and a bitter schnapps of the homemade. So therefore. This year I was responsible for cooking and here is my recipe.

Wash and cut cabbage, leeks, onions, garlic and chili pepper into suitable pieces. Melt the sugar in the pan and then came the butter in (remember it must be a large saucepan, cabbage take up much space in the beginning). Come cabbage with leeks, onions, garlic and chilli to the pan and brown it until it is golden brown. Turn the vegetable mix to make it become browned all over.

Place the bacon, pork and potatoes in the pan and pack the mixture well around the meat. The meat should be completely covered with vegetable mixture. Add the bay leaves and thyme. Come Porter and pork broth through and simmer about 2 hours with the lid on. Make sure it does not boil dry, primed with water, if it happens; but some of the liquid should evaporate as it does not have to be white cabbage soup. This can be done by the lid of the last 15 minutes of the time.

The meat is removed when it is tender, and rest at least ½ hour before the cut. The liquid is vaporized first when the meat is taken from the pot.

Serving: Serve with mustard, beets, rye bread and potatoes cooked with cabbage.

Garnish: It could be a fresh sprig of thyme.

Drink: A beer and and a bitter schnapps of the homemade is suitable to the meal.

Tip: Be careful with the salt as used salted pork and pork broth that contains salt.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pigeons fried in pan served with Waldorf Salad

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 cleansed wood pigeon
4 tbsp. neutral oil and 75g butter for frying
12 to 16 slices bacon
20 pcs. juniper
20 pcs. coriander seeds
1 tuft fresh thyme
1 tuft of parsley
1 leek or 1 onion chopped
1 clove garlic minced
½ red chilli pepper chopped
2 cup dry white wine or red wine
or chicken stock or 50% of each
2 to 3 dl whipping cream
4 cl schnapps or vodka
2 tsp. salt, 1 tsp. sugar ½ tsp. pepper
½ tsp. Roquefort cheese

Accessories:
Waldorf salad and lingonberry
4 stalks celery into small cubes
1-2 apples (sour) into small cubes
300 g green, ripe grapes seedless and halved
40 g walnuts some crushed
3 dl Creme fraiche 18%
2 tsp. vanilla sugar or honey
Recipe No. 99
Pigeons fried in pan served with Waldorf Salad

Pigeons for 3 personr fried in pan served with Waldorf Salad
After reading this recipe, you understand everything about the fried pigeons.
Use the same recipe for Poussins (28-day-old chicks).

 

First, some facts: In England, hunting season on pigeons throughout the year. The peak season is twice a year. Winter/spring is February and March. The summer/autumn is July, August and September. Until 1994, pigeon hunt in Denmark was from August 1. to December 31. Later changed from September 1. to January 31. In 2007 it was changed from October 1. to January 31. Believe it or not, in 2010 came another change from November 1. to January 31. The reason is that the pigeon is lying on eggs and therefore may not be shot. I've never seen pigeons lie on eggs in October and February. In England the pigeons are not lying on eggs, or do they? It is about time to get a common EU law on hunting?

Procedure without liability: Rub the pigeons inside and outside with salt, sugar and pepper. Unroll some parsley into one or two pieces of bacon and put it into the pigeon. Add a few pieces of bacon around the pigeon. Heat the oil and butter in the saucepan and brown the pigeons on all sides. Getting the cleaned vegetables and spices into the saucepan. Pour the schnapps into the saucepan and immediately come lid on. Let the vapors work for three minutes so the meat will be tender. It is an old hunter trick; if it works, you have to find out for yourself. It does not hurt.

When the snaps have evaporated, pour the liquid on with a small piece Roquefort cheese. It provides a magnificent wild sauce. The pigeons simmer slightly under the lid until tender (see hint), make sure the liquid does not evaporate. Additional liquid (water) may be added. After ½ hour, 1 hour or 2 hours (see tip) take the pigeons up and kept warm under the covers in a wrapping of aluminum foil and tea towels. The sauce sieves and adds the whipped cream constantly whipping until the desired consistency is achieved. You can add a dollop of cold butter under constant whipping. It should not be necessary to add gravy browning to the sauce, but if you think that is too pale, you can simply do this.

The pigeons in halves and place on a serving plate with the caramelized potatoes.

Serving: Serve with Waldorf salad, cranberries and caramelized potatoes.

Garnish: It could be a fresh sprig of parsley or green celery leaves.

Drink: A good full-bodied red wine to your taste.

Tip: A pigeon is not a pigeon. There are two kinds of pigeons for food: A hunting-pigeon (wild pigeon) and a young pigeon farmed (squab) also called tamed-pigeon. The big difference is in the meat muscle. The hunting-pigeon has flown much before it was shot, why pigeon developed strong muscles, and it is these that make the meat tough. Squab has never flown, as it slaughtered as soon as it has reached an appropriate weight (approximately 500 g) in its aviary/pigeonholes. It takes about 4 weeks to achieve that weight. Therefore, one cannot determine the cooking time exactly before knowing which pigeon you are dealing with: An old hunting-pigeon (2 hours), a young hunting-pigeon (1 hour) or a squab (½ hours). In the hunting-pigeon you can see bullet holes and find hail. This is not seen in a squab. Another characteristic can be: hunting-pigeon dark meat - Squab white meat. Best viewed while standing with one in each hand. Cooking time for Poussin is about 35 minutes, calculated from browning.

Sour cream in Waldorf salad can be replaced by many other milk products, which are more, low-fat, such as: plain yogurt, fromage frais, whipped cream and A38.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Stirred Tatar for 4 people with homemade Hot, Red Thaimix

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

720 g fresh chopped or scraped beef
of the best quality - beef inner thighs
1 pc. medium size, finely chopped shallots
1 tbsp. finely grated horseradish
10 pcs. finely chopped gherkins
2 tbsp. chopped capers
2 tbsp. finely chopped parsley
2 tbsp. finely chopped estragon
2 egg yolks
1 tbsp. mustard (Dijon or wholegrain mustard)
1 tsp. Hot, Red Thaimix or
10 drops of Tabasco. The courageous takes 20 drops
2 tbsp. Lea & Perkins Worcestershire Sauce
2 oz. Cognac
Salt and black pepper from the grinder
4 fresh egg yolks for serving

Accessories
A salad of your choice
French fries or
butter toasted rye bread or
walnut bread (my favorite)
Recipe No. 100
Stirred Tatar for 2 people with homemade Hot, Red Thaimix

Stirred Tatar for 2 people with homemade Hot, Red Thaimix
See Hot, Red Thaimix above

 

Procedure without liability: It is important to keep a good kitchen hygiene when using raw meat and egg yolks in cooking. Take a suitably sized bowl, where all the ingredients can be mixed together. I calculate 180 g beef meat per adult person to a Friday "Dinner". The image above shows the ingredients for 2 persons.

Add the minced or scraped beef into a bowl. Finely chop the ingredients as described above and place it in the bowl. Add 2 egg yolks, mustard, Hot, Red Thaimix (or Tabasco), 2 oz. Cognac, salt and pepper. Stir tataren thoroughly with a suitably large spoon.

Serving: Take four large plates and garnish them with rinsed and dried lettuce leaves. Distribute tataren into four equal portions and form a flat steak with a central recess. Add another raw egg into the recess sprinkle some chopped parsley over it. Server tartare steaks immediately.

Garnish: Finely chopped parsley, possible a bowl green salad tossed in olive oil, tarragon vinegar and a dollop of mustard.

Drink: A good, strong (Hot) tartare requires a cold beer and iced vodka. Then you are at home in the Tatar kingdom. Or a good Merlot red wine from 2008.

Tip: Server some good french fries or butter toasted rye bread with the meal. I prefer a walnut bread, it works better for that meal.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pheasant with apples, dates and Port Wine Sauce

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

2 fresh, skinned pheasants about 600 g each
salt, freshly ground pepper and a little dry estragon
4 tbsp. olive oil
4 tbsp. butter
5 cup chicken stock
2 cup port wine
1 onion chopped fine
3 cloves garlic, halved
1 red chili pepper halved
4 dates without stone
1 large apple, diced
1 carrot/parsnip/parsley root
4 sprigs rosemary
2 stalks of celery
1 tsp. honey or syrup
2 tsp. Dana Blue cheese
1 cup whipping cream

Accessories
Waldorf salad and lingonberry/cowberry
4 stalks celery diced
1-2 apples (sour) into small cubes
300 g green, ripe grapes seedless halved
40 g walnuts some crushed
3 dl creme fraiche 18%
2 tsp. vanilla sugar
Recipe No. 101*
Pheasant with apples, dates and Port Wine Sauce

Pheasant with apples, dates and Port Wine Sauce

 

Procedure without liability: Clean the pheasants well and rinse off any blood in cold water. Dub them dry and rub pheasants in salt and pepper, both inside and outside. Drizzle with honey/syrup and sprinkle a little estragon above. Heat the oil/butter into a frying pan; put one pheasant into the pan with the back down so the thighs are roasted first. See the picture. Turn the pheasant with the breast down. Then turn the pheasant on the side. First on one side, then the other side. The pheasant must have some 4 minutes on each side. Repeat for pheasant number two. Do you have a pan that is large enough for two pheasants, use this.

The Hunter trick: If the pheasants must be especially tender, pour 4 oz. snaps into the pan, and comes a lid on for 3 minutes before you go to the next step. Remember the steam from the snaps are highly flammable, so immediately on with the cover. (Flaming done in this way)

Add onions, garlic, chili pepper, dates, apples, the vegetables and rosemary in the pan and saute the vegetables for a few minutes. Pour in the chicken broth and Port wine. Now the pheasants must simmer for approx. 60 minutes. After half the time, the pheasants are flipped on the other side. The pheasants are taken up and kept warm under aluminum foil while the sauce is sown and cooked with Danablue and whipped cream. You may need to boil the sauce a bit before entering a dab of Danablue and whisk it with whipped cream until a smooth consistency is achieved. Season the sauce with salt and pepper and keep the sauce warm for 5 minutes while halving the pheasants.

Usually it is not necessary to use gravy browning in the sauce, but it's up to you.

Serving: Place half a pheasant on each plate, with some boiled potatoes. Pour the sauce over, and come Waldorf salad on the plate.

Garnish: Lingonberry is well suited for pheasants.

Drink: A good Italian Merlot red wine from 2004.

Tip: Use the Hunter trick, it works. The meat was tender and juicy.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Lobscouse with chives and beetroots

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

800 g young cattle in cubes 2x2 cm
(Beef lump or beef breast or lamb lump / neck)
1 kg potatoes (King Edward or Bintje)
4 tbsp. rapeseed oil (neutral oil)
2 tbsp. butter
3 onions, diced
3 cloves garlic, diced
10 bay leaves
10 whole peppercorns
2 tsp. salt
5 dl chicken broth (1 cube)
2 dl white wine

Accessories
Beetroot
Chives
Rye bread
Worchestershire Sauce
Recipe No. 102
Lobscouse with chives and beetroots

Lobscouse with chives and beetroots

 

First, some facts: I sat down one evening and saw the pictures from the fishing trips on Øresund, we were on the good ship "MS" TINA, and here I came across a dinner with lobscouse. This dinner, I will therefore bring here.

Procedure without liability: I used the Danish young cattle into cubes, which lay in packs of 300 g to 20.00 kr. per pack (offers). Put oil and butter in a large saucepan appropriate. Fry the meat on all sides for about 10 minutes. Then add onion, garlic, bay leaves salt and pepper to the pan. Let the onions become clear about 5 minutes, then pour the chicken stock and white wine over and give a rehash. Turn down the heat and let it small-simmer for 1 hour with the lid on.

Meanwhile, prepare the potatoes. Peel the potatoes and cut into cubes. Boil the potatoes for a maximum 5 minutes in as little water as possible. Drain and save it for later use, if needed. Place the potatoes in the pot to the meat and give a rehash. Turn down and simmer for 20 to 30 minutes with the lid on. Now you need to assess whether there is too little or too much water in the saucepan. If there is too little, add more potato water. If there is too much, you take the lid off and let it evaporate in the last 20 to 30 minutes. Be aware that it does not burn on the bottom of the pan, if there is too little liquid. Stir often in the pan. Total cooking time is about 2 hours for the meat used.

A little about potatoes: You need potatoes, which can easily overcook. It is the potatoes, which are normally used for mashed potatoes. In Sweden, which is known for a good mashed potatoes, hence the King Edward. Here in Denmark is often used Bintje, but you must of course make a choice, according to the varieties that you can buy. But note that if the potatoes are boiled with salt, the potatoes are not so easily overcook, and if you put them in boiling water, the potatoes are not so easily overcook. Therefore I precooked potatoes for 5 minutes before I got them up in the pan to the meat.

Serving: Distribute lobscouse on 4 plates with pickled beetroot and rye bread. Place salt and pepper mill on the table along with a Worchestershire Sauce and Tabasco sauce.

Garnish: Sprinkle with plenty of chopped chives. Some prefer parsley.

Drink: A good ship's beer, and a dram is suitable. This Christmas I drank a Julius Christmas brew.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Oriental or Danish fish stew

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

800 g of fish fillets of light and solid lean fish such as:
Cod, pollack, ling, catfish or hake
20 pcs. cleaned tiger prawns
4 cloves garlic, minced
1 pc. Onion, minced
4 pcs. spring onions into small slices
1 pc. red bell pepper into strips
1 pc. yellow bell peppers into strips
1 pc. red hot chili into small slices
4 pcs. ripe tomatoes, sliced
16 pcs. black olives without stones
1 level tsp. turmeric
1 tsp. salt and ½ tsp. white pepper

Accessories
3 dl rice cooked according to the recipe on the bag
Add the rice: 1 whole onion, 2 whole cloves of garlic, 4 cloves
1 cm whole ginger, 4 bay leaves or lime leaves
Or a good part of saffron
Oriental:
2 cm grated ginger
1 tsp. hot paprika
1 bunch cilantro
2 ½ dl coconut milk
4 tbsp. palm oil
2 limes

Danish:
2 cm grated horseradish
1 tsp. sweet paprika
1 bunch parsley
2 ½ dl whipping cream
4 tbsp. olive oil
2 lemons
Recipe No. 103*
Oriental or Danish fish stew

Oriental or Danish fish stew
The meals look similar, but tastes differently

 

First, some facts: Fish stew can be made in many ways, but I have chosen an Oriental and Danish fish stew, which is very tasty. Use the fish that you like best or which can be obtained after the season. The spices are added to the right, depending on whether the meal should be Oriental or Danish.

Procedure without liability: Begin spicing the fish fillets. Place the fish fillets in a large, ovenproof dish and sprinkle salt and white pepper over. Drip lime/lemon over. Sprinkle grated ginger/horseradish on. Place the pan aside while you make the basic sauce.

Come palm oil/olive oil in a pan and switch the raw tiger prawns a few minutes until they have taken color. Take them out and set them aside. Add more palm oil/olive oil if necessary, switch, then turmeric, hot/sweet paprika, garlic, onion, scallions, chili pepper, yellow and red bell pepper for 5 minutes, shall not browned. Add the coconut milk/cream and bring to the boil, then turn off the pan.

The basic sauce poured over the fish, garnish with tomatoes, black olives and cilantro/parsley. The dish is covered with aluminum foil and placed in a 180 °C preheated oven for 30 minutes. Take the dish out and come tiger prawns on. Baking even further 15 minutes to 30 minutes without aluminum foil look for when the sauce begins to bubble, then the meal is finish.

Serving: Place the dish on the table and serve the cooked rice.

Garnish: Sprinkle with plenty of chopped cilantro/parsley and lime / lemon wedges.

Drink: A good chilled white wine fits the meal.

Tip: Rice can also be cooked with a good portion of saffron, but it costs the box.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Bread from the skerries a'la Raija and Erik from Finland

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

The recipe provides 2 loaves
1 L of buttermilk
50 g yeast
1.5 dl syrup (light or dark as desired)
3 dl Tuoppi Crushed Rye Malt about 280 g
Rye Malt Beer malt try a local brewery. It is roasted malt
3 dl wheat bran (fiber) about 150 g
3 dl wholemeal about 270 g
10 plain flour about 690 g
1 tbsp. sea salt or smoked salt
2 tbsp. butter flakes or olive oil

Option:
1 tsp. Karlsens Licorice Granules 50 g sesamfrø

Syrup water for brushing:
1 cup warm Wiiebroe Porter
1/2 cup hot syrup
mix well
Recipe No. 104
Bread from the skerries a'la Raija and Erik from Finland

Bread from the skerries a'la Raija and Erik from Finland

 

First, some facts: Erik and Raija I have known for many years. Erik and I fished together several times. Erik lives half in Denmark and half in Finland, from where the recipe comes. Beer malt - Rye Malt - also comes from Finland. One use the beer malt to produce a light beer - almost without alcohol - but read even more about this on the website.

Procedure without liability: Warm buttermilk to 28 degrees in a saucepan or in the microwave. Pour the buttermilk into a large bowl. Crumble the yeast and mix well. Add the remaining ingredients: salt, syrup, beer malt, wheat bran, rye flour and wheat flour, stirring with a heavy wooden spoon. The dough should only knead gently together. It is slightly sticky. Save a little flour to sprinkle on the kitchen table.

Roll out the dough on the kitchen table and form a short and thick sausage. Divide the dough in two and then roll two sausages and put them into two 2-liter molds greased with butter or olive oil. Brush well with water syrup. Cover with a tea towel and leave to rise for 1½ to 2 hours at room temperature. Prick with fork holes in two rows along the surface of the bread.

Preheat oven to 175 degrees. Bake loaves in middle of oven on a rack for about 2 hours. When the loaves are baked about 1½ hours, brush the loaves with syrup water and continue baking for about another 30 minutes. Let the loaves be cool overnight, only covered in a clean tea towel. Cut best the day after with a good bread knife. Cold store the loaves. Can vacuum packed and frozen.

Serving: Used as plain rye bread, but has a different taste because of beer malt.

Garnish: Yes! what garnish one rye bread with? Make yourself your own experience.

Drink: It depends on when you eat rye bread - breakfast - dinner - or evening.

Tips: I could not wait for the day after, so I buttered me a piece of bread with a hot fish fillet, remulade and lemon garnished with cress. It was just the thing for a lunch. The option of licorice granules can be recommended for cheese sandwiches with jam.

I have unfortunately lost my good work colleague and fishing buddy. He passed away a few years ago and his wife Raija moved back to Finland. Honor be his memory.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Homemade bacon

Next Down

Shopping List for 12 adults - Danish version

Next Up

The recipe gives 12 pieces of bacon of approx. 600 g
3 pieces. Rib step at 4 kg / each. with rinds and bones give:
10 kg real meat
Vacuum salting
360 g Salt distributed as follows if you want to use nitrite salt
180 g table salt, fine
180 g Nitrite salt 0.6%
100 g Brown sugar
30 g Black pepper, powder
20 g Cayenne hot pepper, powder
30 g Garlic powder / granules
30 g Hungarian paprika, sweet
20 g Juniper, crushed
20 g Allspice, powder
20 g Thyme, dried
5 g Sodium ascorbate E301, See Tip
Read here about the use of nitritsalt

For the smoke oven
90% beech smoke dust for 3 to 4 times cold smoke
10% juniper smoke for 3 to 4 times cold smoke
Smoke 3 to 4 times of at least 12 hours duration
The temperature should be between 18 ° C and 22 ° C
but must not exceed 27 ° C

To the vacuum packer
2 rolls of groove bags 28 cm wide and 5 m long
Recipe No. 105
Bacon       Bacon

1. ready for salting - 2. is now vacuumed - 3. hung in the smoke oven - 4. finished smoked and ready for slicing

If you follow the recipe, you will get a 3.6% salting degree and a maximum limit value for nitrite of 108 mg / kg meat

I have made a Excel spreadsheet for calculating salt, sugar and spices

I made a Libre Office spreadsheet for calculating salt, sugar and spices

Making cold smoked bacon from A to Z

 

First a few facts: This recipe is based on dry salting in vacuum bags, so you should get a vacuum packer. I bought a Andersson vaccum sealer VMS 2.0 in NetOnNet, last time I was in Sweden, for 499 SEK. It's just amazingly good, you put an empty beer can in and vacuum it, it becomes flat like a pancake. In Denmark you can buy extra bags in Grillbutikken. The bags are available in several widths 28 cm, 20 cm and 12 cm, all in rolls of 5 meters. Remember that it must be grooved bags. I mention this because NetOnNet does not sell outside Sweden. Postscript: The bags can now be bought in many places in Denmark. Grooved bags have taken over the smooth bags because the vacuum packs - with proboscis - that used smooth bags were useless.

Procedure without liability: I bought 3 large pieces of rib roast of approx. 4 kg per piece. The roasts were not scratched but had little bone at one end. When the bones were cut off, I had 10 kg of real meat left. Now the meat needs to be salted and seasoned. Whether to use nitrite salt is up to you. The taste is no different if you only use ordinary fine table salt, but the color of the meat becomes pale without nitrite salt. The durability is also less without nitrite salt. The spices must be dried spices so as not to contain soil bacteria. The amount per kg of meat of all ingredients can be seen in my Spreadsheet.

Start by mixing all the spices and mix it with salt and sugar in a suitable plastic container intended for food. The pieces of meat are now added - one at a time - to the mixture and rubbed well into the salt, sugar and spices. Get into all the folds and cavities. Place the meat in a bag that has been welded twice at one end. The indicated amount of the mixture must be distributed on all pieces of meat and the entire amount must be in the bags. The bag must be clean and dry where it is to be welded. Wipe with paper from a paper towel. I welded the bag once more after it was vacuumed. Therefore, make sure that the bag is long enough for double welding at both ends. Repeat the procedure for all pieces of meat.

I just have to mention here that my rib roasts were in double length as seen in the top picture. All were just over 40 cm long. The bottom picture shows the roast folded, salted and vacuumed.

Now put all the bags in the fridge, where they will be salted for the next 10 days. I turned the bags once every day so that the salt in the meat would be uniform. After 10 days, the bag is cut open and the meat is taken out and rinsed well under the cold tap. All bags of liquid were weighed to see how much liquid was extracted from the meat. I started with 10 kg of meat, added 0.675 kg of salt and spices. The liquid weighed 2 kg, ie now 8.675 kg of salted meat.

An important part of the process now is to air dry the pieces of meat for at least 2 days, because otherwise the meat will not receive the golden color when it is to be smoked. Use some good meat hooks to hang the pieces of meat in. They can be bought in Silvan for DKK 35.95, but I have also seen them in BilTema for DKK 29.00. Both places for 2 pcs.

Prepare your smoke oven for cold smoking for the next 12 hours or more. I use my maze tray - see here - it lasts at least 18 hours before it needs to be cleaned and refilled for the next time smoke. In the period from Tuesday evening to Saturday morning, the meat was cold-smoked at approx. 22 ° C four times. It is the case that the temperature in my smoke oven during cold smoking is between 8 ° C and 10 ° C above the ambient temperature. My smoke oven is otherwise electronically controlled, but I do not use it for cold smoking. I always use beech smoke soil and a little juniper smoke soil for cold smoking of fish and meat. Remember good draft in the smoke oven so that acid smoke does not form.

Now the meat has turned into salted and smoked bacon and is ready to mature before being eaten. Hang the meat in a suitable refrigerator for a few weeks. Some water also shrinks during drying and cold smoking, so weigh your finished bacon. There should be approx. 30% shrinkage for long-term durability. You can buy DRY AGING BAGS - costs a "Farm" - to mature your meat in. I have tried these bags and they seem to work.

Serving: Of course, I can not name all the good dishes that bacon is suitable for. So therefore just a few. Bacon with onion (recipe no. 106) and lunch omelette with bacon (recipe no. 83) and of course on a piece of homemade liver pate (recipe no. 72).

Garnish: Many dishes can be decorated with something green.

Drink: The dishes I have mentioned go well with a cold beer and a dram.

Tip: Try brown cabbage or yellow pea soup with a slice of homemade bacon. When you fry this bacon, you will find that it does not "squirt" on the pan, as the purchased bacon does. This is because it is not sprayed with salt water, but instead the water is extracted from the meat. Fry the bacon over medium heat on both sides so that it turns golden brown but not branked. The shelf life of this vacuum bacon in the freezer is assumed to be 6 months. Unopened in refrigerator 2 months.

It is optional to add E301 Sodium ascorbate = E300 Askorbic acid. It is an antioxidant. On the plus side, Sodium ascorbate makes the meat more red and reduces over time the residual nitrite content in the finished product product. Both ascorbic acid and sodium corbate are forms of vitamin C and are common food additives where more specifically sodium ascorbate falls into the category of mineral salts. Although ascorbic acid is the pure form of vitamin C, sodium ascorbate is the sodium salt of ascorbic acid.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Apple pork with onions and homemade bacon

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

8 apples, peeled and cored
2 large red onions
16 slices of homemade bacon
1 tbsp. sugar
1 tbsp. Cider vinegar
A little salt - depends on how salty you made your bacon
4-8 slices of rye bread
1 glass of beetroot

I used 'Red Ingrid Marie' apple
a little apple cider vinegar, but no salt


Recipe No. 106*
Delightful apple pork with onions and homemade bacon

Delightful apple pork with onions and homemade bacon
The meal here is only made for 2 persons

 

Procedure without liability: Cut your homemade bacon for about 6 to 8 mm thick slices and places them on the frying pan. You may need to do this in 2 rounds, not to get too many pieces, so they stick together during cooking. If you believe to be sprinkled with a little salt, you do it. Fry them in the pan over medium heat on both sides, so they get a good color but without being burned.

In the meantime, the onions peeled and cut into slices. The apples are peeled and cut into quarters, apple cored are cut away. Share apple into 1/8 parts.

When the bacon is done remove it from the pan and place on paper towel to drain. Frying fat remains in the pan.

Fry the onions first until they are glassy then put the apples in the pan and cook all for about 15 minutes under a lid. But remember to stir once in a while. Fry and stir until you have found the right consistency. Add sugar to taste, if you want a sweeter taste, or if the apples were sour. Is there too little liquid, you can add apple juice, white wine or maybe apple cider vinegar of the good kind, as shown in the picture above.

Serving: Apple pork served on a piece of rye bread sprinkled with chives or soft thyme branches.

Garnish: Many meals can be decorated with something green.

Drink: A companion will be a cold beer and a dram.

Hints: Do you use bacon from the recipe above, you will see that it is not "sizzling" in the pan, as it is salted and long-term cold-smoked. Bacon pieces do not stick together, which bought bacon does. My wife was delighted; the cooker should not be cleaned for frying fat. I may do it again in her kitchen, she said.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Sous Vide with loin of veal

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

800 g loin of veal
1 tbsp. sea salt

Dried spices
1 tbsp. whole black pepper
1 tbsp. whole allspice
1 tbsp. whole coriander
1 tbsp. thyme
Blend together with coarse sea salt

Equipment
Vacuum packages with grooved bags
Sous Vide Tank
Recipe No. 107*
Sous Vide with loin of veal
Sous Vide Tank
Sous Vide with loin of veal

 

First, some facts: Let it be said at once, meat preparations "under a vacuum" = "Sous Vide" is a great mouthful to put teeth in. The meat is so tender that you can chew it between the eyebrows. However, it takes some time, between 6 hours and 12 hours is not uncommon for 1 kg of beef at 55 °C. Moreover, it also requires expensive equipment to cook the meat. You will need a vacuum packages with accessories as well as a "Sous Vide Tank" at least 10 liters. I bought a vacuum packages in Sweden at a reasonable price, so I decided that my winter project would be a "Sous Vide Tank". Later I have seen deals on these to 1,500.00 DKK, but they were all only 8 liters. It can go for a roast rump of 1 kg, but how accurately it keeps the temperature is uncertain. I would refer to my homemade Sous Vide Tank for long cooking meat, you can even read more, and judge if this is something for you.

Procedure without liability: I am a novice in terms of Sous Vide cooking, so I only go with the successful recipes that I have made. "Buy 3 and pay only for the most expensive one", it was a slogan in Brugsen up for Christmas for 3 culotte roast. So it was my choice for the first experiment.

Clean the roast for tendons, but let the fat be on. Give the meat a frying crust on all sides in hot oil, max. 1 minute on each side. To 1 kg of meat used above mixture of salt / spices. Rub it well into the meat after it is browned. Place the meat in the vacuum bag and suck the air out. Place the bag in the refrigerator overnight. The next day the Sous Vide tank is ready at 10:00 (55 °C), and the meat is placed in the tank. Exactly 17:00 - that is seven hours after - take the meat up. Is then placed under a hot grill for 10 to 15 minutes. The meat can be cut immediately afterwards, and you get a piece of meat as shown in the picture above. Note: Some cooks give first a rose crust after the meat has been in "Hot Tank". You can of course decide for yourselves. I do it before, because of health reasons. I mean to reduce undesirable surface bacteria in this way.

For all Sous Vide recipes I will only come up with the recipe for cooking of the meat / fish. The accessories you'll find out for yourself.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Sous Vide with beef cuvette

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1000 g beef cuvette
1 tbsp. sea salt

Dried spices
1 tbsp. whole black pepper
1 tbsp. whole allspice
1 tbsp. whole coriander
1 tbsp. thyme
Blend together with coarse sea salt

Equipment
Vacuum packages with grooved bags
Sous Vide Tank
Recipe No. 108*
Sous Vide with beef cuvette
Sous Vide with beef cuvette

 

Procedure without liability: The successful experiment with a loin of veal - see above - should be tested with beef cuvette of 1000 g that I found on sales for 68.00 kr. According recipes online, such an "guy" must have 12 hours at 54 °C.

Clean roast for tendons, but let the fat be on. Give the meat a frying crust on all sides in hot oil, max. 1 minute on each side. To 1 kg of meat used above mixture of salt / spices. Rub it well into the meat after it is browned. Place the meat in the vacuum bag and suck the air out. Place the bag in the refrigerator overnight. The next day the Sous Vide tank is ready at 05:00 (54 °C), and the meat is put in. Exactly 17:00 - that is 12 hours after - take the meat up. Is then placed under a hot grill for 10 to 15 minutes. The meat can be cut immediately afterwards, and you get a piece of meat as shown in the picture above. Note: Some cooks give first a rose crust after the meat has been in "Hot Tank". You can of course decide for yourselves. I do it before, because of health reasons. I think to reduce undesirable surface bacteria in this way.

There was a big difference in the tenderness of the two pieces of meat, loin of veal was 100% tender, but beef cuvette was less tender - only 50% - if one can measure the tenderness in this way. About this difference lies in the quality of meat, or whether beef cuvette must have 16 hours is uncertain. I will try next time, I bought two beef cuvette.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Italian beef casserole with beef cuvette and chorizo sausage

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

800 g beef cuvette
4 Chorizo sausage
150 g smoked bacon, diced
4 carrots
1 leek
1 onion
4 cloves garlic
2 sticks celery
1 large can tomato puree
1 cube chicken stock
1 hot chili pepper (Hot Carrot)
3 tbsp. mild paprika
2 tbsp. wheat flour
1 fl. Wiibroe Porter
4 tbsp. Extra Virgin Olive Oil
100 g butter
1 teaspoon. sea salt

Mashed potatoes
8 large potatoes
50 g of butter
2 dl. whipping cream
1 bunch lovage
Season with salt and white pepper
Recipe No. 109*
Italian beef casserole with beef cuvette and chorizo sausage

Italian beef casserole with beef cuvette and chorizo sausage

 

Procedure without liability: In these times when beef coulotte / cuvette roast is cheap, you should try different recipes with them. I will make an Italian stew with chorizo sausage and some smoked bacon, and a lot of vegetables. It is of course up to you which and how many vegetables you choose. I give above my idea of a good composition.

Clean roast for tendons, but let the fat be on. Cut into 1 cm thick slices from the thin end. The pieces are divided into 2 or 3 pieces, so you get bite-sized chunks. In a plastic bag executed wheat flour and mild paprika, meat lumps empty into the plastic bag and the bag is shaken well. A large heavy-based saucepan with oil and butter put the heat. When the fat is good hot, put the meat on the the saucepan and browned on all sides. Is the saucepan small, one must do it in two stages, the meat must be in one layer on the bottom of the saucepan. The meat should be taken up and bacon switches in the saucepan. All vegetables are cleaned and sliced / diced. Getting them to the saucepan and mix them with bacon and browned meat. Come tomato puree, chicken stock and a bottle of porter in. Stir in the pot and season with salt. I used 2 "Hot Carrot Chili Pepper" strength 7 - homegrown. It was just "Hot" enough for the lady of the house. So remember yourself to try the strength of your chili pepper. Turn down the heat and let it simmer for 90 minutes, look after the liquid does not evaporate, add water, if necessary. I added 1 cup whipping cream in right before serving to take some of the "hot" taste.

The potatoes are peeled and cut into large cubes, put on the heat and simmering for 20 minutes with a bunch lovage, but without salt. Pour off the water and lovage removed. The potatoes are mashed with a little butter and cream, season with salt. (Normally also with white pepper, but here was the meal enough "Hot").

Serving: The meal served with mashed potatoes and pickled gherkins and cucumbers.

Garnish: Mashed potatoes can be decorated with something green - chives or watercress.

Drink: A cold Porter that came in the food will be great.

Hints: Do you use bacon from the recipe above, you will see that it is not "sizzling" in the pan, as it is salted and long-term cold-smoked. Bacon pieces do not stick together, which bought bacon does. But be scanty with getting salt in the food, as this bacon is very salty.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Sous Vide Pork Roast with crispy pork rinds

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1.5 kg pork loin with rind
2 tbsp. fine salt
1 tbsp. cane sugar
2 tsp. all kinds of broken
1 tsp. pepper from the mill
6 pieces. bay leaves
2 cloves of garlic 6 pieces. cloves whole
1 - 2 tbsp. olive oil

Equipment
Vacuum packages with ribbed bags
Sous vide vessel

Sauce
4 power legs approx. 1 kg, 3 l water, ½ fl. red wine and 4 tbsp. olive oil
Root vegetables: 2 carrots, 2 parsnips, 2 parsnips, 1 small celery
2 leeks, 2 onions, 1 whole garlic, 1 sprig of thyme, bay leaves and 1 red chilli
Season with salt and pepper from the mill
Recipe No. 110*
Sous Vide Pork Roast with crispy pork rinds
Sous Vide Pork Roast with crispy pork rinds

 

Procedure without liability: I want to try something new: A good pork roast with crispy pork rinds by Sous Vide method. I only write about how pork roast and sauce to be cooked. All accessories are up to you to cook to your taste.

Roast: It is important to cut all rinds individually all the way down to the meat, but no further. Mix salt, sugar, allspice and pepper, rub the mixture well into the meat and rind. Place the roast in a vacuum bag along with bay leaves and a few cloves of garlic over the rinds. If you want a Christmas flavor, drop some cloves between the grooves on the rind. Vacuum seal the bag and seal it twice at each end.

Set the Sous Vide vessel to 58 °C and 8 hours for 1 kg roast - 9 hours for 1.5 kg - 10 hours for 2 kg.

After the time is up, take the roast out of the bag and place it on a rack in the roasting pan. If there is any liquid in the bag, use it for the sauce - but be careful, it is very salty. Beforehand, the spices (bay leaves, garlic and cloves) are removed and the rind is wiped dry. Grease the rind with a little olive oil. The pan must lie "horizontally" in the oven, so that you can block it up with tinfoil. Place the roast in a preheated oven at 220 °C for approx. 10 minutes. Then switch on the grill elements and give another 10 minutes - maybe more - under the grill.

Note: The time can vary greatly from oven to oven, so sit down in front of the oven and keep an eye on the rind. When they pop up and turn golden, the rind is done. Remove the roast and let it rest for 20 to 30 minutes before slicing. Mine took 20 minutes as described. It should have 5 to 10 more minutes to crisp up the rind. The loose rinds on the plate are made separately: boiled for 20 minutes in salted water with a little sugar, 30 minutes under the grill at 220 °C. If there is any liquid in the roasting pan, it is also used for the sauce.

Sauce: Making the sauce is a long-term project, as you don't get much liquid with the Sous Vide method. There will be some liquid in the bag which can be used. Brown the kraft bone in a large pot in a little olive oil. All root vegetables are cleaned and cut into small pieces and put in the pot. Pour water over to cover - approx. 3 liters. Boil and skim the surface for "impurities", add red wine and a little salt to the pan. Cook covered at low heat (97 °C) for 4 to 5 hours. After cooking, strain the soup and discard the pulp and root vegetables. The soup is measured to approx. 3 liters. The soup can now be divided into 6 portions of ½ liter and frozen for many good dinner dishes.

For my roast, I used ½ liter of soup and made the sauce "thick" with Fresh cream 30% from Arla. I have heard that it is sold out or no longer made. Use whipping cream and a little creme fraiche, flavored with coarse pepper from the mill. If the sauce is to be colored more brown, you can use a little food coloring.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Heavy and Hot Oxtail Soup

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1,2 kg oxtail cut off in the joints
3 tbsp. olive oil and 20 g butter
1 tbsp. hot paprika
2 beef cube dice
Black pepper from the mill
2,5 liters of water and 1/4 bottle of red wine

Soup-green
2 big twigs thyme
4 stalk parsley
4 bay leaves
1 red hot chili pepper

Vegetables
2 onions
2 leeks
1 whole garlic
2 carrots
2 parsley seeds
2 pastasacks
1 small celeriac

1 tin concentrated tomato sauce
1 can of peeled tomatoes with chili


For serving
1 dl Madeira
4 eggs cooked smiling 5 to 6 minutes
Garlic flute
Taste with salt and pepper from the mill
1 can / pack of cocktail sausages
I've got a new camera so the picture format has changed
Recipe No. 111
Heavy and Hot Oxtail Soup

Top picture: First day Chicken Soup, made by Bent
Bottom picture: Strong and Hot Oxtail Soup, made by me
The soup is heated at Varde River the first day and the second day up in the forest

 

Procedure without liability: In Easter 2017 I will go to Varde Creek and try the fish luck for the fourth time. This year I think it's getting cold, so I'll surprise my fishing friends with a Hot Oxtail Soup.

1. Step: Warm the oil and butter in a large pot. Spice the beef tails with hot paprika. Now, the beef tails came into the pot and roast from all sides briefly but heavily. Get half of the cleaned and finely chopped vegetables in the pot together with soup-green. Roast at high temperature just until the onions are light brown. Pour water and red wine and cook again. Then the heat is set to medium temperature. Season with beef broth, tomato puree, peeled tomatoes, pepper and salt to taste.

2. Step: Now the beef tails simmer 2 to 3 hours in the soup until the meat can loosen from the legs. Take the beef tails out of the soup. The meat is cut into cubes and freed as much as possible for fat and tendons. Pour the soup through a sieve without the vegetables coming into the pot and throwing the vegetables. The rest of the cleaned and finely chopped vegetables are placed in the pot and boiled for 20 minutes, after which the meat is put into the pot and heated again. Taste with salt, pepper and Madeira.

Serving: Half smiling eggs and garlic cloves go well to the soup.

Tip: If the soup is cooked the day before, you can cool it completely, making it easier to remove the grease. Boil meat and vegetables tenderly and sieve the soup. Pour the meat from the legs and put it in the fridge. Foam the soup the next day before it is warmed up with meat and the fresh vegetables and boil well. Here I recommend to add a can of packed cocktail sausages if you want more filling to the fishing trip. I used the light smoked from Rema, which was randomly on offer this day.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Chili con carne

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 kg of beef bow or tenderloin in cubes
4 tbsp. Olive oil
1 tbsp. Hot pepper / cayenne pepper
1 tbsp. Flour
2 onion in cubes
4 garlic in in cubes
2 red peppers (pepper) in cubes
2 red chili peppers in cubes
1 small bunch of coriander
2 cans of peeled tomatoes
1 small can of tomato sauce
2 pcs. La Costena Chipotles
6 pcs. Bay leaves
2 to 3 cans of beans of your choice or
500 g of dried beans of your choice
200 ml beef stock
Taste with salt, brown daffodil and black pepper from the mill

Dried spices
1 tsp. Cinnamon
1 tsp. Dried coriander
1 tsp. Allspice
1 tsp. Oregano
1 tsp. Cumin

For serving
Garlic flute or
Bohemian semmel knödel
Creme Fraiche
Revet Cheddarost
Fresh coriander for decoration
Recipe No. 112
Chili con carne

Chili con carne

 

Procedure without liability: I should just mention that the dish can also be made of minced beef meat instead of beef in the cubes. With minced meat it takes about 1 hour and with meat in cubes approx. 2 hours. To those who do not like coriander, decorate with parsley.

Start cleaning the vegetables and cut them into small cubes. Bring half of olive oil into a large pot and switch the vegetables until the onion have become clear but not brown. The meat is cleansed for the tendons and cut into the mouthpiece. Add pepper / cayenne pepper and flour in a plastic bag and shake well. The meat cubes come in the bag, which is shaken even more. The meat is switched on a pan with the rest of the olive oil until it has a good roasted surface. Flour is only used with meat in cubes.

Bring the meat to the pan with the vegetables. Add peeled tomatoes, tomato sauce, chopped Chipotles, bay leaves, beef broth and taste with dried spices a little at a time. Bring it all in the boil and immediately turn down the heat. Season with salt, brown daffodil and black pepper from the mill. Let the dishes simmer for approx. 2 hours for meat in cubes and approx. 1 hour for minced meat.

Canned beans are added 15 minutes before the dish is cooked. Soaked, dried beans are added 30 minutes before the dish is cooked.

Choosing the Beans: It's almost a religious issue that should not be discussed here, just select your own favorites. I would like to use white beans in tomatchilisauce and red kidney beans from canned, one of each to the dish and one kidney beans in chili sauce.

Serving: Serve the dish in deep plates, because there should be a lot of liquid - sauce - to dip the bread. Sprinkle grated cheese over, put a crunch of creme fraiche on top and decorate with a little green of your choice.

Drink: A cold Pilsner beer makes good for this "Hotte" dish, or a MERLOT red wine.

Hints: If you want to use dried beans, they must be soaked in cold water overnight. Please change water a few times. Boil the beans 30 minutes (white and kidney beans) under lid in fresh water, added 2 red chili pepper, 2 cloves of garlic, 6 bay leaves. The beans are drained in a sieve and the beans that are not used to the dish can be frozen for later use. It is important to soak the beans and boil them with plenty of water to get the poison lectin out of the beans. Be careful not to overcook the beans as they will become floury.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Oven roasted turbot

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

2 turbot 1 kg per piece
1 organic lemon in slices
2 dl white wine Chardonnay
300 g butter
1 clove of garlic in slices
Salt and black pepper from the mill

Fresh herbs
Dill
Oregano
Thyme
Parsley
lovage
Basil

For serving
1 kg of new Danish potatoes
20 white asparagus
Cleared butter
Recipe No. 113
Oven roasted turbot

Oven roasted turbot

 

Procedure without liability: This dish should be made in late May or early June, where new Danish potatoes and white asparagus are to buy for "money". The turbot is also fat and delicious and with roe. Clean the turbot guts - let the roe stay in the fish - scratch the top and underside of the mucus. But let the head and all the fins remain on the fish. Make a deep cut on the upper side along the back bone and cut the skin all the way around the head and the fins. I used a scalpel, but a very sharp knife can also be used.

Use the wide and powerful stanniol, which is put in an ovenproof dish. Sprinkle salt and pepper to the bottom, put a turbot over, sprinkle the turbot with salt and pepper. Now spread fresh herbs, lemon slices, garlic slices and butter bumps over the fish. Finally pour approx. 1 dl white wine over the fish. Grab the stanol around the fish and put it in a 180 °C pre-heated oven for approx. 40 minutes. If you use a larger turbot - 2 kg, the time must be increased to 60 minutes.

New Danish potatoes - freshly excavated - cleaned with gloves with knobs, see recipe No. 1 and hover over the image. Boil the potatoes in boiling lightly salted water and boil them for 16 minutes. White asparagus peel deeply and cut 3 cm of the bottom. Bring asparagus into boiling lightly salted water and boil for 12 minutes. Potatoes and asparagus are drained on a kitchen roll, put on a dish and put on the table.

Serving: Put the dish on the table and the host cuts the fish, the hostess distributes potatoes and asparagus on the plates. The clarified butter is poured over and it is decorated with green.

Drink: The same white wine - Chardonnay - served to the dish.

Hints: A large plaice can be made in the same way, but the oven time may vary depending on the size of the fish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Osso Buco sous vide cooking

Next Down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Next Up

2 large Osso Buco 3 to 4 cm thick
1 large onion
2 carrots
1 parsley root
1 parsnip
1 leeks
2 stalks of celery
4 cloves of garlic
5 g salt
Pepper from the mill
½ dl Raps oil
5 dl white wine (Chardonnay)
1 package Chef Ox bouillon
1 can of peeled tomatoes
1 tin concentrated tomato sauce
4 bay leaves preferably fresh

Herbs of your choice:
Thyme, rosemary, basil, french estragon
Accessories:
Pasta Gnocchi, Polenta, Mashed Potatoes, Risotto or White Kidney Beans
Recipe No. 114
Osso Buco sous vide cooking
Osso Buco sous vide cooking

 

Procedure without liability:

Prepare the vegetables: Clean and cut the vegetables well in small cubes.

Prepare Osso Buco: Season the meat with salt and pepper. Heat a pan with oil (hot) and put Osso Boco on the pan for 2 minutes on each side and all edges until golden brown.

Prepare the sauce: Shake the vegetables in oil approx. 20 minutes. Pour white wine on and cook the wine for almost nothing left approx. 40 minutes under lid. Add peeled tomatoes and concentrated tomato sauce, boil for a thick paste approx. 15 minutes without lid.

Get it in a bag: When Osso Buco and sauce have cooled down to hand warm, these ingredients come in a solid sous vide bag sealed twice at one end. Add some spices of your choice along with some bay leaves. Suction vacuum seal twice at the other end. Bring the bag to the sous vide tube and let it last for 48 hours at 58 degrees. Make sure that the water in the sous vide tube does not evaporate for the long time cooking. Fill with warm water if it happens.

Drink: The same white wine - Chardonnay - served to the dish. (We did not have anymore, so it became a red wine.)

Hints: Serve a fresh salad to the dish. I chose rosemary, French estragon and mashed potatoes.

Postscript: I have read many recipes with different times and temperatures ranging from 12 hours to 72 hours, and temperatures from 55 degrees to 70 degrees. I chose a Golden Midway 48 hours at 58 degrees. The meat was not tender - almost not to chew. An old bull? The vegetables tasted out of all expectation. I may be allowed to cook the vegetables next time, but the lady in the house will probably have to roast the osso buco in the old-fashioned way.

Explanation: Recipes with the short times and low temperatures originate from America, where the bulls are young meat cattle. Whereas long-term and high-temperature recipes are Danish recipes using old-baked dairy cows. - Ending.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Oven roasted sea trout

Next Down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 sea trout of approx. 1.5 - 2 kg
4 shallots
2 cloves of garlic
1 fennel
1 parsley root
1/2 celeriac
50 g butter
2 dl white wine (Chardonnay)
4 bay leaves fresh
Thyme fresh
5 g of salt
Pepper from the mill

Accessories:
4 white carrots
2 red carrots
50 g butter
1 dl whip cream
Thyme fresh
Recipe No. 115
Oven roasted sea trout
Oven roasted sea trout

 

Procedure without liability:

Prepare the fish: Clean the freshly caught sea trout. Scrape the mucus of the fish from head to tail and scrape the scales of the fish from tail to head. Cut off the head and fill the fish from head to tail. Fine clean the fish for all the side bones. Rinse the fish in cold water and let it drip well before drying in kitchen paper on both sides.

Prepare the vegetables for the basis of the fish: Peel the shallots and divide them into 4 longitudinally. Garlic is cleaned of shell and cut into quarters. Fennel is cut into suitable slices. The parsley root is peeled, cut in half and cut into rods. The celery is peeled and cut into smaller rods

Prepare accessories and the sauce: Peel the carrots and divide them into half or quarters - depending on size - cut them into 2 to 3 cm length, sprinkle with some thyme.

In a roasting pan lined with butter-greased baking paper, all the vegetables are distributed for the fish. Sprinkle salt and pepper from the mill. Put buttercream on and pour some white wine over. Put the baking pan in a cold oven and turn up to 200 °C. When the stove has reached the temperature (about 20 minutes), remove the frying pan and the two sea trout fillers are applied with the ski side down. Pour white wine over the fish, sprinkle with a little salt and pepper from the mill. Put buttercream on the fish and put on thyme and bay leaves. Put the baking pan in the oven and cook for approx. 30 to 35 minutes until the fish is finished. The time depends on the thickness of the fish and also on your oven.

While the vegetables and fish are baking, the accessories and the sauce are made. The butter is melted on the pan, the carrots and thyme are poured in and lightly roasted for a few minutes, then whipping cream is poured over. Turn down the heat and let it simmer until you think the carrots have the right bite. Season with a little salt and pepper.

Appliance: Once the fish has had enough, take it out and put it on a platter along with the vegetables. The flavorful liquid is poured into the carrots. It all decorated with picked thyme.

Drinking: The same white wine - Chardonnay - is served chilled to the dish.

Hints: If you don't like celeriac, use other root crops. Leeks are also suitable. Perhaps potatoes in small sticks, just remember the potatoes should be well baked.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Salted and smoked wild boar club

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 wild boar club of approx. 2.5 kg

8 liters of brine made from:
6.90 liters of water
2.382 kg coarse salt
100 grams of cane sugar
It gives 26% weight of brine
or 24 °B (Degrees Baume)

Option Spices:
3 tbsp. Thyme dried
3 tbsp. Whole peppercorns
3 tbsp. Whole juniper
1 pack of bay leaves

Equipment:
Salt jar of 14 liters
Big plate as weight
Smoke oven for cold smoke
Beech sawdust
Juniper sawdust

Note: Sugar and spices are not included in calculating
the Grade Baume of the brine.
One can use "butcher salt", that is nitrite salt 0.6%,
which gives the meat the red color. It can be purchased in
Denmark online here.

Spice snaps: Take and crush 30 pcs. juniper and cut
a red chili pepper in slices, pour in 250 ml of vodka.
Allow the spices to soak in vodka during the time you
make the club. When the club is smoked and the string
removed, the club is brushed off 2 to 3 times the first
week of maturation.
Recipe No. 116

The pictures below show the procedure for my salted and smoked wild boar club. The whole procedure takes 5 weeks.

Purchased wild boar club 2.5 kg

Purchased wild boar club 2.5 kg
The wild boar club - deep-frozen - weighed 2.5 kg and cost DKK 125.00 on offer in Rema 1000. Ended up with 1.8 kg, shrinkage 0.7 kg or 28%.

The wild boar club boned and submerged in brine

The wild boar club boned and submerged in brine
The wild boar club is put in a brine of 26% or 20 °B. Here it should be for 2 weeks. Hold down with a heavy plate. There was room for 2.

The wild boar club washed off for salt and constricted

The wild boar club washed off for salt and constricted
The wild boar club washed off for salt and constricted. I have bought some heavy meat hooks so it does not fall down in the smokig oven.

The wild boar club was hung up for drying

The wild boar club was hung up for drying
The wild boar club was hung up for drying in my drying cabinet before smoking. Here it should hang some days. The weather was these days between - 2 °C and + 4 °C. But with sunshine.

Labyrinth sawdust tray prepared for smoke

Labyrinth sawdust tray prepared for smoke
The labyrinth sawdust tray is filled with 8 liters of beech sawdust and a little juniper twigs. There are a few twigs with juniper berries on the surface. These I myself have picked in Sweden at Bjärehalvöen by Hovs Haller. The sawdust is lit with a little alcohol on the left side. Glowing for approx. 24 hours.

The wild boar club was hung up in the smokig oven

The wild boar club was hung up in the smokig oven
The wild boar club was hung up in the smokig oven and have got the first 24 hours of smoke. In all, it was smoked for 5 days with a few breaks in between. Slightly expensive in sawdust, so I should have 6 pieces in the smokig oven. Or a couple of salmon.

The wild boar club completed the smoke and the string removed

The wild boar club completed the smoke and the string removed
The wild boar club completed the smoke and the string removed. The club is brushed with a spice snap consisting of juniper and chili peppers. This has been done 3 times over a week.

Wild boar club hung inside a ham bag and is ready for maturation

Wild boar club hung inside a ham bag and is ready for maturation
The wild boar club is then hung in a ham bag and has to mature for 2 weeks. I will test the tasting club after 1 week. It will be around February 8, 2019. I thank my neighbor - Jette - for the homemade ham bags.

The wild boar club is ready to be eaten

The wild boar club is ready to be eaten
The wild boar club is now ready to be eaten. I've cut some slices off the bottom end that we shall have tonight. I want to make an omelette and use these slices instead of bacon. I've tasted them and they taste great. The lady in the house also likes them, but she thinks they are right on the salty side. The smoke flavor is fantastic, just as comfortable.

 

Procedure without liability: I assume that an almost saturated brine is made at 4 ° C, where water fills the least. Salinity solubility in water depends on temperature. At 0 °C, 357 g of salt per 1 liter of water can be dissolved, at 100 °C 398 g of salt can be dissolved per 1 liter of water. In this brine, 2382/6.9 = 345 g of salt are dissolved in 1 liter of water at 4 °C. If you want to use other values, you can apply mine Excel Spreadsheets for the calculations. The normal value for salting food is between 10 °B and 16 °B. But here it is a wild boar club that must be long lasting and hard in consistency, therefore I choose 20 °B. When salting, the temperature should be between 5 °C and 8 °C. I use a refrigerator in my outdoor kitchen designed for this, as well as my cold beer. In addition, the refrigerator can also be used for drying meat and fish waiting to be smoked.

Now we need to get started: Put the water into a large pot and bring the water to a boil. Pour the salt over gradually and stir in the pan. Then add the spices and sugar. Keep the pan boiling for the next few minutes. If the salt comes in cold water, it lies on the bottom while the water boils, and then the salt can "burn" together on the bottom of the pan. I have experienced this myself with my electricity hotplate. The hot brine is cooled overnight. The waiting time can be used to defrost and defecate The wild boar club for the upper leg.

The brine is poured into the salt jar and the wild boar club is put in. A large, heavy plate is placed on top so that the wild boar club is completely covered with brine. The salt jar is now set to cool - between 5 °C and 8 °C - and the wild boar club is salted for 2 weeks, if boned. If the wild boar club is put in with bone it must have between 3 and 4 weeks. A rule of thumb says 1 week per kg of meat without bone. With bone double up.

After 2 weeks, remove the club and rinse well in running cold water. May be put in clean, cold water overnight. We want the surface free of any salt, as it can give a white color to the meat when it becomes dry. The club is dipped dry in paper towel and must now be tied together with meat cord. A loop must be made on the club at the pointed end so that it can be hung up for drying. A suitable meat hook can also be used, can be purchased in Biltema. Drying can take place in a refrigerator at 5 °C to 8 °C. But remember to ventilate the refrigerator so that the humidity does not get too high. It takes 2 to 4 days to dry the club. Try with a finger, your finger must not stick to the meat. If you have a drying cupboard closed with an insect gauze, it can also be used during the winter period in the carport. I have heard of "ham bags" that they use in Norway. Try searching the web. I have purchased material so I can make these ham bags myself. More about these comes when they are finished.

When you think the club is dry enough, it should be cold smoked. The temperature should be kept below 27 °C throughout the period. It should not be a problem during the winter period. The temperature in my smokig oven rises by 10 °C compared to ambient temperature. I use a labyrinth sawdust tray, so there is not too much glow at a time. I use beech sawdust added with 5% juniper sawdust, which gives a good taste - both in meat and fish (Eel). The labyrinth sawdust tray can contain 8 liters of sawdust, which is poured loosely so that the embers can catch. Light fire in the front left corner with either a little alcohol or a weed burner. The club is suspended in the smokig oven when the alcohol has burned out (no flames).

My sawdust tray can glow for 16 to 24 hours depending on how much it blows - pull in the smokig oven. I expect to smoke the club for 4 days, so it must be replenished with sawdust sometimes, followed by breaks of 6 hours. I am now ready to smoke my wild boar club and it is January with temperatures between minus 5 °C and plus 5 °C, so it is exciting to see what the temperature in the smokig oven will be.

The days and nights with minus 5 °C became the temperature only plus 5 °C, but set fire to all 3 channels the temperature reached 24 °C. Then I also tried this. I smoked the wild boar club for 5 days with an average temperature of 15 °C. Now the club hangs and matures in my drying cabinet in the outdoor kitchen, where the day temperature is at 4 °C and the night temperature goes in minus. I mature for 2 weeks. The club is brushed with a spice snap consisting of juniper and chili peppers. This has been done 3 times over a week.

I got a couple of "ham bags" with the help of our good neighbor who is firm with a sewing machine. The bags were made from the old-fashioned cotton diapers purchased in Jysk, 12 pcs. DKK 120.00 They just need to be cooked well before use, as the fabric is bleached with chlorine.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pljeskavica a Serbian Hamburger with Shopska salad

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

Pljeskavica
400 g Beef minced min 12% fat
400 g Lamb minced min 12% fat
2 Onions finely chopped
2 cloves garlic pressed
1 tbsp. Paprika smoked
1 tbsp. Paprika sweet
1 tsp. Cumin whole, bumped
Pepper whole from the mill
1 tsp. Salt
1 Chili pepper, finely chopped red
1 tbsp. Coriander seeds whole or
1 Coriander leaves finely chopped
1 Parsley leaves finely chopped
1 to 2 tbsp. Olive oil for frying
A good bread of your choice

Cevapcici
The same father is used for Cevapcici
but then mix an egg into the mince. Gives
crispness and collects the farce. Form
finger-shaped sausages and fried them on
the grill or on the pan. The same
lovely salad and bread are eaten for.

The meat is brushed with olive oil,
when turned on the grill
Accessories Shopska Salad:
4 sun-ripened spicy tomatoes on stalk
1 large cucumber or
4 school cucumbers (the little cucumbers)
4 spring onions
1 to 2 main salad (iceberg or Romanian salad)
1 red chili pepper
1 green chili pepper
16 green or black olives
1 can Feta cheese diced or
1 dry Feta cheese for grater
1 bunch chopped parsley

Dressing:
3 parts olive oil and 1 part Heidelberg apple cider-
vinegar, salt and freshly ground black pepper

Cevapcici on the grill
Cevapcici on the grill
Recipe No. 117
Pljeskavica a Serbisk Hamburger with Shopska Salad

Pljeskavica is a Serbian Hamburger. Shopska salad is a Bulgarian salad
Parsley, grated cheese, salt, pepper and dressing are served when serving

I had more than 1 kg of meat, therefore 7 steaks

 

Procedure without liability: If whole coriander, cumin and pepper are used, these should be finely grounded in a mortar before mixing with paprika and salt.

Beef and lamb are mixed in a suitable large bowl with the spices and onions and garlic. If you like the taste of fresh coriander, do not use whole coriander seeds. Mix instead fresh parsley and fresh coriander (a small handful), chop it very fine and mix it with the meat. Make it in the morning and place the dish in the refrigerator for the evening, where the steaks are shaped and grilled.

Form 4 steaks of 800 g of meat so that each person gets a juicy steak of 200 g. Grilled by indirect heat over grill briquettes 4 to 5 minutes on each side. Brush the steaks with olive oil when turned. I will return with the time that I used in my grill. 4 minutes on each side.

Shopska Salad: Cut the tomatoes into quarters. Peel the cucumber and cut it into cubes. The spring onions are cut into small slices and the salad is cut into smaller strips. Chili peppers and olives are cut into very small slices. Parsley minced. The feta cheese can be bought in cubes or whole pieces which are then torn over the salad. Serve either in a large bowl or portioned. Olive oil, cider vinegar and salt are poured / sprinkled first on serving. Adjust how strong you want to make the salad with chili peppers, take out the kernels and the salad will not be too hot (hot).

Serving: Out in the open air around the grill a late evening hours.

Garnish: There is hardly anything other than chopped parsley, that makes it. Pour well with dressing on the salad and deep the bread in it.

Drink: A good red wine is the case. I found a French red wine Cabernet-Syrah in the Supermarket.

Hints: If you don't have a barbecue ready, you can successfully cook the steaks on the pan in olive oil and butter.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pig jaws braised in Madeira with mashed potatoes

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

600 g to 800 g Pork Jaws
1 Chorizo sausage or
200 g Bacon in cubes
2 Onions coarsely chopped
4 cloves of garlic coarsely chopped
1 Red chili pepper finely chopped
1 Red Pepper fruit in strips
1 tbsp. Paprika smoked
1 tbsp. Paprika Sweet
1 tsp. Cumin bumped
2 dl Madeira
4 dl of Broth or Stock
1 Canned chopped tomatoes
2 tbsp. butter and
3 tbsp. Olive oil for frying
Coarse pepper from the mill and salt

Accessories:
Boil some carrots, parsley root and
parsnip in the dish for the last hour.
Make a mashed potatoes with butter, whipped cream, salt and pepper
Recipe No. 118
Pig jaws braised in Madeira with mashed potatoes
Pig jaws braised in Madeira with mashed potatoes

 

Procedure without liability: Now that the fall has come and it gets darker and colder as the days go on, it will be great with "Hot" simmer food. I was inspired by some pig jaws that I saw in the fridge the day I was in town shopping.

If you use diced bacon instead of Chorizo sausage, bacon should first be slightly browned before the pork jaws.

The pork jaws are browned in a thick bottom pan. After 5 to 10 minutes, add coarsely chopped onion and garlic as well as chili pepper, paprika and cumin. When the onions have taken a little color and become clear, add Madeira and the broth / foundation and simmer for 1 hour and 30 minutes under lid. Maybe a "splash" whipped cream. Remember to make sure it does not boil dry. Choose your own broth or make it yourself. I used a beef stock, which I made myself.

Prepare the pepper fruit and drain the chopped tomatoes (just a little). Cut the chorizo sausage into bite-sized pieces. Put the pepper, tomatoes and sausage into the pan and simmer for approx. 1 hour under low heat. Eventually, the dish is season with salt and pepper from the mill.

If you want some root vegetables as an accessory, now it is time to put them in the pot and simmer with the other things for the last hour.

Serving: I prefer a well-made mashed potato with butter, whipped cream, salt and pepper. However, not too thin in texture.

Garnish: with some greenery - oregano or basil.

Drink: A good red wine is the thing.

Note: Now that you have whipped cream for the mashed potatoes, you should come a "splash" in the sauce.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Beer Can Chicken

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 Chicken like 1.5 kg
1 Can of beer like Porter/Stout
2 tbsp. Olive oil
1 tbsp. Coarse kitchen salt

Spices for a RUB:
2 tbsp. Brown powdered sugar
1 tbsp. Coarse kitchen salt
1 tbsp. Peppers mild
1 tbsp. Paprika smoked
1 tsp. Pepper Hot
1 tsp. Pepper coarsely from the mill

There is also used for the grill:
1/2 liter Smoke Mold
1 Rosemary, fresh twig
1 Thyme, fresh twig
Vertical Chicken Roaster (Option)
Or use the beer can 3/4 full of beer

Shopska salat
Romaine Salad, tomato, cucumber, onion/spring onion,
Red Pepper, Chili Pepper, Parsley, Feta Cheese,
sunflower oil/olive oil, green/black olives,
wine vinegar, salt and pepper.
Recipe No. 119
Beer Can Chicken

The beer can chicken of 1.5 kg were given 95 minutes on my grill at 180 ° C.

 

Procedure without liability: The chicken is cleaned and rinsed under running cold water and dipped with a clean towel or paper towel. The chicken is well salted inside.

Stir the spices together into a "RUB", because now the chicken has to be rubbed externally in this spice mix. The mixture should be slightly moist so it adheres to the chicken. It can be done with a little olive oil or beer. Place the beer can in the rump of the chicken and pull the legs out to the side and forward to form a tripod. The chicken is put in a refractory dish or a strong aluminum tray with a little water at the bottom. Make sure that everything does not fall over during grilling.

The chicken is first browned by indirect heat in a 225 °C hot grill for approx. 30 minutes. Thereafter, the heat is adjusted down to 180 °C for approx. 65 minutes. Just remember, poultry must be well cooked, the fluid must be clear and the bone must detach easily from the body as it rotates. Core temperature min. 78 °C and max. 80 °C.

The heat in the grill can be regulated by adding a little damp smoke mold to the coals. Rosemary and thyme can also be moistened and placed on the coals. Both parts also give a nice smoky taste.

Once you are sure the chicken is cooked, remove it from the grill and stand and rest for 15 minutes before cutting into 4 pieces.

Serving: I would recommend finding a good salad yourself - maybe Shopska salad - and a good bread. In the summer heat you could also serve a good cold potato salad, made on new potatoes.

Garnish: For potato salad, chives and tomatoes are used as well as cucumber slices.

Drinking: I will continue with the type of beer that came up in the a.. rump on the chicken.

Postscript: There may be a risk that beer cans will release "substances" when heated to 200 °C. If you just try the method once on a fishing trip, I would have no qualms about eating the chicken. But if I grill chicken everyday in the garden, I'll probably buy an approved holder that works just like the beer can. (Of course I did).

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Stuffed eggplant with clams and quinoa with tomato salad

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 Canned Mussels 200 g natural
2 pcs. Eggplant large 340 g
1 piece. Baked potato large 300 g
1 dl Quinoa black/red/white choose for yourself
2 pcs. Tomatoes large and ripe
1 piece. Red onion large
4 cloves of Garlic
½ pcs. Red chili pepper mild
2 Twigs Rosemary/Thyme
4 to 6 tbsp. Virgin olive oil
2 tbsp. Oyster Sauce
Coarse salt and pepper from the mill

The tomato salad
8 pcs. Cherry tomatoes
1 piece. Red onion large
½ pcs. Red chili pepper mild
1 Bunch Basil
100 g Feta cheese
1 tbsp. Balsamic Glace homemade
Recipe No. 120
Stuffed eggplant with clams and quinoa with tomato salad
Top image: Stuffed eggplant with clams and quinoa with tomato salad
Bottom image: The ingredients for the dish. Quinoa is missing, however

 

Procedure without liability: Eggplant halves longitudinally and bake for 15 to 20 minutes in oven at 225 ° C. Hollow out the eggplant and chop the pulp. It should be mixed with potato, quinoa, tomatoes, onions, garlic, chili pepper, rosemary and seasoned with salt and pepper afterwards.

The baking potato is peeled and cut into small cubes and cooked tender for approx. 15 minutes. Quinoa is cooked according to the instructions on the bag. Finely chop the ripe tomatoes in diced and chop onion, garlic and chili pepper.

Fry onions, garlic and chili pepper on the pan in virgin olive oil until they become clear. Turn the cooked potato tents in and turn off the heat. Now it should all be mixed with rosemary and seasoned with salt and pepper.

The filling is mixed with the mussels and distributed in the 4 hollowed-out eggplant shells, which are baked in the 225 ° C hot oven for 10 to 15 minutes.

Tomato salad: Cut the cherry tomatoes and red onion into boats, pick basil leaves and crumbled feta cheese over. The tomato salad is dripped with the homemade Balsamic Glace at the table.

Homemade Balsamic Glace: One bottle of red balsamic vinegar is reduced in half by boiling the vinegar in a saucepan with a large surface and without lids. It can take up to 30 minutes and it "tears" in the nose. I use my outdoor kitchen, so here are no problems. Pour the glace onto a scalded glass and cool it down. Store in the refrigerator.

Serving: Serve as shown in the picture above and even distribute Balsamic Glace over the tomato salad and oyster sauce over the main course.

Garnish: A little fresh basil leaves will benefit.

Drinking: A cold white wine will do wonders in the hot summer time.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Thai salmon fishballs

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

700 g salmon fillet without skins and bones
200g cod fillet without skins and bones
You can also use: pollack, saith, ling or other white fish from the sea
2 pcs. spring onions finely cut
1/4 pots of coriander. Alternative parsley
2 tsp. curry mild
1/2 tsp. dried chili flakes hot
2 tbsp. soy sauce
2 tbsp. fish sauce
1 egg
1 tbsp. wheat flour
Ground salt and pepper from the grinder
Rapeseed oil and butter for frying

Accessories
1 kg of new Danish potatoes
2 dl remoulade sauce seasoned with hot chili
1 lemon - the juice
1 cucumber cut into spells. Alternative white asparagus
Recipe No. 121
Thai salmon fishballs
I fry the first sample of Thai Salmon Meatballs in my outdoor kitchen

 

Procedure without liability: Salmon and cod are roughly chopped with a sharp knife. Then it is run through a meat chopper, food processor or hand blender. The chopped fish meat is stirred (whipped) with salt for 2 to 3 minutes. Spring onions and coriander leaves are finely chopped and added to the fish meat together with the other ingredients, which are thoroughly stirred into the fish meat. Put the bowl of the finished fish meat in the refrigerator for at least 2 hours - preferably more so that the taste spreads in the fish meat. Shape the fishballs by hand and a tablespoon and fry them on the pan in refined rapeseed oil and butter in medium heat. I use refined rapeseed oil, as it is more neutral in taste.

Homemade remoulade sauce:
2 tbsp. mayonnaise
1 dl yogurt natural
4 tbsp. pickles
1 tsp. curry hot
Some Sprinkles Tabasco Sauce
Salt and pepper from the mill
Mix all ingredients well in a bowl and season to taste. Can be decorated with different herbs and cress. If the purchased pickles are too coarse, you can give it a little with the hand blender.

Serving: New Danish potatoes are a "must", perhaps flanked by white asparagus. It's a May / June dish. If asparagus fails the cucumber.

Garnish: A little fresh coriander leaves will benefit.

Drinking: A cold beer will do wonders in the hot summer time.

Hints: Either you hate coriander or you love coriander. If you hate coriander, simply replace it with parsley.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Almond leek pie with smoked salmon

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Pie bottom:
180 g wheat flour
1/2 tsp. salt
100 g butter
1 egg yolk
2 tbsp. cold water

Alternative: Buy this ready-made pie dough.

Fill:
100 g soft butter
50 g cane sugar
3 eggs
25 g wheat flour
150 g almond flour
3 pieces leeks
50 g almond flakes

Smoked salmon
You can choose between cold smoked salmon or hot smoked salmon. Use approx. 100 g salmon per person. Use cold smoked salmon, add the slices over the leek pie when it is to be served so that the salmon does not gets hot. Use hot smoked salmon - and has it become cold - put it over the leek pie for the last 5 minutes in the oven.


Accessories:
Fromage frais and fresh dill
Recipe No. 122
Almond leek pie with cold smoked salmon

Almond leek pie with cold smoked salmon

 

Procedure without liability: It is a fantastic dish that is suitable for a starter for 4 people, or a good dinner dish for 2 people. You can also choose whether you want to season the leek pie with cold or hot smoked salmon. But first the pie base needs to be made.

Pie base: Put wheat flour, salt and butter in a bowl and mix the ingredients until it looks like moist grater. Add the egg yolk and cold water. Mix until the dough has just gathered. Take the dough out of the bowl and form a ball. Let the dough rest for a few hours in the fridge. I used my El. whipping machine.

Take the dough out of the fridge and roll it out on a floured table in the size that fits the pie tin - here Ø 22 cm and the edge 3 cm high. Press the dough out into the pie form and up the edge. Punch small holes in the bottom with a fork and put it in a 180 °C preheated oven and bake the bottom for 10 to 15 minutes.

Fill: Whisk butter, cane sugar and eggs together to a creamy consistency. Add wheat flour and almond flour and whisk it to a smooth mass. The mass is spread over the bottom of the pie in an even layer. The cleaned leeks are cut into 1 cm thick rings and given a boil in lightly salted water for 4 minutes before spreading over the filling. Remember to pour the leeks into a sieve and let them drain well before placing them on the pie. Melt a little butter and brush the pores. Sprinkle with almond flakes before placing the pie in a 180 °C preheated oven and baking for 20 to 30 minutes.

Serving: With smoked salmon. See above: cold or hot smoked. Serve with fromage frais stirred up with freshly cut dill.

Garnish: Again dill and pepper from the mill.

Drinking: A cold beer / white wine will do wonders.

Hints: The pie filling can be varied as desired. Eggs can be replaced with sour cream or cottage cheese and leeks can be replaced with spinach. Well! try for yourself.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Corned beef brisket with root vegetables and horseradish sauce

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 kg beef brisket
1 liter of beef soup - ready made
2 carrots
2 parsley roots
2 parsnips
2 leeks
1 onion
4 cloves garlic
Spice bouquet of thyme, larch, parsley and bay leaves
Asparagus potatoes as an accompaniment

Sauces:
7 dl siet soup
3 tbsp. wheat flour - 75 to 100 g
3 tbsp. butter - 75 to 100 g
3 tbsp. white wine vinegar
3 tsp. cane sugar
1 dl whipping cream
5 to 7 cm fresh horseradish - coarsely grated

Salted a day in the fridge:
125 g fine *table salt per kg beef breast
25 g fine sugar per kg beef breast
1 tbsp. whole grains of each: Black pepper, allspice and juniper
Recipe no. 123
Corned beef brisket with root vegetables and horseradish sauce

Corned beef brisket with root vegetables and horseradish sauce

 

Procedure without liability: Start salting the beef brisket the day before. Thoroughly cleanse the flesh of tendons, but leave the good fat on the breast. If the fat layer is thick, then cut some stripes crosswise. Mix salt and sugar with the crushed spices. Rub the beef brisket with this RUB and put the meat in a freezer bag - the whole mixture must be used - tie for the freezer bag and put it in the fridge. Turn the freezer bag every 6 hours for the next 24 hours. Then the meat is ready to be cooked for 2½ hours over very low heat. The purchased soup is put in the fridge at the same time, to thaw until the next day.
*Table salt: If you are into nitrite salt once in a while, use half table salt and half nitrite salt.

The next day, all the vegetables are cleaned, and those that are two of them are cut one by one into smaller pieces. They are to be used for the soup, where in the meat small boils. The others that are whole are boiled with the last half hour. The meat is taken out of the freezer bag and rinsed under cold water to get rid of the excess salt. Put some herbs in the bottom of the pan. Place the meat on top and spread the rest of the herbs over the meat. Bring it all to a boil and turn down the heat when it boils. Then cook the meat over low heat for 2½ hours. Just remember that the whole vegetables should be cooked with the last half hour. Take the meat and the whole vegetables up and strain the soup. Skim the soup for fat if there is too much, and use the soup for the sauce.

The butter is placed in a thick-bottomed pan, and when it has melted, the flour is baked in it. The soup is added with vigorous stirring to the pan. Find a suitable consistency and flavor with vinegar and sugar. Finally, cream the sauce with whipped cream and season with freshly grated horseradish. Once the horseradish is added to the sauce, it must not boil any more.

Serving: The whole vegetables are served with the meat together with boiled asparagus potatoes.

Garnish: Unfortunately I had no greens to garnish the dish with, but I would think that dill, chives or parsley would be suitable for this.

Drink: A cold beer will work wonders for the strong horseradish sauce.

Hints: Feel free to buy the ready-made 1 liter soups in the freezer when meat is to be cooked in a soup. It is easy, cheap and good.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Shrimp in coconut milk

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

600 g fresh, boiled shrimp peeled or bought shrimp in brine
2 ds. 400 ml Coconut milk
2 dl Vegetable broth
4 dl White wine
4 cloves garlic, finely chopped 1 Red pepper, finely chopped
1 bdt. Spring onion, finely chopped or
1 onion or 1 pore
4 cm Ginger, peeled and diced
1 Carrot, peeled and diced
1 - 2 tbsp. Sambal Oelek Chili
1 tbsp. Fish sauce
1 tbsp. Soy sauce
2 tbsp. Lime juice
2 tbsp. Extra virgin olive oil
Salt and pepper from the mill

Accessories / Decorations of your choice:
Coriander, parsley, chervil, basil or chives
A good wholemeal bread is suitable
Recipe no. 124
Shrimp in coconut milk
Shrimp in coconut milk

 

Procedure without liability: Start by reducing the white wine by half while the prawns are peeling or the prawns in the layer are dripping off. The vegetables are cleaned and cut as written above.

Then add coconut milk and vegetable broth up to the white wine in the pan and add the Sambal Oelek Chili and simmer for 2 to 5 minutes while the vegetables are sautéing in the oil.

Put the vegetables in the pan and simmer for 5 minutes. Remove the pan from the heat and add the prawns. Season with fish sauce, soy sauce, lime juice, salt and pepper. The prawns must not be boiled because then they will become tough.

Serving: Find a good wholemeal bread to your liking and serve it to the dish.

Garnish: Sprinkle with the herbs you like best.

Drink: Feel free to use the same white wine that was boiled in.

Hints: If you can not find Sambal Oelek Chili, then use dried chili flakes and a little tomato puree for the sake of color. If you cook fresh prawns yourself and peel them, boil the shells for 5 minutes in 2.5 dl of water. The water is strained and used for the vegetable broth.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Red fish in dish with vegetables

Next down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next up

800 g Redfish fillets 2 pk. frost from Netto
4 Peeled potatoes
4 Carrots
1 Parsley root
1 Pastinak
1 Bunch of spring onion or
1 to 2 Leeks
4 tsp. Fish sauce
4 tsp. Oyster sauce
2 dl. White wine
2 dl. Whipped cream
Garlic olive oil/grape seed oil for frying the fish
1 Small bunch of fresh thyme
Salt and pepper from the mill

Accessories:
A good bread to your own taste is suitable
for dipping in the sauce
Recipe No. 125
Red fish in dish with vegetables
Red fish in dish with vegetables

 

Procedure without liability: The redfish are thawed in the package overnight in the refrigerator and taken out only 1 hour before cooking. Place on a platter with the skin side down and sprinkle with a little salt and pepper from the mill.

All vegetables are cleaned and peeled, the potatoes are cut into thin slices, carrots, parsley and parsnips into thin sticks. Spring onions or leeks are cut obliquely into slightly wider slices.

An ovenproof dish is greased well with garlic olive oil and all vegetables are distributed in it with the potatoes at the bottom, which have just been given a little salt. Pour on fish sauce, oyster sauce, white wine and whipped cream. Place in a preheated oven at 180 °C for approx. 1 hour.

Now cook the fish on the frying pan in olive oil or grape seed oil. Place the fish skin side down in the hot oil and fry for approx. 5 minutes and then turn down the heat. Hold the fish down with a palette knife so that there is good contact with the frying pan. Then the skin becomes crispy. When the meat is white, the fish is fried. The fish is turned and fried for only 10 seconds on the meat side. Then place the fish on top of the vegetables with the skin side down. Sprinkle with finely chopped thyme. Put it all back in the hot oven for approx. 10 minutes. Taken out and ready for serving.

Serving: Find a good bread to your liking and serve it to the dish.

Garnish: Sprinkle with a little finer chopped thyme.

Drinking: Feel free to use the same white wine that was used for the fish.

Hints: If you do not have the oil with garlic, then add a few chopped cloves of garlic to the dish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Large tiger prawns with white asparagus

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

600 g large tiger prawns
20 pcs. thick, white asparagus
3 to 4 tbsp. lemon olive oil
1 bag of almond flakes
Salt and pepper from the mill
Lemon

Herbs: Parsley and / or
Thyme and / or
Dill and / or
Basil and / or
Coriander (Thai recipe)
Use your favorite herb

Accessories:
A good bread to your own taste is suitable
Recipe no. 126
Large tiger prawns with white asparagus
Large tiger prawns with white asparagus. Here made for 2 adults

 

Procedure without liability: Start by preparing the asparagus. They are peeled from 2 cm below the top (the head is not peeled) to the bottom with a suitable peeling knife. I use a good potato peeler. The bottom is cut from approx. 1 to 2 cm up. Then cut each asparagus diagonally into 3 to 4 pieces. Put them in very cold water dripped with a little lemon juice while cleaning the prawns.

The tiger prawns are peeled but let the tail fan sit. Fry the prawns for 2 to 3 minutes in lemon olive oil. In the absence of lemon olive oil, olive oil can be used, but then add a little lemon juice during frying. Set the prawns aside while the asparagus is cooking.

Fry the asparagus in the same oil for 3 to 4 minutes. They must have "bites". Add the almond flakes and tiger prawns and fry for another brief moment. Season with salt and pepper and maybe a little more lemon juice.

Now you choose the herb that you like best, chop it finely and sprinkle it over the dish just before serving.

Serving: Find a good bread to your liking and serve it to the dish.

Garnish: See above.

Drinking: A cool white wine is very suitable in the summer heat.

Hints: If you do not have the oil with lemon, put a couple of lemon slices in the dish during frying. If you can't get the big raw tiger prawns, use ready-cooked giant prawns. It facilitates cooking as they just need to be in the asparagus for a few minutes.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Warm homemade liver pate with cream stewed chanterelles

Next Down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Next Up

200 g liver pate
40 g chanterelles, dried
or
200 g chanterelles, fresh
4 to 6 tbsp. whipped cream
1 small shallot, finely chopped
1 clove garlic, finely chopped
1 tbsp. Soy sauce
1 tsp. Fish sauce
20 to 40 g butter
2 slices walnut bread, thickly sliced
Salt and pepper from the mill

Accessories:
4 slices of toasted bacon

First a few facts: My fishing buddy Bent and I were in the woods yesterday - early October - to find chanterelles. We visited our "secret" place, far from the main road. What a sight - finally the forest floor was filled with small and large chanterelles. We got a good portion to take home approx. 1500 grams. Hence this recipe.

I got 800 grams of cleaned chanterelles. They were air dried in the oven at 45 °C for 4 hours and 30 minutes. Dried weight was 180 grams, a shrinkage of 620 grams or 444%. The chanterelles that are not eaten now and here are air dried, vacuum packed and put in the freezer for later use.
Recipe No. 127
Warm homemade liver pate with cream stewed chanterelles
Warm homemade liver pate with cream stewed chanterelles
Dried vacuum packed chanterelles 47 grams. Fills only a little
Photo: Bent & Walter Text: Walter

 

Procedure without liability: The dried and thawed chanterelles are put in water 1 hour before they are to be used for the dish. Put the sliced onions and garlic on the pan with a little butter. Fry them briefly - until they are clear - put the drained chanterelles on the pan and fry it all for a few minutes. Pour whipping cream by in appropriate amount 4 to 6 tablespoons. Stir around the pan while the whipped cream "bubbles" and thickens / shrinks to a suitable creamy consistency.

Now taste the cream stewed chanterelles with Soy sauce, fish sauce, salt and pepper from the mill. Keep it warm until the bread with liver pate is done.

Two slices of good bread - here walnut bread - are coated with a thick slice of homemade liver pate. In a clean pan, add a little butter, in which the bread - with the liver pate up - is lightly fried until the liver pate is warm and the bread has not been branked underneath.

Serving: The bread is placed on a lunch plate and the cream stewed chanterelles are spread over the two loaves with liver pate.

Decorate: Can be decorated with a little green: Cress, basil or dill. (We had nothing this day).

Drink: Try an Albani 1859. It is wonderfully good for the dish. We found some bottles on offer - DKK 10 each.

Tip: A few slices of bacon can also be used as a garnish / accessory.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Bacalao Casserole Walter-Angler

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

600 g cliff-fish, thick, salted and fresh
4 pieces. large potatoes, approx. 600g
1 dl virgin olive oil, cold pressed
1 large onion, chopped
2 cloves garlic, chopped
1 piece. red pepper, in strips
1 piece. red chili, with / without seeds
3 pieces. spring onion, the green for garnish
1 small can of tomato paste, 60 g
1 can chopped tomatoes, 400g
½ dl water
½ dl Fino Sherry
½ tsk. paprika, smoked
The Peber Mll is put on the table

Accessories and decorations:
A good bread to your own taste is suitable for the dish
Finely chopped spring onion, the green part
Black olives, without stones
Recipe No. 128
Ingredients for the dish. Here served in deep plates with a Porter
Ingredients for the dish. Here served in deep plates with a Porter

 

Procedure without liability: Start by preparing the dried and salted cod called cliff-fish in Danish. Preferably buy the thick pieces closest to the head. Divide the piece into 4 parts and place them in a bowl with plenty of cold water. A bowl with a lid is preferable for the sake of the "scent". Place the bowl in the refrigerator for 24 hours. Change the water after 24 hours and put the bowl back in the fridge for 24 hours. After 48 hours, the fish must be cleaned of skin and bones, cut into 3 cm wide strips 6 cm long. Dub the fish for liquid and put it in the fridge while the rest is being cooked.

Prepare all vegetables so they are ready to get in the hot oil. The potatoes are peeled and cut into very thin slices. I used my grater for cucumbers. Onions and garlic are chopped, red pepper and red chili are cut into strips. Decide for yourself whether the kernels in the chili should be included. With kernels, the dish becomes "HOT", without less "HOT". I took half of the kernels in the dish and it was convenient for me, but not for the Lady - too "HOT". The white of the spring onions is finely chopped for the dish, the green is cut for garnish.

The oil is heated in a suitably large pan, where the onion and garlic are just switched for a minute. Add tomato puree and switch again for a minute. Add chopped tomatoes, red pepper, red chili, spring onion, smoked paprika, water and sherry. Bring the sauce almost to a boil and put the sliced potatoes in the pan. Stir well in the pan so that the "things" mix. After 15 minutes, place the fish pieces in the pan and carefully turn the "things" over the fish pieces. Turn down the heat and let it simmer for 50 minutes under a lid. After this, do not stir in the pan, because then it becomes "Pickfish". Make sure there is enough liquid. Dilute with water / sherry if necessary.

During cooking, the potatoes give off so much liquid that the dish is suitable to be served in bowls or deep plates. The dish is suitable for a good bread that can be dipped in the sauce.

Serving: Find a good bread to your liking and serve it to the dish.

Decorate: Use the green from the spring onions. Cut it nicely over the dish. Top with black olives.

Drink: A cold Porter goes well with the dish.

Tip: Be careful with salt, because it comes from the cliff-fish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Hot smoked duck breast with a great taste

Next Down

Shopping List for 6 adults - Danish version

Next Up

WET SALTING
6 pieces. duck breast at 300 g
Brine for 6 pcs. duck breast at 300 g
6 liters of water
900 g salt
2 onions, chopped
2 cloves garlic, chopped
6 pieces. bay leaves
10 pcs. white peppercorns
10 pcs. juniper, whole
3 pieces. star anise
6 pieces. cloves, whole

Accessories and decorations for lunch:
A good rye bread to your own taste is suitable
Egg yolk, tomato and chives
Salt and Pepper from the mill

Accessories and decorations for dinner:
Cream potatoes, tomato and chives
Salt and Pepper from the mill
Recipe No. 129
The finished smoked duck breasts are ready to be eaten
7 pcs. duck breast according to the recipe. The small, front to the left is dry salted
Duck breast served with creamed potatoes, tomato and chives

 

Procedure without liability: Start 2 days before the duck breasts are to be smoked by making a brine of 13%. Calculate the strength of a brine and read about Gourmet Salting on my Excel Spreadsheet. Use per duck breast a 300 g the following: 1 liter of water and 150 g of salt. The spices are after "Gefühl". Put water, salt and all spices in a large steel pan, bring to a boil and stir until all the salt has dissolved and the spices have given off their good taste. The pot is set to cool in the open air. Then refrigerate overnight at 5 °C. The duck breasts are now placed in the cold brine and placed in the refrigerator at 5 °C for 24 hours. Make sure they are completely covered by the brine. Keep them if necessary; down in the layer with a plate.

After 24 hours have passed, it is time to start your smoke oven to 80 til 90 °C. While it is getting hot, you can take the duck breasts out off the brine and rinse them well in clean cold water. They are dabbed dry with kitchen paper or a clean tea towel. Scratch the duck breasts in the Harlequin pattern on the skin side. Then hot smoke from 80 til 90 °C for approx. 2 hours, until the meat is tender. The core temperature in the chest should be approx. 67 °C, go for this instead of the time. Let the duck breast stay in the smoke oven while it cools down, so that the smoke taste can become more intense.

The duck breasts can be vacuum packed and frozen for several months - max 6 months. When they are to be eaten, you can heat them in a microwave, ordinary oven or on a pan with skin side down. It promotes the taste of smoke.

Serving: Find a good rye bread and place thin slices of breast over.

Garnish: Egg yolk, tomato slices and a sprinkle of chives.

Drinking: Due to the smoky taste, I would prefer a good lager beer. Maybe a German Rauchbier from Bamberg, it's a dark lager beer with a smoky taste.

Note: A steel pot is mentioned. This is because water and salt are aggressive towards metal - iron. The 7 duck breasts shown were given 2 hours and 15 minutes between 80 to 90°C. Tender and very juicy. The small one (180 g) was vacuum salted for 12 hours and became even more tender than the large duck breasts. The amount of spices can be set a little higher without it being too much. See recipe no. 141, where I vacuum salt duck breasts. End results produce more tender duck breasts.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Homemade kippers in spice oil

Next Down

Shopping List for 6 adults - Danish version

Next Up

6 pieces. nice fresh herring
or
6 pieces. herring fillets from frost
0.3 g fine salt per herring
0.15 g sugar per herring
Pepper from the mill
500 ml rapeseed oil
1 red onion, finely chopped
2 cloves garlic, finely chopped
6 pieces. bay leaves
10 pcs. white peppercorns

For Christmas use: 10 pcs. juniper
1 piece. star anise
4 pieces. cloves, whole
½ tsk. allspice
The spices are easily crushed in a Mortar

Accessories and decorations for breakfast:
A good buttered rye bread to your liking
Lettuce leaf for each piece. bread
1 to 2 red onions cut into rings
Chives finely chopped for sprinkling
6 pieces. land eggs
Salt and Pepper from the mill
Recipe No. 130
3 fatty peeled herring to be made for Homemade kippers in spice oil
3 fatty peeled herring to be made for "Homemade kippers in spice oil"
Here is the new picture where you can see that the 3 kippers are in spice oil

 

Procedure without liability: If you catch your herrings yourself, you should peel them on the boat and when you get home, they must be cleaned and filleted. Cut off the head, tail and dorsal fin, splash the herring up into the belly and take out the entrails. The kidney blood in the back is rinsed away under running cold water. Dub the herrings dry and put them in a bag. They should be in the freezer for 48 hours before being cold smoked. Why? Well! there is something called Ascaris suum (Roundworm) that can go in fish. Therefore, all fish that are not heat treated must be frozen for 48 hours first. A regulatory requirement.

Another option is to buy a package with 6 pcs. deep-frozen herring, which is almost ready to use. The dorsal fin is cut off and see if any kidney blood has been removed.

Usually the 2 fillets hang together in the back, so now decide if you want to go on with 1 whole herring or 2 half herring. I prefer 2 half herring. Now the thawed herring should be "Gourmentsaltes" with a mixture of salt, sugar and pepper from the mill. A purified herring weighs approx. 100 g and it gives for 6 herring 1.8 g salt and 0.9 g sugar as well as a sprinkle of pepper from the mill. If you think it sounds complicated, then just think that it's like getting salt, sugar and pepper on a large tomato and egg sandwiches.

Calculate the strength of a brine and read about Gourmet Salting on my Excel Spreadsheet under the "Ligevægt = Equilibrium" tab.

The herrings are placed in a dish and refrigerated overnight - 12 hours. They have, of course, given off some liquid, so they are dubbed dry before being cold-smoked. Light up the smoke oven and make sure that the temperature does not exceed 20 °C. The time depends on your smoke oven - how much smoke it develops - but continuous smoking for 24 to 36 hours could be a good bet.

While the herrings are being smoked, you can prepare a spice oil mixture: 500 ml of rapeseed oil is mixed with the mentioned spices. For Christmas, you can mix in a little Christmas flavor. When the herrings have finished smoking, take them out and put them in the rapeseed oil mixture, which has just been heated to 57 °C. The fillets must now be immediately matured in the refrigerator for 2 to 3 weeks, so that they become "Kippers". Put them in a suitable container - box with lid - so that there is as little air as possible around oil and herring. I have a vacuum packer that can also suck the air out of the special boxes that belong to it. But mine is broken because it got in the freezer, which they can not stand. The plastic cracks and then no vacuum can form.

Serving: Butter a good rye bread with butter and place a salad leaf with a kipper on top. Spread some whole onion rings on the kipper so you can put an egg yolk on. Another option is a poached egg. Try it, see the recipe below under tips.

Garnish: Finely chopped chives are sprinkled over. Salt and Pepper from the mill.

Drink: A good Danish lager beer is the thing with a dram.

Tip: Poached egg is made as follows: Take a nice large pot, which is half filled with water, added 2 tbsp. apple cider vinegar or white wine vinegar. Bring the pan to a boil for a few minutes. Beat an egg into a cup. Whisk in the pan to form a vortex in the water, turn down the heat. Now carefully pour the egg into the center and with a spoon, you can help the egg to collect while the white coagulates and becomes firm around the yolk. After 3 minutes, pick up the poached egg with a slotted spoon and place on a paper towel to drain while the remaining eggs are poached.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Red deer club in net with Waldorf salad

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 red deer club in net 800 g
1 small red onion, finely chopped
1 clove garlic, finely chopped
150 g mushroom mix (Oyster hats, Brown mushrooms)
150 g green grapes without stones
150 g fresh cranberries
3 tbsp. rapeseed oil or olive oil
2 tbsp. butter
4 cl Cognac or Whiskey
2 cl Fino Sherry
2 to 3 dl broth (chicken stock)
2 to 3 dl whipping cream
Sugar, Salt and Pepper from the mill

Accessories:
Waldorf salad and cranberries
4 stalks celery leaves in small cubes
1 large Belle de Boskoop apples in small cubes or
2 sour apples from the garden
200 g green, ripe grapes without seeds halved
100 g walnut kernels some crushed
2.5 dl sour cream 38%
2 tsp. vanilla sugar or honey
1 pinch salt
Recipe No. 131
Ingredients for Red deer club in nets and Red deer club in net with Waldorf salad
Ingredients for Red deer club in nets and
Red deer club in net with Waldorf salad

 

Procedure without liability: Thaw the red deer club, rinse under running cold water, wipe well in a tea towel and pour the club over with a small glass of Sherry lying on the fireproof dish. Then rub the red deer club with salt, sugar and pepper. Heat rapeseed oil and butter in the frying pan and brown the club on all sides. Put onions, garlic, grapes, cranberries and the dry-roasted mushrooms in the pan. Pour Cognac or Whiskey into the pan and put a lid on immediately. Let the steamers work for three minutes so that the meat is tender. It's an old hunter trick, whether it works, you have to find out for yourself. It does not hurt.

Meanwhile, the oven has been heated to 180 °C. Put the club on a fireproof dish and fry the club finished in the oven for approx. 35 to 40 minutes or to a core temperature of 62 °C. The casserole with the fruits is made into a good sauce with a little broth (chicken stock), whipped cream and sherry. And taste with Salt and Pepper from the mill and maybe a little Sherry wine vinegar / sugar.

Serving: Served with Waldorf salad, cranberries and white potatoes.

Garnish: Waldorf salad and cranberries: Waldorf salad is made in several ways, but then it is called by a different name. My recipe is the original from 1896 at the Waldorf Hotel in New York. At that time, you were happy to mix whipped cream and sour cream to get a less low-fat dressing.

Drink: I have chosen an Italian red wine Valpolicella Superiore Ripasso 2019, which Føtex had on offer here until Christmas, 6 bottles for DKK 300.00. It goes well with Christmas duck and / or pork roast. Just open the bottle the day before and give it oxygen.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Homemade smoked hamburger back with kale and browned potatoes

Next Down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Hamburger back:
2 kg pork loin / pork back
1 onion, divided into 4
2 cloves garlic, divided into 2
2 carrots coarsely chopped
4 bay leaves
15 peppercorns
15 juniper grains

Accessories Kale:
800 g kale fresh without stalk or frozen thawed and twisted
1 large onion, finely chopped
100 g butter
100 g wheat flour
½ l boiling water from the Hamburger back
½ l whipped cream
Grated nutmeg
2 to 4 tsp. sugar
Lemon juice
White pepper from the mill
Salt maybe

Accessories browned potatoes:
2 kg small firm potatoes
2 dl sugar
50 g butter
1 tbsp. salt in the boiling water
1 kg peeled potatoes (can be omitted)
Recipe No. 132
Homemade smoked hamburger back with kale and browned potatoes
Homemade smoked hamburger back with kale and browned potatoes
At the time of writing, I am preparing "The Bacon" for smoking
Here is the "Pork" salted for 3 days, must be hung for drying for 3 days
The recipe is under construction.

 

Procedure without liability: This recipe was a family tradition on January 1st, when a family member had birthday on this day and the whole family was invited. As it goes, the family is scattered for all winds or die out, the new generation does not have time to carry on the old virtues and traditions and make proper dinner dishes.

I just want to mention that a Hamburger back can be made in 2 ways: The usual way or Sous Vide way. Here I will come up with the usual way. In addition, you can buy a ready-made hamburger back or smoke it yourself. I use my self-smoked hamburger back, but that shouldn’t stop you from making this perfect dish.

Then we start. Insert the sensor from the thermometer into the core of the meat and place the hamburger back in a suitably large saucepan and pour cold water in until it covers. All herbs and spices come up in the pot. Put the lid on and bring the pot to a boil. From the time it boils, the pan should only simmer until the core temperature shows 60 °C. Then remove the pan from the heat, stand and cool with the meat in until the core temperature shows 75 °C. The whole procedure takes anywhere from 45 min. to 1 hour.

Kale: Can be made with either fresh kale or frozen kale. I would think that most people will probably use frozen kale as it is time saving and can be obtained all year round. I even prefer fresh kale when it can be bought and it always can around New Year. The procedure is pretty much the same, but frozen kale should thaw and the water should be squeezed well out of the kale. Fresh kale is sipped from the stem and blanched for 3 minutes in boiling water from the hamburger back. Drip off in a sieve and cut / chop into smaller pieces. Then the recipe is the same.

White sauce: Dear child has many names, you can also call it Bechamel sauce. It is this sauce that I want to use for my kale. Then we start. Put butter in a saucepan and let it simmer. Add the finely chopped onion and let the onion take on a little color. Sprinkle flour while stirring until a "Flour Ball" appears. Now dilute with boiling water from the hamburger back with vigorous stirring until a suitable soft consistency of the sauce is achieved. Then add cream / whipping cream in a thin stream while stirring. Boil the sauce for at least 3 minutes and season with salt, sugar, lemon juice, nutmeg and white pepper. You should end up with at least 1 liter of white sauce.

Last step for kale: Add the squeezed frozen kale or blanched fresh chopped kale to the white sauce and cook for approx. 5 minutes. Taste for the last time, but pay attention to salt as the hamburger back releases salt to the boiling water.

Brown potatoes: Boil and peel the potatoes the day before and try this recipe for perfect sugar brown potatoes. Put a suitably large frying pan on the stove where all the potatoes can lie in one layer. Spread the sugar on the pan in an even layer, turn up the heat for a few minutes until the sugar melts without stirring. Turn down to even heat and add butter while stirring. Put the potatoes on the pan and turn up to high heat. Brown the potatoes for 5 to 10 minutes over high heat while gently turning them on the pan. If the potatoes get a little dry, add a little butter / water.

Serving: In Jutland there are many ways to serve kale. The The North Jutlanders have their way and the Southern Jutlanders have their way. Maybe the West Jutlanders have their own way too. This recipe is from West Jutland and was also served with white potatoes.

Drinking: In West Jutland, beer and schnapps were drunk for kale and they continued with a "Coffee Punch" and a 10 øre. Do you know this trick?

Tip: Most Hamburger backs you buy are either in net or plastic. Both types of wrapping are meant to cook with. I myself will choose a hamburger back in net and then remove the net when the hamburger back has cooled.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Basturma Armenian Style with Pork tenderloin

Next Down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Pork Basturma is dry-salted for 3 days in the fridge
3 pieces. Pork tenderloin min. 600 g / pc. Preferably 2 kg in total
1 kg coarse salt
50 g cane sugar

Vacuum salting is coming up

Chaimen: Armenian RUB spice for 1 kg of meat
14 g = 1 tbsp. Salt, fine
43 g = 3 tbsp. Fenugreek powder
43 g = 4 tbsp. Hungarian paprika, sweet
14 g = 1 tbsp. Black pepper
14 g = 2 tbsp. Cumin powder
7 g = 1 tbsp. Cayenne pepper hot
14 g = 2 tbsp. Allspice
14 g = 1½ tbsp. Garlic powder / granules
70 g = 2 tbsp. Red pepper pasta
3 dl ca. Warm water - see later under Chaimen hot RUB sauce
1 tsp. is 5 ml and 1 tbsp. is 15 ml.

Materials needed to make Basturma
A suitable salt vessel for the meat.
A refrigerator where the meat can be matured for up to 4 weeks.
The environment must be cold and slightly humid. Temperature below 10 ° C and RH 60% humidity.
A suitable bowl in which you can mix the RUB.
Cheese canvas, gauze or the old-fashioned cotton nappies bought in Jysk, Items no. 4914800.
12 pcs. DKK 125.00. They just need to be boiled well before use, as the fabric is bleached with chlorine.
Meat cord and hooks for hanging the meat in the fridge.
Option a smoke oven if you want to add a smoky taste.
I have made an Excel spreadsheets for calculating salt, sugar and spices.
But it is only for vacuum salting.
Recipe No. 133
Homemade Pork Basturma
Homemade Pork Basturma is now ready for the RUB
The 3 pork tenderloins have been given 2 x 14 hours of cold smoke
Has now got RUB and must hang at least 4 weeks in the fridge
The temperature is 6 ° C and RH 48% humidity
Armenian Basturma      Basturma Pastirma      Italian Cured Pork Loin      Basturma chicken or tyrkey      Egyptian Pastrami

 

First a few facts: Basturma is a spicy, air-dried and hardened piece of meat, which was cooked in the Ottoman Empire in the fall. Maybe even smoked over horse manure. It was originally the method the Ottomans used to preserve their meat. However, the method is widespread from Bulgaria, Macedonia, Greece, Egypt, Turkey, Ukraine, Syria, Armenia and Uzbekistan (Tashkent - Samarkand), perhaps further east, but my journey ended in Tashkent.

Many kinds of animals (meat) were used depending on where one was in this part of the world. Water buffalo, beef, lamb, goat, camel, horse, cow and even pig. In addition, various spices were also used that characterized the country where these spices grew.

In Turkey, I got to know the court in small, cunning places where you could get a cold beer with a "dry snack". When I was around Uzbekistan with a team of Danish businessmen, we paused far from the "Civilization" in a small village where we were to have lunch. We got some heavily dried meat the size of elephant ears, which was dipped in boiling oil in a pan the size of a "Danish Grue kettle". There were only three things we could choose to drink with the food, water, green tea and home-made cognac. When we did not dare to drink the water, it turned into green tea with cognac. A memorable trip with a little headache the next day (Well, a bottle of cognac cost 25.00 DKK.)

Procedure without liability: Since this is the first time I start this task, I have decided to use 3 pieces. fresh pork tenderloin not less than 600 g / pc. Preferably 800 g. Trim the meat. Make sure that tendons and obstructions are removed before you start. Maintain good kitchen hygiene - wash hands and wear gloves when rubbing the RUB.

1. Step: Cover the bottom of the salt vessel with a nice layer of salt. Place pork tenderloin - one at a time - on the salt and sprinkle well with salt. Remember on all sides and the end pieces. Repeat for the next two pork tenderloins. If you want to add some sugar, mix salt and sugar before sprinkling it on the meat. Put the salt vessel in the refrigerator for 3 days at 7 ° C.

2. Step: During these days, the meat forms a lot of liquid. Carefully pour it out every day so that the meat does not soak in the liquid, but avoid pouring out the salt. Feel free to turn the meat every day, if there is a little salt on the top of the meat, take something from the bottom of the salt vessel and sprinkle it on.

3. Step: Take up the meat, rinse it off for salt in cold water. Leave it in cold water for 30 to 60 minutes. Take the meat up and dry it thoroughly for water. Wrap the meat in cheese canvas, gauze or cotton cloth as I have described above. Put the meat under pressure for the next 2 to 3 days. Change the cheese canvas if it gets too wet.

4. Step: Unpack the meat and hang it on hooks in the fridge for the next 4 to 7 days. The meat should be completely dry and "stiff" like a board. Now the RUB can be mixed and rested in the refrigerator overnight. If you want to add a smoky taste, then it is now the meat must be Cold smoked.

5. Step: Rub the meat on all sides with Chaimen hot RUB sauce. Wear gloves for the sake of your fingers and for the sake of your guests, they must help to taste the product. Once all the meat is covered, hang the meat to dry in a cool place for 2 to 3 weeks. A refrigerator is suitable.

6. Step: From the finished Basturma, remove the excess and loose spices, then cut into thin pieces and serve.

Chaimen hot RUB sauce: Combine all the above ingredients together. Add enough water, a little at a time to make the mixture as thick as waffle dough. Blend well to avoid lumps. This mixture may be kept in the refrigerator for several weeks.

Serving: I know it as a "dry snack" for a cold beer, so you should try it too. try it for breakfast instead of bacon, fried eggs with Basturma.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pastirma Egyptian Style with rib eye steak

Next Down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Ribeye Pastirma is dry-salted for 3 days in the fridge
2 kg Ribeye steak
1 kg coarse salt
50 g cane sugar

Vacuum salting is coming up

Chaimen: Armenian RUB spice for 1 kg of meat
14 g = 1 tbsp. Salt, fine
43 g = 3 tbsp. Fenugreek powder
43 g = 4 tbsp. Hungarian sweet pepper
7 g = 1 tbsp. Black pepper
14 g = 1 tbsp. Cumin powder
7 g = 1 tbsp. Cayenne pepper hot
7 g = 1 tbsp. Allspice
10 g = 1 tbsp. Garlic powder / granules
35 g = 1 tbsp. Red pepper pasta
2 dl ca. hot water - see later under Chaimen hot RUB sauce
1 tsp. is 5 ml and 1 tbsp. is 15 ml.

Materials needed to make Basturma
A suitable salt vessel for the meat.
A refrigerator where the meat can be matured for up to 4 weeks.
The environment must be cold and slightly humid. Temperature below 10 ° C and RH 60% humidity.
A suitable bowl in which you can mix the RUB.
Cheese canvas, gauze or the old-fashioned cotton nappies bought in Jysk, Items no. 4914800.
12 pcs. DKK 125.00. They just need to be boiled well before use, as the fabric is bleached with chlorine.
Meat cord and hooks for hanging the meat in the fridge.
Option a smoke oven if you want to add a smoky taste.
I have made an Excel spreadsheets for calculating salt, sugar and spices.
But it is only for vacuum salting.
Recipe No. 134
Homemade Pastirma Egyptian Style
Homemade Pastirma Egyptian Style with the RUB

Egyptian Pastrami      Pastrami of Beef      Basturma chicken or tyrkey

 

First a few facts: Pastirma is a spicy, air-dried and hardened piece of meat, which was cooked in the Ottoman Empire in the fall. Maybe even smoked over horse manure. It was originally the method the Ottomans used to preserve their meat. However, the method is widespread from Bulgaria, Macedonia, Greece, Egypt, Turkey, Ukraine, Syria, Armenia and Uzbekistan (Tashkent - Samarkand), perhaps further east, but my journey ended in Tashkent.

Procedure without liability: I have now tried to make Basturma with 3 pork tenderloins of 700 g / each. So now I want to try Pastirma Egyptian Style with rib eye steak. Trim the meat. Make sure that tendons and obstructions are removed before you start. Maintain good kitchen hygiene - wash hands and wear gloves when rubbing the RUB.

1. Step: Cover the bottom of the salt vessel with a nice layer of salt. Place the Ribeye steak on the salt and sprinkle well with salt on the meat. Remember on all sides and end the pieces. If you want to add some sugar, mix salt and sugar before sprinkling it on the meat. Put the salt vessel in the refrigerator for 3 days at 7 ° C.

2. Step: During these days, the meat forms a lot of liquid. Carefully pour it out every day so that the meat does not soak in the liquid, but avoid pouring out the salt. Feel free to turn the meat every day, if there is a little salt on the top of the meat, take something from the bottom of the salt vessel and sprinkle it on.

3. Step: Take up the meat, rinse it off for salt in cold water. Leave it in cold water for 30 to 60 minutes. Take the meat up and dry it thoroughly for water. Wrap the meat in cheesecloth, gauze or cotton cloth as I have described above. Put the meat under pressure for the next 2 to 3 days. Change the dressing if it gets too wet.

4. Step: Unpack the meat and hang it on hooks in the fridge for the next 4 to 7 days. The meat must be completely dry and hard. Now the RUB can be mixed and rested in the refrigerator overnight. If you want to add a smoky taste, then it is now the meat must be Cold smoked.

5. Step: Rub the meat on all sides with Chaimen hot RUB sauce. Wear gloves for the sake of your fingers and for the sake of your guests, they must help to taste the product. Once all the meat is covered, hang the meat to dry in a cool place for 2 to 3 weeks. A refrigerator is suitable.

6. Step: From the finished Pastirma, remove the excess and loose spices, then cut into thin pieces and serve.

Chaimen hot RUB sauce: Mix all the above ingredients together. Add enough hot water, a little at a time to make the mixture as thick as waffle dough. Blend well to avoid lumps. This mixture can be stored in the refrigerator for several weeks.

Serving: I know it as a "dry snack" for a cold beer, so you should try it too. try it for breakfast instead of bacon, fried eggs with Pastirma.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Pancetta Italian Bacon

Next Down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Pork Pancetta Italian Bacon is salted 5 to 7 days in the fridge
1 to 1.5 kg Pork rind, kind of pork between ribs and loin

1st time RUB per 1 kg of meat is used
40 g Salt
20 g Brown sugar
5 g = 1 tsp. Pepper, black
3 g = ½ tsk. Chili pepper, Cayenne pepper hot

2nd time RUB per 1 kg of meat is used
14 g = 1 tbsp. Salt, fine
7 g = ½ tbsp. Brown sugar
10 g = 2 tsp. Black pepper
5 g = 1 tsp. Hungarian paprika, sweet
5 g = 1 tsp. Nutmeg
5 g = 1 tsp. Chili pepper, Cayenne pepper hot
5 g = 1 tsp. Garlic powder
2 pcs. Bay leaves, finely cut

Alternative spices for Panacetta 2nd time RUB
5 g = 1 tsp. Thyme, dried
5 g = 1 tsp. Juniper, crushed
5 g = 1 tsp. Fennel seeds, crushed
5 g = 1 tsp. Coriander seeds, crushed
5 g = 1 tsp. Paprika, smoked
5 g = 1 tsp. Fenugreek powder
1 tsp. is 5 ml and 1 tbsp. is 15 ml
Recipe No. 135
Pancetta Italian Bacon
Pancetta Italian Bacon
Italian Pancetta (Bacon)    Pancetta Tesa the old way    Schinken selber machen von A - Z

I have made an Excel spreadsheets for calculating salt, sugar and spices

 

First a few facts: Pancetta is a spicy, air-dried and hardened piece of meat that the Italians make and which we will call bacon. There is the difference that pancetta is not smoked, however I have heard of smoked pancetta, so maybe one should try this next time. Pancetta can be eaten uncooked in thin slices on bread and with beer or wine. Pancetta is actually made in two ways: Flat as we know our bacon with rind on or as a roulade that is rolled and tied but without rind on. (I did that then 12 to 14 hours of cold smoke. Only getting better from it.)

Procedure without responsibility: Buy a good piece of pork without bones - pork breast or rib roast without scratches in the rind, where the distribution of meat and fat is in favor of meat. Weight not less than 1 kg and not more than 2 kg. You have to keep it in your fridge for almost a month, because that's the time it takes to ripen a good Pancetta. Start here:

1. Step: The first time RUB is rubbed well into the meat, which is placed on a cutting board which is placed obliquely in the refrigerator for 5 to 7 days for draining. Start by laying the meat side up and turn the cutting board 180 degrees every day. Every other day, the meat is turned over so that the meat side comes down. The liquid is removed every day.

2. Step: After 7 days, remove the meat and brush off excess salt. Carefully wash the meat with wine vinegar / beer / wine - ½ glass - is suitable for 1 to 1.5 kg of meat. Make a hole in one corner and pull a string through to hang in the fridge. Wipe the meat well and go to the next step.

3. Step: The 2nd time RUB is rubbed well into the meat and the Pancetta is hung up at room temperature for 24 to 48 hours. Then go to the next step.

4. Step: The pancetta is now hung in the fridge at approx. 5 to 7 ° C and RH approx. 70% over the next 21 days. Then go to the next step.

5. Step: The pancetta is now ready to be eaten in thin slices.

Serving: Like a "dry snack" for a cold beer. Try it for breakfast instead of bacon, fried eggs and Pancetta.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Schwarz-Walter-Schinken

Next Down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next Up

For 1 kg of boned pork from the ham, use the following:
7 g Ordinary table salt
17 g Nitrite salt, 0.6% nitrite content, See under Tip
3 g Juniper, crushed
3 g Coriander, crushed
3 g Allspice, crushed
1 g Bay leaves, finely cut, 4 to 6 large one
3 g Kampot black pepper, Cambodia
3 g Szechuan pepper, China
1 g Cayenne pepper hot, powder
3 g Garlic powder
3 g Cumin, powder
5 g Brown Farin
3 g Mustard seeds yellow, crushed
1 g Sodium ascorbate E301, See Tip

For cold smoking, use the following:
Beech sawdust
Juniper bush granules
Or dried and crushed:
Spruce cones (only a few)
Branch of spruce (only a little)
Branch from grape
Recipe No. 136
Schwarz-Walter-Schinken
My Schwarz-Walter-Schinken after 3 months. 30.3% weight loss right after the book
Vacuum Salting     Salting in open dish - barrel     Ham and Asparagus

 

NB: A ham of only 1 kg is not much. But you just need to scale up the amount on the underlying additives. Do you come to grams with many decimals - 6.6704 grams - round fresh and cheerful up to 7 g. I have made a Excel spreadsheet for calculating salt, sugar and spices. Available only here on the PC version of "Recipes", and it is only for vacuum salting. If you follow the amount of salt, you get a degree of salting of 2.4 % and a nitrite content of 100 mg per kg of meat.

First a few facts: If this recipe for Schwarz-Walter-Schinken reminds you of something you've tasted in Germany on your travels, you're not entirely mistaken. I was even on my way to Basel by car, and came through several cities in the Schwarzwald, where we did stay. For breakfast we got Schwarzwaldschinke with (egg stand / scrambled eggs) as far as I remember. Schwarzwaldschinke is a well-known and popular product. The term "Schwarzwaldschinke" is a protected name, so only hams produced in the Schwarzwald may be called Schwarzwaldschinke. The surface of the "Old Ham" was black, which was created by dipping the hams in beef blood before smoking. It is not something that is used more than a few manufacturers. In the past, the pig was also supposed to come from the Schwarzwald, but this condition has been lifted. The rule only applies in the EU.

Procedure without responsibility: Then we must start, but adhere to good kitchen hygiene, wash hands so that no bacteria enter the meat, which later leads to spoilage. After all, a Schwarz-Walter-Schinken is four months in the making before it can be eaten.

1. Step: Clean the flesh of tendons and skins and make sure there are no deep pockets and "flaps" hanging loose. The meat should be as smooth as possible. Of course, the rind is kept on the ham. My opinion, but you can do as it suits you best. You may save 1 week of salting time.

2. Step: All spices that are seeds are crushed first in a mortar or grinder. Weigh all spices and mix these well with salt and sugar before rubbing the mixture well and thoroughly into the meat. Put the meat in a vacuum bag and make sure the whole mixture comes in the bag. Vacuum the bag and make sure there is no salt and other things where the weld seam should be. This results in poor welding and the risk of air penetrating the bag. I normally give two welds at both ends.

3. Step: Lay the vacuum pack flat on the table and measure the pack in the thickest place. Calculate a salting time in the refrigerator at 5 °C to 7 °C of 3 days per cm when the ham is thickest. If you measure 10 cm, the time is at least 30 days or 4 to 5 weeks. Remember to turn the package in the fridge every day so that the ham is evenly salted. If you remove the rind, you can settle for 2 days per cm.

4. Step: After the 4 to 5 weeks, take the package out of the fridge and rinse the ham under running, cold water free of spices, salt and sugar. Wipe well in a clean tea towel and now hang freely in the refrigerator again at the same temperature as before. The time here is called the curing time and it takes in the fridge 1/2 day per cm. The ham above 10 cm thus takes 5 days in a cool environment.

5. Step: The ham must now dry completely before being smoked. Take the ham out in a warmer environment 12 °C to 18 °C and RH of 40 % to 50 % humidity for a maximum of 2 days. However, a moderate air circulation around the ham is required so as not to form mold. Also not in strong air draft because then a dry crust is formed. When the surface is felt dry, the ham can be cold smoked.

6. Step: Use a smoke coil or a maze of rams and make sure the material is crisp and finely chopped. My smoke coil lasts an average of 14 hours and the temperature in the smoke oven comes approx. 10 °C above ambient temperatures. There must be max. be 27 °C in the smoke oven. So at high daytime temperatures you can smoke at night. Feel free to take breaks between each smoking. I would recommend - with what I have written about my smoke oven - to smoke between 4 to 5 times in the night. Then there is a break during the day.

7. Step: After smoking, the ham should be matured for a few weeks in the refrigerator at 5 °C to 7 °C and RH at 30 % to 40 % humidity. The ham should (must) hang freely in the refrigerator so that the water content evaporates. It is highly recommended to weigh the ham before salting and when the finished ham has matured. There should be a weight loss of approx. 30 % to achieve max. durability. If you have several hams and want to store these, it is recommended that they be packed in DRY AGING BAGS and placed in the refrigerator. They mature in the bags, then they can be taken out and cut into thin slices and eaten with great pleasure.

Serving: Eat it "Free". It is a term that I use when I eat meat alone, ie without accessories (bread and potatoes). But I think I will create a Pizza when my friend Thomas gets to set up his 800 kg Pizza Oven next to the smoke oven. I will promise that a picture will come at that time. But otherwise I will also serve the ham white asparagus with melted, clarified butter and grated parmesan cheese. A specialty in northern Germany until May.

Tip: It is optional to add E301 Sodium ascorbate or E300 Askorbic acid. It is an antioxidant. On the plus side, Sodium ascorbate makes the meat more red and over time reduces the residual nitrite content in it Finished product. Both ascorbic acid and Sodium ascorbate are forms of vitamin C and are common food additives where more specifically Sodium ascorbate falls into the category of mineral salts. Although ascorbic acid is the pure form of vitamin C, Sodium ascorbate is the sodium salt of ascorbic acid.

I've seen the Austrians use Chrisale salt, which contains 0.4 % to 0.5% nitrite in the individual salt crystals. It should cause a better taste and color in the meat, since the nitrite precipitates more slowly in the process, in contrast to ordinary. salt to which the nitrite has been added artificially.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Rainbow trout freshly caught and hot smoked

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

2 pcs. freshly caught rainbow trout of approx. 1.5 kg
500 g fine table salt
50 g cane sugar
3 tsp. black pepper, crushed
3 tsp. onion powder
3 tsp. garlic powder/salt
3 tsp. chili flakes

Accessories:
1 cauliflower head
800 g new potatoes
1 lemon
parsley
Melted and clarified butter


First a few facts: At the end of March 2022 we had a fantastic weather with sunshine and warm weather, so it pulled tremendously in the "fishing rod" to get out and swing this rod. As the protection of the river had not yet ceased, it had to become a Put & Take lake nearby. I was lucky to get to a fishing lake where trout had been put out the day before, so I had 10 bites, but the 6 did not come up. Four good rainbow trout of 1.5 kg were the catch of the day. The three are seen in the picture, which is getting hot-smoked. The fourth is to be boiled and served with new potatoes and Hollandaise sauce on a later occasion.
Recipe No. 137
Rainbow trout freshly caught and hot smoked
Rainbow trout freshly caught and hot smoked

 

Procedure without liability: The rainbow trout are cleaned and prepared for hot smoking, which is described here Salmon and trout. However, I have chosen to dry salt them, because they had to be hot-smoked the next day. They came in a salt tub suitable for 3 to 4 fish of this size, were sprinkled with 500 g of fine salt and 50 g of cane sugar. Lie in this salt/sugar mixture for 18 hours and while the smoke oven was getting ready, I filled cold water in the tub. Then the fish was dried well in a kitchen roll and a clean tea towel.

The 4 spices were sprinkled into the belly of the fish and they were then hung into the smoke oven. The evolution of smoke had not yet begun and the temperature was approx. 90 °C. The fish hung in the smoke oven for 45 minutes with good drafts at approx. 80 °C. Then smoke dust came on the flames so that they went out and the embers with smoke dust began a strong smoke development. The temperature dropped to approx. 70 °C and this was kept for the next 3 hours.

I use a mixture of 80 % beech sawdust and 20 % juniper granules, which gives an excellent taste. Can be bought in bags of 30 liters for DKK 500. After 4 hours, the temperature had dropped to approx. 30 °C and the evolution of smoke decreases. It had also become evening, so the fish were allowed to spend the night in the smoke oven until the next day. One fish was vacuum packed and put in the freezer for later use, the other 2 were eaten the same evening. A wonderful meal with side dishes, as described above.

Serving: I peel the fish free of skin and bones (also the brown fish fat on the sides) for my guests so it's ready to eat. Got a lot of praise for the taste.

Garnish: Can be garnished with a little green: Parsley, basil or dill.

Drink: We chose a good red wine, because it goes well with smoked trout.

Tip: If you catch mackerel, try to smoke them in the same way. For large mackerel, the time is probably the same, but small mackerel a little less time. But a good thing is: Accommodation in a smoke oven.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Asparagus Fricassee with smoked Hamburger Back and mashed potatoes

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 kg Hamburger back
1 bunch of white asparagus 250 g
1 bunch of green asparagus 250 g
500 g green peas in pods or
200 g fine peas on frost
1.5 liters of vegetable broth
1 bunch of dill
1 piece onion
1 clove of garlic
Salt and White Pepper

Sauce:
30 g of butter
30 g of wheat flour
Boiling water from the meat
Whipped cream/Cream
1 lemon, organic.
dill
Salt and White Pepper

Mashed potatoes:
1000 g potatoes, peeled
A little butter
Whipped cream/Cream
Salt and White Pepper
Grated nutmeg
Dill
Recipe No. 138
Asparagus Frikasse with smoked Hamburgerback and mashed potatoes
Asparagus Frikasse with smoked Hamburgerback and mashed potatoes
The next day with tartlets. See postscript
First some facts: I made the dish with half of the homemade Schwarz-Walter-Schinke in Recipe No. 136. But for others who cannot smoke at home, I have chosen the recipe with a good hamburger back. I "invented" the dish when it was time to eat the rest of the "Ham" - not because it had gone bad, but after half a year in Dry age bag, it had become rock hard and could (almost) not be cut with a knife. Therefore, the ham was also "cooked" - prepared in its own way. It was placed in cold water overnight in the refrigerator. The same water (1.5 l) the ham was "cooked" the next day, but in a special way. The water did not get above 85 °C, I had a thermometer in the water and by regulating my small hotplate I could maintain an - almost - constant temperature around 80 °C for 90 minutes. After this, the pot was taken off the heat and the ham was left in the hot water until it became cold. Save the cooking water, it will be used later for a vegetable broth. A purchased hamburger back is "cooked" in the same way for 60 minutes, but does not need to be in cold water overnight in the refrigerator. I put some peppercorns, juniper berries, some bay leaves, a small onion and a clove of garlic in the boiling water. See "Postscript" at the end.



Procedure without liability: Start by preparing the potatoes for the mashed potatoes. Peel them and cut them into suitable pieces so that they will be easy to mash after they have been cooked. Remember no salt in the water when they are to be made into mashed potatoes. Peel the white asparagus and cut off the base approx. 3 cm up. Save peel and bottom. The green asparagus is cut just a little from the bottom. Save bottom. The peas are podded. Save the pods.

Measure out the cooking water from the ham (hamburger back) - 1 liter - and add a vegetable stock as well as the peel, bottom and pods. If there are dill stalks, cook them as well. Let it simmer for 20 minutes. Then strain it all and discard the peel, bottom and pods. The white and green asparagus are cut into 3 cm pieces and now boiled for 5 minutes in vegetable broth, after which they are taken up and put aside, as they need to be in the sauce when it is ready.

Put the butter in a sauce pan and, when it has finished bubbling, add the flour while stirring constantly for 3 to 4 minutes. Pour in the vegetable broth little by little and stir/beat well so that the sauce is uniform and without lumps of flour. Pour in some whipping cream/cream and stir. Add the asparagus and let the sauce simmer for 5 to 10 minutes. Season with grated lemon peel, a little juice, salt and white pepper. Add the fresh peas and stir the pan. Garnish the sauce with picked dill. (If you can't get pod peas, add the frozen - but thawed peas together with the asparagus.)

Boil the potatoes for 20 minutes and drain the water. Mash with a Potato masher with spring. Stir the mash with a little butter and whipping cream, season with salt, white pepper and grated nutmeg. Garnish with grated dill.

Serving: Put the mashed potatoes in the center of a plate with a depression in the middle. Add the asparagus fricassee and place 4 slices of ham (Hamburgerback) around it.

Garnish: Garnish with a little picked dill. (Save the stems for the vegetable stock)

Drink: We chose a good red wine, because it goes well with asparagus and Hamburger back. But a cold Wheat beer could also go to the dish.

Tip: By preparing a hamburger back as described above, you can be sure that it will not become dry. Only cook for 1 hour.

Postscript: The attempt to make the rock-hard Schwarz-Walter-Schinke edible did not work. It was only roughly - with good will - edible. But the asparagus fricassee turned out fantastically well, so I can therefore recommend making it for: Chicken in asparagus with tartlets. Skip the mashed potatoes and cook a chicken, pick the meat from the bones and put it in the asparagus fricassee. Buy one or two packages Luxus Tarteletter and you have a real good dish.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Spaghetti Bolognese

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

500 g minced beef preferably 12% fat
2 tbsp. olive oil
2 large onions
4 cloves of garlic 2 stalks of celery
1 large red pepper

1 1/2 dl dry red wine (the one you want to drink with the meal)
2 beef stock cubes
4 large, ripe, chopped tomatoes
2 dl tomato paste sauce with chilli
2 tbsp. tomato paste
2 tbsp. Oyster Sauce or
2 tbsp. Worcestershire Sauce
2 pcs. bay leaves
1 tbsp. oregano, dried
1 tbsp. basil, dried

240 g spaghetti pasta, dry weight
60 grams of spaghetti are used per person
2.4 liters of boiling water 1 liter of water is used per 100 g of spaghetti
24 g Salt for the boiling water
10 g of salt is used per 1 liter of water
Save 1 cup of the cooking water from the spaghetti for
adjustment of the dish at the end
Salt and White Pepper?
Be careful with salt! There is salt in bouillon cubes
Recipe No. 139
Spaghetti Bolognese
Spaghetti Bolognese



Procedure without liability: Start by cleaning and cooking all the vegetables. Chop the onion, garlic, celery and red pepper into small cubes. Put olive oil in a pan and heat up to a good heat and then add the vegetables. Fry them until the onions have become clear - it takes approx. 3 minutes. The meat is then picked into small pieces from the package and added to the pan. Brown the meat and divide it with a ladle into smaller pieces while it roasts - it takes approx. 8 minutes.

Now add some liquid and spices to the vegetables and meat. Pour the wine, beef bouillon cubes, chopped tomatoes, tomato paste sauce, tomato paste, Oyster Sauce, (or Worcestershire Sauce), bay leaves, oregano and basil into the pan and distribute the spices well in the dish. Check that there is enough liquid to simmer covered for approx. 30 minutes, if not add some water. For the last 10 minutes, simmer the dish uncovered, this is when the spaghetti is cooked.

2.4 liters of water are measured and brought to the boil in a large pot. When the water boils, add 24 grams of salt to the water - 1 large tablespoon coarse salt is 24 g - and then the measured spaghetti. Read on the package how long it should boil. The one I used had to boil for 9 minutes. Pour the spaghetti into a strainer, but remember to save 1 cup of the cooking water for later use.

Mix the cooked and drained spaghetti into the Bolognese sauce. Mix well and assess whether the consistency is too dry, because now is the time to add a little boiling water from the spaghetti. Remember that both beef bouillon cubes and cooking water contain salt, so do not add any extra salt.

Serving: In deep plates with spoon and fork.

Garnish: Garnish with grated cheese and a little freshly picked basil to taste.

Drinking: Use the same red wine that came in the dish.

Tip: The recipe says spaghetti, but you can also use pasta. Just read on the package how long the cooking time is for al dente pasta.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Eel in jelly for a lunch

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 nice, large silver eel of 800 grams live weight

Cooking stock:
1 l water
1 dl wine vinegar
2 dl dry white wine
1 large carrot
1 parsley root
1 leek
4 cm fresh ginger
1 onion
2 cloves of garlic
8 bay leaves
1 stalk thyme
1 red chili pepper
14 whole peppercorns 10 all spice
1 stalk of lovage or Maggiurt
1 tbsp. salt (20 g)
12 leaves gelatin

Decoration
1 bunch of dill
1 sliced organic lemon
Recipe No. 140
Eel in jelly for a lunch from 1 large eel yields 7 pieces of 7 cm
Eel in jelly for a lunch of 1 large eel gives 6 nice pieces and the tail for the cat
A lunch plate with 1 pc. eel in jelly on two halves of rye bread

 

Procedure without liability: Start by preparing the eel for cooking. Cut the abdomen from the gat to the head and take out the guts, clean with a stiff brush down through the backbone for kidney blood. Lay the eel on its back and cut off the head - not completely, it should hang on to the eel skin on the neck. You grab the head and pull it backwards down towards the tail to pull off the skin. Help with a thumb to loosen the skin the first part around the head. If you can't do it yourself, ask your fisherman to do it. After this, the eel must be polished for the stiff fins on the back and belly with scissors, also check if there is more blood in the belly. The eel is cut into suitable lengths - from 6 cm to 8 cm will be optimal for an 800 gram eel.

Cooking stock: Prepare the cooking stock - boil water, wine and vinegar with the cleaned vegetables, spices and salt. The large vegetables are cut into slices. Let it simmer for 20 minutes with the lid on. The cleaned eel pieces are then placed in the pot and simmered for 10 to 15 minutes at low heat (95 °C) with the lid on. The time depends on the thickness of the eel, the eel I used weighed 490 grams in cleaned weight and took 20 minutes. Let the eel pieces rest for a few minutes in the cooking stock.

The eel pieces are removed from the cooking stock and left to drain and cool. The cooking stock is first strained through a strainer for the large pieces of vegetables and then through a boiled cloth for the "floating particles". I have previously used the same strainer lined with 3 pieces of coffee filter and got a good result. If you are a geek, make the soup with 2 egg whites and the crushed eggshells.

Clarification of soup with egg whites: Measure out your cooking stock, it must be 1 litre, if necessary top up with water and white wine. Beat two egg whites - absolutely no yolk - crush the 2 egg shells and add them to the egg whites, which are whipped together easily without the mass becoming white and stiff. Add the egg mixture to the cooking stock and whisk thoroughly while it slowly boils. When the egg mass rises to the surface, remove the pan from the heat, where it stands for fifteen minutes. Pour the cooking stock through a boiled cloth, as described above. The cooking stock (soup) can be frozen and used later. Note: use a 3 liter pot, otherwise it will boil over. You can skip preparing the cooking stock with egg whites and egg shells, but perhaps the jelly will not be transparent.

Eel and jelly are prepared: When the eel pieces are finger warm, split them lengthwise with a very sharp knife and carefully remove the bone. Now is the time to see if the eel is cooked to perfection. If the leg comes off without any problems, the eel is cooked perfectly. 12 leaves gelatin soak in cold water for 10 minutes. Read on the package how many you need per liter of cooking stock. 12 pcs. per liter of soup makes a perfect jelly in my opinion. Place the split eel pieces in a nice dish with high sides, so that there is room for 1 liter of cooking stock. The perfectly clarified cooking stock is brought to a boil and the pan is removed from the heat. Add the soaked gelatin one at a time while stirring vigorously to avoid lumps. Add a little garnish, 4 nice bay leaves, 2 lemon slices and 4 to 6 stalks of dill to the warm jelly. The jelly is now poured over the eel pieces and the garnish is distributed neatly in the dish. Place the dish in the cold until the jelly has set. Preferably in the fridge overnight. When the jelly has set, it can be filmed. Cover with film.

Serving: Serve with a good piece of rye bread and cold butter.

Garnish: Fresh dill and lemon slices when serving.

Drinking: A cold lager is suitable for the dish, naturally followed by a Linie Akvavit. Did I forget to say per eel.

Tip: If you are making this dish for the wife and yourself, arrange it on two plates, which are then decorated. The rest of the eel in jelly is immediately put back in the fridge, and it can keep there for 3 to 4 days at a temperature below 5 °C.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Vacuum salted and smoked duck breast

Next Down

Shopping List for 8 adults - Danish version

Next Up

DRY SALTING
4 pieces. Duck breast a 300 g

Seasoning salt mixture for 4 pcs. Duck breast
24 g fine table salt
12 g nitrite salt 0.6%
6 g brown sugar
4 g onion powder granules
4 g garlic powder granules
4 g black pepper from the mill
4 g paprika sweet ground
2 g cayenne pepper hot ground
2 g crushed cloves
1 g Sodium ascorbate powder E301
12 bay leaves whole

Vacuum packs
Vacuum bags or 28x600 cm rolls
A duck breast measures approx. 20 x 10 x 3 cm

See under Tip:
36 g of salt for 1200 g of meat gives
a degree of salinity of 3%
Recipe No. 141
Seasoned duck breast ready for vacuuming and then smoking
Seasoned duck breast ready for vacuuming and then smoking
A particularly good red wine Dingac Roso can be recommended

 

Procedure without liability: 4 pieces. 300 g duck breasts are prepared for dry salting in vacuum bags. Take them out of the freezer 24 hours before they are to be salted and dry in the fridge. Trim the duck breasts for tendons and blood before salting. Dry them in a clean tea towel so that they are ready for the seasoning salt mixture.

Prepare Seasoning salt mixture: Start by weighing out salt and all the spices and mix it well in a bowl. Wait with the bay leaves, they are placed on the breasts just before they are put in the vacuum bag. For those people who absolutely do not want to use nitrite salt, just use 36 g of fine table salt, so that the salting level of 3% is maintained. I can inform you that with 0.6% nitrite salt, a maximum of 60 mg nitrite per kg of meat is obtained.

Dry salting: All duck breasts are rubbed well and thoroughly in a whole seasoning salt mixture and 2 whole bay leaves are placed on the skin side. Prepare a large vacuum bag for 4 duck breasts by welding one end, I usually weld 2 times with 5mm distance so the welding holds better. Place the 4 duck breasts in the bag with the meat side up, if there is any seasoning salt left in the bowl, distribute it over the duck breasts. The bag is vacuumed and welded in the same process - remember to weld an extra time. Vacuum packer test guide can be found here. Vacuum rollers with coarse structure 100µ you find here. Remember the width of the bags must fit the maximum width of your Vacuum Packer.

The vacuum bag is placed in the refrigerator for 48 hours and turned twice a day. Longer time gives a more salty taste and turning the bag several times gives a more uniform salting. I usually give full "Power" - 48 hours and 4 turnovers per day and of course Nitrite salt to achieve the beautiful red color in the meat. In addition, nitrite salt also gives meat a slightly longer shelf life.

Hot smoking: When the time is up, take the duck breasts out of the fridge and brush/rinse under running cold water to remove excess salt and seasoning. Wipe the duck breasts with a clean tea towel and place them on a rack to dry while the smoker is being prepared. Scratch the skin crosswise in a fine pattern: Harlequin pattern. The smoking oven is heated to 80 °C - 90 °C. When the temperature has been reached, place the duck breasts on a rack with the skin side down and place the rack in the smoking oven on the top shelf. Give them approx. 1 hour without too much smoke. After that, a lot of smoke sawdust came over the embers, so that the smoke development can begin. With a duck breast of 300 g, they must be smoked for approx. 2 hours at a temperature between 70 °C - 80 °C. In total approx. 3 hours. The core temperature in the chest should be approx. 67 °C, go by the temperature rather than the time. I smoke with 90% beech sawdust and 10% juniper granules. Leave the duck breast overnight in the smoker while it cools down, so the smoke flavor can become more intense.

Packaging: The duck breasts can be vacuum packed and frozen for several months - maximum 6 months. When they are to be eaten, you can heat them in a microwave, normal oven or on a pan with the skin side down. It promotes the smoke flavor.

Serving: The smoked duck breasts can be served warm as a dinner dish with red cabbage, white/brown potatoes and a purchased duck sauce. Sour and sweet side dishes - understood. A good idea here at Christmas time.

As a lunch dish with rye bread and butter, cut the duck breast into thin slices on the narrow joint. Served with: See under Garnish.

Garnish: Egg stand, tomato slices and a sprinkling of chives. Salt? and Pepper from the mill.

Drinking: As a dinner dish, I would recommend a dark and strong red wine, such as Dingac Roso from "Old Yugoslavia" specifically Croatia on the Peljesac peninsula, which is just north of Dubrovnik. The darkest, strongest and highest (alcohol 15.5%) red wine in the world. From my own experience, I can tell you that because of more than 15 notes in this wine, you don't feel the alcohol in the wine at all - BEFORE you get up.

For lunch maybe a German Rauchbier from Bamberg, it is a dark lager with a smoky taste. Another option is a beer from Warwick Brewery in Varde. A "Kræ Riwer" which is a Porter with licorice flavor and 8% alcohol.

Hint: I have created an Excel spreadsheet for calculating salt, nitrite salt, sugar and spices for any amount of meat and meat of any kind. But that's only for vacuum salting. I always hot smoke duck breasts because of the salmonella risk.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Confit duck leg layered on herbs and root vegetables

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 pieces. Duck leg a 200 g
1 kg Duck fat (1 bucket can be bought in Føtex)

Seasoning salt mixture for 4 pcs. Duck leg
16 g fine table salt
8 g nitrite salt 0.6%
4 g brown sugar
2 g onion powder granules
2 g garlic powder granules
2 g black pepper from the mill
4 sprigs of thyme

Vacuum packs
Vacuum bags or 28x600 cm rolls
A duck leg measures approx. 17 x 9 x 3 cm

See under Tip:
24 g of salt for 800 g of meat gives
a degree of salinity of 3%

With this recipe for confit duck leg, it is not intended to provide a complete recipe for a dish that includes confit duck leg. I have mentioned under "Serving" a dinner dish with herbs on a base of root vegetables and a good lunch dish with rye bread and "tooth butter" sprinkled with Kosher salt.
Recipe No. 142

Seasoning salt mixture for 4 duck legs can be found on this page

Confit duck leg layered on herbs and root vegetables ready for the oven
Confit duck leg layered on herbs and root vegetables ready for the oven

 

Procedure without liability: 4 pieces. duck legs of 200 g are prepared for dry salting in vacuum bags. Take them out of the freezer 24 hours before they are to be salted and thaw them in the fridge. Finely grind the duck legs for tendons and blood before salting. Wipe them off with a clean tea towel so that they are ready for a one-time seasoning salt mixture.

Prepare Seasoning salt mixture: Start by weighing out salt and all the spices and mix it well in a bowl. For those people who absolutely do not want to use nitrite salt, just use 24 g of fine table salt, so that the salting level of 3% is maintained. I can inform you that with 0.6% nitrite salt, a maximum of 60 mg nitrite per kg of meat is obtained.

Dry salting: All duck legs are well and thoroughly rubbed into the whole seasoning salt mixture. Prepare a large vacuum bag for 4 duck legs by welding one end, I usually weld 2 times at 5mm distance, the welding holds better. Place the 4 duck legs in the bag with the skin side down, if there is any seasoning salt left in the bowl, distribute it over the duck legs. The bag is vacuumed and welded in the same process - remember to weld an extra time. Vacuum packer test guide can be found here. Vacuum rollers with coarse structure 100µ you find here. Remember the width of the bags must fit the maximum width of your Vacuum Packer.

The vacuum bag is placed in the refrigerator for 48 hours and turned twice a day. Longer time gives a more salty taste and turning the bag several times gives a more uniform salting. I usually give full "Power" - 48 hours and 4 turns per day and of course Nitrite salt to achieve the beautiful red color in the meat. In addition, nitrite salt also gives meat a slightly longer shelf life.

Confiting: When the time is up, take the duck legs out of the fridge and brush/rinse under running cold water to remove excess salt and the seasoning. Dry the duck legs with a clean tea towel and place them to dry on a wire rack while the ingredients are prepared for the confit. Find a suitable pot for 4 duck legs and the amount of duck fat that is needed so that the duck legs can lie completely under the melted duck fat. If the pot is too big, too much duck fat is used. Too small, it may bubble over.

Add 1 kg of duck fat to the pot and turn on the heat. When all the fat has just melted, place the duck legs in the pot and place the frying thermometer in the pot - without touching the bottom of the pot - and monitor the temperature closely - without the lid on the pot. The temperature must only be 90 °C and must be maintained at this temperature for the next 3 to 4 hours. I have done the exercise on my own stove by filling a pot halfway with water and a fixed temperature of 90 °C. On the smallest plate, the position should be 3 when the 90 °C had been reached. However, there was a minor fluctuation of +- 1 °C. Have fun and look forward to the taste. NB: I used 3/4 kg of duck fat and 1/4 kg of lard, as I had used some duck fat previously.

When the duck legs have become completely tender, remove the pot from the heat and cool the pot uncovered as quickly as possible to room temperature with the thighs in the pot. You can see the legs when the meat is tender, because then the skin pulls away from the bottom of the lower thigh. When the pot has cooled, put the lid back on and put the pot in the fridge. The thighs must be covered in duck fat throughout the process and confit duck leg can last up to 1 month in the fridge. If the meat is not covered with duck fat, oxygen can get into the meat and oxidation - oxygenation - begins and the meat begins a "Randinize". proces.

I have some special vacuum container for my vacuum packer, which sucks the air out of the box. I will try these next time to see the effect on flavor when frozen.

Packing: Duck legs can be vacuum packed with some of the duck fat when it has become cold and frozen for a few months. When they are to be eaten, you can heat them in a microwave, normal. oven or on a pan. It promotes the flavor and tenderness of the meat.

Serving: The confit duck legs can be served warm on a bed of herbs and root vegetables with Hasselback potatoes and a "gravy sauce" from the dish.

As a lunch dish with rye bread and butter. You may eat the duck legs with your fingers and "gnaw" on a piece of rye bread.

Garnish: Tomato slices and a sprinkling of chives. Salt? and pepper from the mill.

Drinking: As a dinner dish, I would recommend a light red wine. Maybe a Pinot Noir. It is also good with cheese afterwards.

For lunch, perhaps a beer from Warwik Brewhouse in Varde. A Lause is a bottom-fermented Schwarzbier from Thuringia with muted bitterness.

Hint: I have created an Excel spreadsheet for calculating salt, nitrite salt, sugar and spices for any amount meat and meat of any kind. But that's only for vacuum salting. The duck fat from the confit can be reused up to 3 times, after which it becomes too salty. But see below.

Regeneration method of duck fat: Take a suitable large pot for the duck fat that you want to regenerate. Put it in the pot along with half the water. Bring it up to 95 °C and stir the pot for 3 minutes. Turn off the heat and leave the pot to cool. The next day, the duck fat has solidified and lies on top of the water. Carefully remove the duck fat, put it in a container and freeze it until next time. The explanation is that salt does not dissolve in fat but only in water. Impurities become bound to the water and settle on the bottom of the pot.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Homemade pizza in our own stone oven

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Cold-risen Pizza dough for the base
500 g Wheat flour with a high content of Gluten
For example:
Tipo 00 wheat flour, Amo Manitoba wheat flour or Durum wheat flour
330 g Lukewarm water (330 ml)
10 g Yeast
1 tsp. Sugar
1 tbsp. Olive oil
1 tbsp. Oregano (dried)
10 g Kosher salt or Læsø salt

Pizza ingredients

Tomato sauce:
1 can Chopped tomatoes
1 dl Olive oil
1 Handful of fresh basil with stems
1 tbsp. Oregano (dried)
1 tbsp. Tomato puree
2 cloves of garlic 1 tsp. Sugar
1 tsp. White wine vinegar
1 tsp. Kosher salt or Læsø salt

Fill:
Salsiccia a good spicy and juicy Italian pork sausage
Pancetta an Italian salted and seasoned fresh bacon
Guanciale an Italian pork jowl bacon

Mozzarella Cheese:
Buffalo milk mozzarella in water is the best for pizza
If you can't get it, use:
Cow's milk mozzarella in water
DO NOT use topping cheese from a bag, it will burn
Recipe No. 143

The pizza oven is heated to bake pizza for our lunch when we smoke eel
The pizza oven is heated to bake pizza for our lunch when we smoke eel
The two small pizzas in the picture below are made by the children from leftovers



You get approx. 900 g of pizza dough out of the amount stated opposite. It is divided into 4 equal-sized "buns" of 225 g.

You get approx. 500 g of tomato sauce out of the quantity stated opposite. What is not used now and then is frozen in portions.

Blend all ingredients for the tomato sauce into a smooth mass without lumps.

 

Procedure without liability: Prepare the dough 2 days before it is to be used. Start by weighing all the ingredients. Pour the water into a bowl and add the yeast with sugar, olive oil and oregano. Stir well until the yeast and sugar are dissolved. The salt can now be added while stirring. The mentioned salts dissolve quickly. Then add the flour a little at a time, stirring constantly with a dough hook. Knead well until the dough is flexible and not too sticky. Therefore, you may need to use more or less flour than described above.

Cold-rising: When the dough is ready, place it in a clean bowl with a little sprinkled flour and a damp tea towel on top. Put in the fridge and chill for 36 to 48 hours. When the dough is to be used, take it out of the refrigerator 4 hours before.

Preparation: The pizza dough is divided into 4 portions, folded a few times and kneaded a little and flattened with the palm of the hand - WITHOUT using a rolling pin because then the air is pressed out of the dough and it will not be airy and crispy - practice swing it around in the air, as you've probably seen the professional chefs in Italy do. Flat as a baked pancake - Without holes - assemble the pizza dough with the filling: First spread a thin layer of Tomato sauce, then a suitable layer of the selected Meats and finally the good Mozzarella Cheese.

Baking: The pizza is placed on a "Pizza Stone" and with a "Pizza Spade" it is taken into the oven and baked until it is baked. It is now that you have to keep an eye on it, because it has to be turned around several times so that it is baked all the way around. I should say hello from Thomas - owner of the Pizza oven - and say that Practice makes perfect. The heat in the oven is approx. xxx °C and it takes approx. y minutes. I will return with data.

Garnish: With fresh basil leaves. You could also put some green and black olives on the plate along with a few pickled green and strong jalapenos. Remember it must be the real black olives and not green olives, which are dyed black. CHEATING.

Drinking: A good Italian red wine such as Chianti and Amarone, which is worth paying for. Brunello and Barolo are on the expensive side, but go well with a super delicious homemade pizza. But the choice is yours.

Tip: Salt kills the yeast, so you must use lukewarm water and add the yeast with sugar, olive oil and oregano first. Let the yeast dissolve and stir until the sugar is dissolved and wait 5 minutes before adding the salt. Then add the flour a little at a time while constantly stirring with a dough hook. Stir at least 5 to 10 minutes to make the dough pliable.

There are many types of flour for pizza dough and at many prices. A product like CAPUTO has three types: Nuvola Super pizza flour (purple bag), Pizzeria Blue pizza flour (blue bag) and Cuoco Red pizza flour (red bag). Not always easy to find in supermarkets. I used Durum wheat flour and got some crispy bases, as well as praise from the lady of the house.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Brills fillets steamed over root vegetables on the pan

Next Down

Shopping List for 2 adults - Danish version

Next Up

2 Brills fillets without skin and bones
200 g Pork rind cut into small pieces
50 g Pork fat and 50 g duck fat/goose fat
1 Onion 3 cloves of garlic and 3 sprigs of rosemary
200 g Chestnuts unshelled and cut into small cubes
100 g Karl Johan mushrooms cut into cubes
4 pcs. Medium-sized shallots, finely chopped
30 g Butter
3/4 dl Vermouth
2 - 3 dl Chicken broth, strong
1/4 lemon juice
1/2 bunch parsley
Zanetti cheese: Pecorino for sprinkling. Option
Be careful with salt, the cheese is also salty
Salt and pepper from the mill

Confit pork rind:

The pork rind is made in the following way: Cut the pork rind into very small cubes and add them to a pan with a little pork fat and duck fat or goose fat. Roast the rinds in cubes under low heat at approx. 85 °C to 90 °C for the first hour. The temperature can then be raised to 100 °C. The rind must not turn black, so it may well take 3 hours or more. Save them for the dish described below. Confit pork rind can be frozen and used later in sauce for many dishes. I added an onion, 3 cloves of garlic and some sprigs of rosemary after an hour.
Recipe No. 144

Whole brills ready to put over the root vegetables when they are finished roasting. For a kid-friendly dish, use fillets.
Whole brills ready to put over the root vegetables when they are finished roasting.
For a kid-friendly dish, use fillets.

 

Procedure without liability: Once you've made the confit pork rind, it's time to start this dish. This can be made the day before or several days before, as they can be kept refrigerated or frozen.

Put a little butter on the pan and fry the shallots until golden. Pour the vermouth over and add the chestnuts to the pan and roast them a little. Then chicken broth and Karl Johan mushrooms are added to the pan. Season with salt and pepper from the mill and a little lemon juice.

Turn up the heat a little and place the 2 pieces of fish, skin side down, over the root vegetables. Cover the pan and continue to cook for 6 to 8 minutes until the fish has had enough. Depends on the thickness of the fillet. Cover the pan with a lit and continue to cook for 6 to 8 minutes until the fish has had enough. Depends on the thickness of the fillet.

NB: My brillst in the picture are not fillets, but whole fish with bones and belly skin. It's because I can handle eating fish with bones and I think it tastes better. I just want to mention that I fry the fish skin side for a few minutes before putting it on the root vegetables. If it is a child-friendly dish, use fillets. The time here is given for fillets.

When the fish fillets have had enough, remove them from the pan. Turn up the heat, add butter and cook. Stir in parsley and sprinkle with cheese (optional).

Serving: Place a fish fillet on a plate with a portion of root vegetables around it.

Garnish: Fresh parsley leaves and a few lemon slices.

Drinking: A good white wine from Chile that is suitable for fish could be a Santa Rita 120 Chardonnay vintage 2021. Approx. DKK 60.00 per bottle. Serve well chilled.

Tip: "Gourmet Goose Fat from Gråsten Poultry" 250 g. If you don't use it all, you can make a good seasoning fat with half pork fat and onion. If you cannot get Karl Johan mushrooms, you can use regular mushrooms and add some dried Karl Johan mushrooms. First crush the dried Karl Johan mushrooms in a mortar before adding them.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Veal tongue in Madeira, beer and olives

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

1 veal tongue

Dry salting in a vacuum bag per 1 kg veal tongue
13 g Common table salt
13 g Nitrite salt 0.6%
7 g Cane sugar, Organic
2 g Black pepper, powder
1 g Cayenne pepper hot, powder
2 g Garlic powder
3 g Hungarian paprika, sweet
2 g *Dried thyme, see below
1 g *Laurel leaves, see below
1 Sodium ascorbate E301

Degree of salinity: 2.6%
Max Nitrite: 80 mg/kg tongue
Salting time in the fridge: 6 days

Mix salt, sugar and all spices and rub the veal tongue well into this salt mixture. Put the tongue in a vacuum bag and make sure everything goes in the bag so that the salting percentage is maintained. Vacuum seal the bag and refrigerate for 6 days. The bag is turned daily.

I have created an Excel spreadsheet to calculate salt, nitrite salt, sugar and spices for any amount of meat and meat of any kind. But that's only for vacuum salting. If the weight of your calf's tongue is different, you can use this spreadsheet to your advantage.
Recipe No. 145

The veal tongue has been gourmet salted, boiled for 2 ½ hours and skinned
The veal tongue has been gourmet salted, boiled for 2 ½ hours and skinned

Procedure without liability: A tongue is a large bundle of muscle, therefore it must now be boiled tender for a long time at low heat. Put the tongue in a suitably large pot and pour 2 liters of water. The water must cover the tongue completely, otherwise more water will come on. You can advantageously cook the tongue with fresh *thyme stalks and *bay leaves and a few carrots. The veal tongue is quickly brought to the boil and the heat is immediately reduced so that the veal tongue only simmers for the next 2 ½ hours. Skim the soup for impurities, as it will be used later. Meanwhile, prepare the good Madeira Sauce for the veal tongue.

2 tbsp. Olive oil
2 Red onions, chopped
2 Carrots, peeled and sliced
1 can tomato paste, small
4 cloves of garlic ½ dl Sherry vinegar
2 dl Madeira wine ½ KB white ale / Christmas beer
2 tbsp. Maggi Tamarind Sauce
1 tsp. Thyme, dried
1 tsp. Tarragon, dried
16 pcs. Green olives without stone
Salt and pepper from mills
NB: Be careful with salt, the tongue is salty

When the veal tongue is cooked and removed from the soup, the soup is strained and approx. ½ liter to dilute the sauce with. The rest of the soup can be left to cool and settle. Freeze it in smaller portions and use it as a base for sauce. Or if you make sausage rolls yourself, you can advantageously cook the sausage rolls in the soup. When the tongue has cooled down so that you can hold it without burning your fingers, it is skinned.
Veal tongue in Madeira, beer and olives
Veal tongue in Madeira, beer and olives

Put olive oil in a pan and fry the onion, carrots and tomato puree in it for a few minutes. Add the garlic and a little Sherry vinegar. Bring to a boil then add the Madeira, KB beer, Tamarind Sauce, thyme, tarragon and dilute the sauce with soup until a suitable smooth consistency is achieved. Place the veal tongue in the middle of the pan and pour some sauce over it while the tongue is heated for 15 minutes on low heat. Flip the tongue a few times along the way. Pour the drained green olives into the sauce a few minutes before serving. Pick up the tongue and cut it into 6 to 8 mm thick slices crosswise.

NB: I just want to note that I have split the tongue, so I have cold tongue for cold cuts with horseradish salad or Italian salad. The thickest part is therefore not visible on the pan above.

Serving: You can serve the tongue with many different kinds of side dishes: Rice, noodles, spaghetti, potatoes - boiled, mash, rösti, fritters - or my Böhmische semmel knödel Recipe No. 27. Side dishes, which are good at soaking up the tasty sauce, are preferable. We chose small, fine peeled potatoes this time. Next time I will prefer my Böhmische semmel knödel.

Garnish: I can only think of fresh thyme sprigs, but I had already used mine in the dish.

Drinking: You can drink beer or red wine with the dish. We chose an Italian red wine - Appassinero Appassimento da uve legmentere appassite - it is a red wine made from lightly dried grapes. Advantage: on offer for DKK 42.00 a bottle, Disadvantage: with added sulphites.

Tip: If you want to try with tongues for other animals: Pig tongue must cook for 1 ½ hours, while a Veal tongue must cook for 2 ½ hours and a Beef tongue must cook for 3 ½ hours on low heat. Make your own Tamarind Sauce.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Silver salmon ceviche with homemade tortilla chips

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Sølvlaks ceviche som forret
400 g Laks, renset og uden ben og skind, skåret i 10 mm tern eller
i tynde skiver. Jeg foretrækker i tynde skiver som vist på billedet
3 - 5 Limefrugter (citroner), saften deles. Se tekst
1 Orange, the juice is divided into two
2 cloves of garlic, finely chopped
1 Jalapenos or Fresno pepper, seedless but finely chopped
1 shallot, medium large finely chopped
4 Sherry tomatoes, quartered
1 diced avocado. Drizzle with lemon juice
½ teaspoon Cumin
2 tbsp. Coriander or parsley, finely chopped
Salt and pepper to taste
1 tsp. Cane sugar or heather honey
Tortilla chips for serving and Creme Fraiche 18%


How to make silver salmon ceviche: In a medium-sized glass bowl, combine the salmon cubes with the juice of half an orange and 3 to 4 limes. The lime and orange juice should cover the salmon fillets. Cover the bowl with cling film and refrigerate for 60 minutes. After the salmon has "cold cooked" for 60 minutes, pour off the lime and orange juice and discard. Mix the rest of the ingredients together with fresh juice of ½ lime and 3 tbsp. fresh orange juice from the rest of the half orange and season with salt, pepper and a little cane sugar/heather honey.
Recipe No. 146

A Norwegian salmon weighing 4 kg has now been cleaned and some will be used for ceviche
A Norwegian salmon weighed 4 kg. Is now cleaned and some will be used for ceviche
The dish in the picture is only for two people and the salmon is cut into thin slices

Procedure without responsibility: Ceviche is raw marinated fish, and therefore it is important to take the precaution of freezing the fish for at least 24 hours at -20 °C or for at least 4 days at -18 °C before use. Many fishmongers sell fish that are specifically intended to be eaten raw. Ask your fishmonger. Another important thing is good kitchen hygiene.

But what is a silver salmon? The Latin name is Oncorhynchus kisutch and it originates from the North Pacific Ocean and therefore not native to Danish waters. But nevertheless it is caught around Funen because they are bred in Horsens fjord and some escaped from the pond in 2017. Silver salmon is also implanted in Oxriver Put & Take, Ringkøbing. So they can be caught in Denmark.

But of course you can also use freshly caught salmon from Danish waters or Norwegian salmon (see the picture above), just observe the freezing rules before use.

Tortilla chips for Silver salmon ceviche
4 Tortilla Pancakes (Purchased)
2 tbsp. Neutral cooking oil per pancake
1 salt

Tortilla chips for extra dip
dried chili
paprika

Clip or slice the tortilla pancake into triangular pieces and put them in a freezer bag. Pour oil and salt into the bag, shake the bag well so that the contents are distributed evenly on all pieces.

Take the tortilla triangles out of the bag and place them in a single layer on a baking tray lined with baking paper. Bake the triangles in a fan oven at 200°C for 8 to 10 minutes until golden and crispy. Remove the triangles from the oven and cool them before serving. Become even more crispy when cooled.

Use only one tortilla pancake per bag, otherwise the oil and salt will not be evenly distributed. You may need to use two baking trays for the four tortilla pancakes, because they must not overlap each other.
Homemade Tortilla Chips
Homemade Tortilla Chips
We ate the chips first, so we serve toast to the dish

Serving: You can serve the homemade tortilla chips with a dip of guacamole and salsa or a garlic dip and a Happy Holliday dip. Try online and find the recipes.

Garnish: I can only think of a little more fresh cilantro leaves. I would like to say to those who don't like cilantro, use parsley instead.

Drinking: You can either drink a cold, over-fermented and unpasteurised wheat beer or a light, acidic white wine with the dish. You choose.

Tip: If you want to try other types of fish, I can recommend: sole, tuna, cod, ling, hake, haddock, pollock, halibut, sea bass and from shellfish I can mention: prawns, crabs, lobsters, oysters, clams, scallops, sea snails and squid.

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

The best way to cook red sausages

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

Danish red sausages for a child's birthday

8 pcs. red sausages of the best quality
1 piece. onion cut into quarters
3 - 5 cloves of garlic 1 tbsp. vinegar
1 cube of chicken stock
1 tsp. salt
1 tsp. sugar
Mustard of your choice
Tomato ketchup of your choice
Remoulade of your choice
Finely chopped onion of your choice
Roasted onions of your choice
Cucumber salad of your choice
Sausage bread for Hot Dogs

Here's how you do it: 1. Fill a suitably large pan with water, enough to cover the sausages completely. 2. Cut the onion into quarters and put it in the pan together with the garlic. 3. Add vinegar, chicken broth, salt and sugar. 4. Heat the water to just below the boiling point approx. 90 °C. 5. Put the red sausages in the water. Let the sausages soak in the hot water for 15 minutes. 6. Check the sausages before serving that they have been heated through. You can turn it all the way down to the lowest "flame" while the sausages soak for 15 minutes. Finally, remember that the sausages must never boil, because then the skin will crack. The sausage water must be kept at 75 °C while the sausages are in the water - just like with the sausage man at the sausage cart. NB: Danish red sausages are "cooked" at 75 °C core temperature from the supplier, so you can eat them cold straight from the bag.

Serving: Serve the sausages with toasted sausage bread and let the guests choose their own side dishes. Maybe make a good Hot Dog with roasted onions and/or raw onions. Some also choose cucumber salad.
Recipe No. 147

The best way to cook red sausages
The best way to cook red sausages
A delicious Hot Dog with all the trimmings

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Fried tuna with asparagus and noodles

Next Down

Shopping List for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

4 pcs. Fresh tuna steaks
250 g Egg noodles (Rema 1000)
300 g Green asparagus
1 tbsp. Taste-neutral oil

Dressing
1 piece. Organic lemon
1/2 Bunch of fresh chives
1/4 tray watercress
2 tbsp. Olive oil
1 tbsp. Oyster Sauce
1 tbsp. Fish Sauce
Salt and pepper from the mill

Procedure without liability: Rinse the lemon and finely grate the peel on the grater. Cut off the white skin of the lemon and cut the lemon flesh into triangles or small cubes. Remove any lemon seeds. Finely chop the chives, chop the watercress and mix it with olive oil, lemon zest and lemon dice in a bowl. Season the dressing with Oyster Sauce, Fish Sauce and (perhaps salt) and pepper. (Remember the Fish Sauce is salty).

Cook the egg noodles according to the package instructions and drain the water. Keep the egg noodles warm in the pan with the lid on. Break the bottom of the green asparagus and cook them in lightly salted water for 2 minutes and pour off the water. Keep the asparagus warm in the pot with the lid on.

Season the tuna steaks with salt and pepper and fry them in a taste-neutral oil on a very hot pan for 1 minute on each side. Check the time, if you fry them much more they will be dry. Inside, they should be slightly red.

Serving: Toss the egg noodles in the dressing. Distribute the egg noodles on 4 plates together with the green asparagus. Place a tuna steak on top and serve the dish hot immediately.
Opskrift Nr. 148

Fried tuna with asparagus and noodles
Fried tuna with asparagus and noodles

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Tuna tartare with fresh herbs - For a lunch dish

Next Down

Shopping list for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

400 g *Sushi Tuna
1 bunch of fresh coriander
1 bunch of fresh chives 1 bunch of fresh mint
1 bunch of fresh dill
1 ripe avocado
1 small apple, peeled
2 tbsp. walnuts, lightly crushed
2 limes, only the juice
2 tbsp. walnut oil
1 tbsp. fish sauce

Decoration:
1 romaine lettuce
1 to 2 tomatoes
2 tbsp. walnut oil
1 tbsp. white wine vinegar
1 clove of garlic

Salt and pepper from the mill are put on the table together with a good walnut bread.

Procedure without responsibility: Cut tuna into fine cubes. Cut the avocado and apple into fine cubes. Chop coriander, chives and mint. Gently stir together the tuna, avocado, apple, coriander, chives, mint and crushed walnuts. Season with lime juice, walnut oil and fish sauce. (Remember the Fish Sauce is salty). Put salt and pepper mill on the table.

Divide the mass into 4 portion forms and put them in the fridge for a few hours. Or here arranged on two plates.

Serving: Turn the portion forms out onto 4 plates and serve with a green salad and a good walnut bread.

Drinking: You can either drink a cold, over-fermented and unpasteurized wheat beer or a light, acidic white wine with the dish. You choose.

Tip: If you want to try with other types of fish, I can recommend: Salmon, sea trout, cod, ling, hake, haddock, halibut, sea bass and from shellfish we can mention: shrimps, crabs, lobsters, scallops and sea snails. Walnut oil can be difficult to obtain. So use sesame oil and sesame seeds instead.
Recipe No. 149

Tuna tartare with fresh herbs. Served on a decorated plate
*Sushi Tuna is fresh tuna that has been frozen for at least 2 days at -20 °C
Tuna tartare with fresh herbs. Served on a decorated plate

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 

Sardine potato egg cake with Gruyere cheese - For a lunch dish

Next Down

Shopping list for 4 adults - Danish version

Next Up

2 cans of sardines a 120 g in olive oil - Føtex has them
3 to 4 nice potatoes are peeled and cut into sticks
1 large onion finely chopped
Grate 1 to 2 cloves of garlic
50 g of butter for the pan and for the dish
3 eggs
100 g grated Le Gruyere cheese grated over the dish
1 bunch of chives or parsley
2 sliced tomatoes
Salt and pepper from the mill

Alternative: Use *Fish Sauce instead of salt in the egg mixture

Salt and pepper from the mill are put on the table together with good bread.

Procedure without responsibility: Peel the potatoes and cut them into small sticks. Cook them until tender in lightly salted water for approx. 12 to 14 minutes. While the potatoes are cooking, roast the onion and garlic in butter until golden, add a little *salt (Fish Sauce) and pepper. When the potatoes are cooked, remove them from the boiling water and drain in a sieve. Grease an ovenproof dish with plenty of butter on the bottom and sides. Place half of the potatoes in the dish. Spread the roasted onions and garlic over the potatoes.

Open two cans of sardines in olive oil and mash the sardines in a bowl with a fork and spread over the potatoes, onion and garlic. Spread the rest of the potatoes evenly over the sardines.

Break 3 eggs into a bowl, add a cup of whipping cream along with *salt (Fish Sauce) and pepper. Whip the filling and pour it into the dish. Grate 100 g of Swiss cheese - Gruyere cheese - over the filling. Place the dish in a 200 °C preheated oven for approx. 20 minutes, turn down the heat to 180 °C and bake for approx. 20 minutes.

Serving: Garnish with chives or parsley and a few slices of tomato before serving.

Drinking: Add a cold beer with a good Porse Snaps.

Tip: Choose the best sardines in a good olive oil and use as much of the olive oil from the cans in the dish as you like.
Recipe No. 150

Sardine potato egg cake with Le Gruyere cheese
Sardine potato egg cake with Le Gruyere cheese

Go to a printer friendly printout of the recipe.

 
Here you will find good and tested hot smoking recipes - Danish version

Silver eel  Salmon and trout  Garfish  Harvest herring  Mackerel  Cod roe  Smoked cheese

Grooved vacuum rolls for vacuum packs

Vacuum rollers that I use
Vacuum rollers that I use
The picture shows the sizes of vacuum rollers that I use in my household when vacuuming meat and fish. I use them for several purposes: 1. Vacuum salting, 2. Storing food in the fridge and freezer, 3. Sous vide dishes, 4. Dried herbs and mushrooms, 5. Ice cubes in the freezer.

I have 5 sizes of rolls, so I can always adapt the width of the roll to the item, so I avoid wasting the material, space and money. When vacuum bags and vacuum rollers came out 10 - 15 years ago, they cost a fortune in Denmark. I found them online - Wish - at a reasonable price. They have all the sizes that I use: 12 cm, 15 cm, 20 cm 25 cm, all with a length of 500 cm. From DKK 34 - DKK 56 plus shipping. There are several suppliers at - Wish - which has several sizes: 12 cm, 15 cm, 17 cm, 20 cm, 22 cm, 25 cm, all with a length of 500 cm.

I bought the large size of 28 cm at the time at Biltema and on offer in Lidl. There are also rolls of 30 cm and 32 cm, all with a length of 500 cm, but I have to stop here, because my vacuum packer has a limitation of 28 cm.

The 5 sizes in the picture are 12 cm, 15 cm, 20 cm, 22 cm and 28 cm, all with a length of 500 cm. The 12 cm roll is best suited for smoked eels, but just remember to start welding before the eel becomes completely puffy. My vacuum packer can do that. It is an Andersson VMS 2.0 vacuum sealer purchased in Sweden from net.on.net but I've heard it no longer exists. The new models can be found here. The one that comes closest to my vacuum sealer is this one. Net.on.net does not deliver abroad. So it was bought on one of my many fishing trips to Stensån in Båstad - understandable.

Andersson VMS 2.0 vacuum sealer DKK 400
Andersson VMS 2.0 vacuum sealer DKK 400

Back to the page where you came from.

 

Calculate your BMI and find your ideal weight and watch what you eat
Calculate your BMI
Waist-Hip Ratio


There may be even more fish meals and other special meals that can be made from items found in the wild. They will then show up on this page, as I become aware of these meals. Do you have some suggestions, so come on out with them. Or try Krog's Fiskebog.
Here is a good Fish Cookbook

Here is a good Fish Cookbook

Currency Conversion: Conversion of currencies.
Sudoku: Can not find a solution to Sudoku'en, try here.
Alcohol Test: Have you eaten and drunk alcohol try your BAC.


Blood pressure: Calculations of blood pressure measurements in EXCEL spreadsheets. Patient Guide: Here's how to do. Put your values into the spreadsheet to override standard values that are introduced. Find here a DBPM or MyCheck here is the manual in Danish MyCheck Manual Danish. The spreadsheet is password protected so you will not delete anything. If you want to change something and use it privately, you can get password by sending me a e-mail via my Guestbook. It requires only that you refer to my website.

 
Back to the page where you came from.  


one.com
one.com